D10132.diff
No OneTemporary
Actions

Size

552 KB

Referenced Files

None

Subscribers

None

D10132.diff
View Options

This file is larger than 256 KB, so syntax highlighting was skipped.

	Index: head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/book.xml
	===================================================================
	--- head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/book.xml
	+++ head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/book.xml
	@@ -59,10 +59,10 @@
	$FreeBSD$
	-->
	<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:lang="zh_TW">
	- <info><title>FreeBSD 文件計畫入門書</title>
	+ <info><title>給新貢獻人員的 FreeBSD 說明文件計畫入門書</title>


	- <author><orgname>FreeBSD 文件計劃</orgname></author>
	+ <author><orgname>FreeBSD 說明文件計劃</orgname></author>

	<copyright><year>1998</year> <year>1999</year> <year>2000</year> <year>2001</year> <year>2002</year> <year>2003</year> <year>2004</year> <year>2005</year> <year>2006</year> <year>2007</year> <year>2008</year> <year>2009</year> <year>2010</year> <year>2011</year> <year>2012</year> <year>2013</year> <year>2014</year> <holder role="mailto:doceng@FreeBSD.org">DocEng</holder></copyright>

	@@ -113,9 +113,9 @@


	<abstract>
	- <para>感謝您參與 FreeBSD 文件計劃，您的點滴貢獻，都相當寶貴。</para>
	+ <para>感謝您參與 FreeBSD 說明文件計劃，您的點滴貢獻，都相當寶貴。</para>

	- <para>本入手書內容包括：如何開始著手貢獻FreeBSD 文件計劃 (簡稱： <acronym>FDP</acronym> )的各項細節，以及會用到的一些工具、軟體，以及文件計畫的宗旨。</para>
	+ <para>本入手書內容包括：如何開始著手貢獻 FreeBSD 說明文件計劃 (FreeBSD Documentation Project, <acronym>FDP</acronym>) 的各項細節，以及會用到的一些工具、軟體，以及文件計畫的宗旨。</para>

	<para>本入門書仍在持續撰寫中。任何修正或新增內容的建議都非常歡迎。</para>
	</abstract>
	@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
	<title>序</title>

	<sect1 xml:id="preface-prompts">
	- <title>Shell 提示符號(Prompts)</title>
	+ <title>Shell 提示符號</title>

	<para>下表顯示出一般使用者帳號與 root 的提示符號，在所有的文件例子中會用提示符號(prompt) ，來提醒您該用哪種帳號才對。</para>

	@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
	<thead>
	<row>
	<entry>代表意義</entry>
	- <entry>舉例</entry>
	+ <entry>範例</entry>
	</row>
	</thead>

	@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="preface-notes">
	- <title>注意、技巧、重要訊息、警告、與範例的運用。</title>
	+ <title>注意、提示、重要、警告與範例</title>

	<para>出現在本文中的注意、警告、與範例。</para>

	@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
	</warning>

	<example>
	- <title>一個範例</title>
	+ <title>範例的範本</title>

	<para>這是舉例說明而已，通常包含應遵循的指令範例，或顯示某些特定動作所可能發生的結果。</para>
	</example>
	@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
	<chapter version="5.0" xml:id="overview">
	<title>概論</title>

	- <para>歡迎參與 FreeBSD 文件計劃( 簡稱 <acronym>FDP</acronym> ) 。維持優秀質量的文件對 FreeBSD 的成功來說十分重要，您的點滴貢獻都是十分寶貴的。</para>
	+ <para>歡迎參與 FreeBSD 說明文件計劃 (FreeBSD Documentation Project, <acronym>FDP</acronym>)。維持優秀質量的文件對 FreeBSD 的成功來說十分重要，您的點滴貢獻都是十分寶貴的。</para>

	<para>本文件描述：『 <acronym>FDP</acronym> 的架構有哪些』、『如何撰寫並提交文件』、『如何有效運用工具來協助撰稿』。</para>

	@@ -304,30 +304,30 @@
	</listitem>

	<listitem>
	- <para>安裝所需的文件工具和檔案</para>
	+ <para>安裝所需的說明文件工具和檔案。</para>
	</listitem>

	<listitem>
	- <para>修改文件</para>
	+ <para>修改說明文件。</para>
	</listitem>

	<listitem>
	- <para>提交修改以供審核並納入 FreeBSD 文件</para>
	+ <para>提交修改以供審核並納入 FreeBSD 說明文件。</para>
	</listitem>
	</itemizedlist>

	<sect1 xml:id="overview-quick-start">
	<title>快速上手</title>

	- <para>在編輯 FreeBSD 文件之前，有一些準備工作要做。首先，請訂閱 <link xlink:href="http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc">FreeBSD 文件計劃郵件論壇</link>。有些團隊成員也會出現在<link xlink:href="http://www.efnet.org/">EFnet</link>的<literal>#bsddocs</literal> <acronym>IRC</acronym> 頻道。這些人可以幫忙解決文件相關的問題。</para>
	+ <para>在編輯 FreeBSD 說明文件之前，有一些準備工作要做。首先，請訂閱 <link xlink:href="http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc">FreeBSD 文件計劃郵件論壇</link>。有些團隊成員也會出現在 <link xlink:href="http://www.efnet.org/">EFnet</link> 的<literal>#bsddocs</literal> <acronym>IRC</acronym> 頻道。這些人可以幫忙解決文件相關的問題。</para>

	<procedure>
	<step>
	- <para>安裝 <package>textproc/docproj</package> 套件或 port。這個meta-port 會安裝所有編輯和建構 FreeBSD 文件需要的軟體。</para>
	+ <para>安裝 <package>textproc/docproj</package> 套件或 Port。這個 meta-port 會安裝所有編輯和建置 FreeBSD 說明文件需要的軟體。</para>
	</step>

	<step>
	- <para>在<filename>~/doc</filename>安裝 FreeBSD 文件庫的本地端工作副本 ( 請見 <xref linkend="working-copy"/> )。</para>
	+ <para>在 <filename>~/doc</filename> 安裝 FreeBSD 說明文件檔案庫的本地端工作副本 (請見 <xref linkend="working-copy"/>)。</para>

	<screen><prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/head <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></userinput></screen>
	</step>
	@@ -337,15 +337,15 @@

	<itemizedlist>
	<listitem>
	- <para>Word wrap 設為70個字元。</para>
	+ <para>自動換行 (Word wrap) 設為 70 個字元。</para>
	</listitem>

	<listitem>
	- <para>Tab stops 設成。</para>
	+ <para>Tab 定位點 (Tab stops) 設成 2。</para>
	</listitem>

	<listitem>
	- <para>將句首每八個空白以一個 tab 替換。</para>
	+ <para>將行首每 8 個空白取代成 1 個 Tab。</para>
	</listitem>
	</itemizedlist>

	@@ -359,9 +359,9 @@
	</step>

	<step>
	- <para>編輯需要修改的文件檔案。如果檔案需要大幅度的編修，請先諮詢郵件論壇。</para>
	+ <para>編輯需要修改的說明文件檔案。如果檔案需要大幅度的編修，請先諮詢郵件論壇。</para>

	- <para>標籤 ( tag ) 和 entity 的使用方式可以參考 <xref linkend="xhtml-markup"/> 和 <xref linkend="docbook-markup"/>. 。</para>
	+ <para>標籤 (Tag) 和 Entity 的使用方式可以參考 <xref linkend="xhtml-markup"/> 和 <xref linkend="docbook-markup"/>. 。</para>
	</step>

	<step>
	@@ -373,58 +373,58 @@
	</step>

	<step>
	- <para>修正送出前請先建構測試 (build-test ) 。在編輯的文件目錄最頂層執行 <userinput>make</userinput>，將會產生 split HTML 格式的文件。例如要建構 <acronym>HTML</acronym> 格式的英文版使用手冊，請在 <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/</filename> 目錄執行 <command>make</command> 。</para>
	+ <para><emphasis>永遠要</emphasis>送出修正前請先做建置測試 (Build-test) 。在編輯的說明文件目錄最頂層執行 <userinput>make</userinput>，將會產生分頁的 HTML 格式 (Split HTML) 的文件。例如要建置 <acronym>HTML</acronym> 格式的英文版使用手冊，請在 <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/</filename> 目錄執行 <command>make</command> 。</para>
	</step>

	<step>
	- <para>修改並測試完後，產生<quote>diff 檔</quote>：</para>
	+ <para>修改並測試完後，產生 <quote>diff 檔</quote>：</para>

	<screen><prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc</userinput>
	<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn diff > <replaceable>bsdinstall</replaceable>.diff.txt</userinput></screen>

	- <para>設一個可辨識的檔名。如上例中，是使用手冊的<filename>bsdinstall</filename> 部份的修改。</para>
	+ <para>設一個可辨識的檔名。如上例中，是使用手冊的 <filename>bsdinstall</filename> 部份的修改。</para>
	</step>

	<step>
	- <para>使用網頁版 <link xlink:href="@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/support.html#gnats">Problem Report</link> 系統提交 diff 檔。如果使用網頁版，請輸入<emphasis>[修正檔] <replaceable>問題簡短描述</replaceable></emphasis>的概要。選擇 <literal>docs</literal> 分類和 <literal>doc-bug</literal>類別。在訊息的主體中，輸入修正的簡短描述和其他相關的重要的細節。使用<guibutton>[ Browse... ]</guibutton> 按鈕來附加 diff 檔。</para>
	+ <para>使用網頁版 <link xlink:href="@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/support.html#gnats">問題回報</link> 系統提交 diff 檔。如果使用網頁版，請輸入 <emphasis>[patch] <replaceable>問題簡短描述</replaceable></emphasis> 的概要。選擇 <literal>docs</literal> 分類和 <literal>doc-bug</literal>類別。在訊息的主體中，輸入修正的簡短描述和其他相關的重要的細節。使用 <guibutton>[ Browse... ]</guibutton> 按鈕來附加 diff 檔。</para>
	</step>
	</procedure>
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="overview-doc">
	- <title>FreeBSD 文件組</title>
	+ <title>FreeBSD 說明文件集</title>

	- <para><acronym>FDP</acronym> 負責四類 FreeBSD 文件</para>
	+ <para><acronym>FDP</acronym> 負責四類 FreeBSD 說明文件。</para>

	<itemizedlist>
	<listitem>
	- <para><emphasis>使用手冊</emphasis>：使用手冊主要是給 FreeBSD 使用者提供詳盡的線上參考資料。</para>
	+ <para><emphasis>使用手冊 (Handbook)</emphasis>：使用手冊主要是給 FreeBSD 使用者提供詳盡的線上參考資料。</para>
	</listitem>

	<listitem>
	- <para><emphasis>FAQ</emphasis> 主要是收集在各郵件論壇或論壇會常問到或有可能會問到的 FreeBSD 相關問題與答案。 (簡單講，就是『問答集』格式) 通常會擺在這裡面的問答格式，不會放太長的詳細內容。</para>
	+ <para><emphasis>常見問答集 (FAQ)</emphasis>：主要是收集在各郵件論壇或論壇會常問到或有可能會問到的 FreeBSD 相關問題與答案。 (簡單講，就是『問答集』格式) 通常會擺在這裡面的問答格式，不會放太長的詳細內容。</para>
	</listitem>

	<listitem>
	- <para><emphasis>線上手冊 ( manual pages )</emphasis>:英文版的系統 manual 並不是由 <acronym>FDP</acronym> 所撰寫的，因為它們是屬於 base system 的部份。然而，<acronym>FDP</acronym> 可以修改這些文件，來讓這些文件寫得更清楚，甚至是勘正錯誤的地方。</para>
	+ <para><emphasis>操作手冊 (Manual page)</emphasis>：英文版的系統手冊並不是由 <acronym>FDP</acronym> 所撰寫的，因為它們是屬於基礎系統 (Base system) 的部份。然而，<acronym>FDP</acronym> 可以修改這些文件，來讓這些文件寫得更清楚，甚至是勘正錯誤的地方。</para>
	</listitem>

	<listitem>
	- <para><emphasis>網站</emphasis>: 這是 FreeBSD 在網路上的主要部份，位於 <link xlink:href="http://www.freebsd.org/index.html">http://www.FreeBSD.org/</link> 以及許多其他 mirror 站。這網站是許多人第一次接觸 FreeBSD 的地方</para>
	+ <para><emphasis>網站</emphasis>：這是 FreeBSD 在網路上的主要部份，位於 <link xlink:href="http://www.freebsd.org/index.html">http://www.FreeBSD.org/</link> 以及許多其他鏡像站 (Mirror)。這網站是許多人第一次接觸 FreeBSD 的地方</para>
	</listitem>
	</itemizedlist>

	<para>翻譯團隊負責翻譯使用手冊和網站到不同的語言。線上手冊目前並未翻譯</para>

	- <para>FreeBSD 網站、使用手冊、和 <acronym>FAQ</acronym> 的文件原始碼可以在 <literal>https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/</literal> 的文件庫取得。</para>
	+ <para>FreeBSD 網站、使用手冊、和 <acronym>FAQ</acronym> 的文件原始碼可以在 <literal>https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/</literal> 的文件檔案庫取得。</para>

	<para>線上手冊的原始碼則是在 <literal>https://svn.FreeBSD.org/base/</literal> 的原始碼庫可以取得。</para>

	- <para>文件提交訊息可以用 <command>svn log</command> 察看。提交訊息也會保存在<uri xlink:href="http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-all">http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-all</uri>。</para>
	+ <para>說明文件提交訊息可以用 <command>svn log</command> 察看。提交訊息也會封存在 <uri xlink:href="http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-all">http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-all</uri>。</para>

	- <para>這些儲存庫的網頁版位於<link xlink:href="https://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/doc/"/> 和 <link xlink:href="https://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/base/"/>。</para>
	+ <para>這些儲存庫的網頁版位於 <link xlink:href="https://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/doc/"/> 和 <link xlink:href="https://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/base/"/>。</para>

	- <para>許多人會寫 FreeBSD 的教學文件或是 how-to 文章。有些保存在 <acronym>FDP</acronym> 的檔案中。其他一些文件則是作者希望放在他處。<acronym>FDP</acronym> 會盡力提供這些文件的連結。</para>
	+ <para>許多人會寫 FreeBSD 的教學文件或是 how-to 文章。有些保存在 <acronym>FDP</acronym> 的檔案中。其他一些說明文件則是作者希望放在他處。<acronym>FDP</acronym> 會盡力提供這些說明文件的連結。</para>
	</sect1>
	</chapter>

	@@ -463,17 +463,17 @@
	<chapter version="5.0" xml:id="tools">
	<title>工具</title>

	- <para>有些工具軟體用來管理 FreeBSD 文件，並將他轉換成不同的輸出格式。有些則是在使用接下來章節的範例之前一定要安裝。有些工具是選擇性安裝的，但是裝了之後會更容易進行文件製作工作。</para>
	+ <para>有些工具軟體用來管理 FreeBSD 說明文件，並將他轉換成不同的輸出格式。有些則是在使用接下來章節的範例之前一定要安裝。有些工具是選擇性安裝的，但是裝了之後會更容易進行文件製作工作。</para>

	<sect1 xml:id="tools-required">
	<title>必備工具</title>

	- <para>從 Ports Collection 安裝 <package>textproc/docproj</package>。這個 <emphasis>組合型 port (meta-port)</emphasis> 會安裝處理 FreeBSD 文件需要的所有應用程式。以下列出特定元件的進一步說明。</para>
	+ <para>從 Port 套件集安裝 <package>textproc/docproj</package>。這個 <emphasis>meta-port</emphasis> 會安裝處理 FreeBSD 說明文件需要的所有應用程式。以下列出特定元件的進一步說明。</para>

	<sect2>
	<title><acronym>DTD</acronym>s 與 <acronym>Entities</acronym></title>

	- <para>FreeBSD 文件使用幾種文件類型定義 (<acronym>DTD</acronym>s) 與 <acronym>XML</acronym> entities 組。這些都會經由 <package>textproc/docproj</package> port 來安裝。</para>
	+ <para>FreeBSD 說明文件使用幾種文件類型定義 (<acronym>DTD</acronym>s) 與 <acronym>XML</acronym> entities 集合。這些都會經由 <package>textproc/docproj</package> Port 來安裝。</para>

	<variablelist>
	<varlistentry>
	@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@
	<term xml:lang="en">DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym> (<package>textproc/docbook-xml</package>)</term>

	<listitem>
	- <para>DocBook 設計來製作技術文件的標記語言版本。FreeBSD 文件是以 DocBook 來撰寫。</para>
	+ <para>DocBook 設計來製作技術說明文件的標記語言版本。FreeBSD 說明文件是以 DocBook 來撰寫。</para>
	</listitem>
	</varlistentry>

	@@ -504,9 +504,9 @@
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="tools-optional">
	- <title>輔助工具</title>
	+ <title>選用工具</title>

	- <para>不一定得裝下列的應用程式才行，但是，出的格式也更具彈性。</para>
	+ <para>以下應用程式並非必要，但有了可讓在說明文件的作業上更簡單或提升能力。</para>

	<sect2>
	<title>軟體</title>
	@@ -565,149 +565,78 @@
	<chapter version="5.0" xml:id="working-copy">
	<title>工作副本</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">The <emphasis>working copy</emphasis> is a copy of the FreeBSD
	- repository documentation tree downloaded onto the local computer.
	- Changes are made to the local working copy, tested, and then
	- submitted as patches to be committed to the main
	- repository.</para>
	-
	- <para xml:lang="en">A full copy of the documentation tree can occupy 700 megabytes
	- of disk space. Allow for a full gigabyte of space to have room
	- for temporary files and test versions of various output
	- formats.</para>
	-
	- <para xml:lang="en"><link xlink:href="@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/svn.html"><application>Subversion</application></link>
	- is used to manage the FreeBSD documentation files. It is installed
	- by <package>textproc/docproj</package> as one of
	- the required applications.</para>
	+ <para><emphasis>工作副本 (Working copy)</emphasis> 指的是已下載到本地電腦的 FreeBSD 說明文件樹檔案庫，所有對工作副本的更改會經過測試後再以修補檔 (Patch) 的格式提交到主要檔案庫。</para>
	+
	+ <para>完整的說明文件樹副本會佔據 700 MB 的磁碟空間，要有空間能夠儲存暫存檔及各種輸出格式的測試版本需要 1 GB 的空間。</para>
	+
	+ <para>FreeBSD 說明文件檔案使用 <link xlink:href="@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/svn.html"><application>Subversion</application></link> 來管理，由於 <application>Subversion</application> 為 <package>textproc/docproj</package> 的必要應用程式之一，所以會隨著 <package>textproc/docproj</package> 一併安裝。</para>

	<sect1 xml:id="working-copy-doc-and-src">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Documentation and Manual Pages</title>
	+ <title>說明文件與操作手冊</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">FreeBSD documentation is not just books and articles. Manual
	- pages for all the commands and configuration files are also part
	- of the documentation, and part of the <acronym>FDP</acronym>'s
	- territory. Two repositories are involved:
	- <literal>doc</literal> for the books and articles, and
	- <literal>base</literal> for the operating system and manual
	- pages. To edit manual pages, the <literal>base</literal>
	- repository must be checked out separately.</para>
	-
	- <para xml:lang="en">Repositories may contain multiple versions of documentation
	- and source code. New modifications are almost always made only
	- to the latest version, called <literal>head</literal>.</para>
	+ <para>FreeBSD 說明文件不只有書籍與文章，還有所有指令與設定檔的操作手冊 (Manual page) 也是文件的一部份，其中也有一部份是 <acronym>FDP</acronym> 的地盤。相關的檔案庫有兩個：<literal>doc</literal> 中有書籍與文章，而 <literal>base</literal> 中有作業系統以及操作手冊。要編輯操作手冊則必須另外取出 (Checkout) <literal>base</literal> 檔案庫。</para>
	+
	+ <para>檔案庫中可能會含有數個版本的說明文件與原始碼。新的修改幾乎都只對最新版本 <literal>head</literal> 做更新。</para>
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="working-copy-choosing-directory">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Choosing a Directory</title>
	+ <title>選擇一個目錄</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">FreeBSD documentation is traditionally stored in
	- <filename>/usr/doc/</filename>, and system
	- source code with manual pages in
	- <filename>/usr/src/</filename>. These
	- directory trees are relocatable, and users may want to put the
	- working copies in other locations to avoid interfering with
	- existing information in the main directories. The examples
	- that follow use <filename>~/doc</filename>
	- and <filename>~/src</filename>, both
	- subdirectories of the user's home directory.</para>
	+ <para>FreeBSD 說明文件一般會儲存在 <filename>/usr/doc/</filename>，而系統原始碼及操作手冊則會存在 <filename>/usr/src/</filename>。這些目錄樹可改放在其他地方，使用者可能會為了避免與現有在主要目錄的資料搞混，把工作副本放在其他的地方。以下的例子會放在 <filename>~/doc</filename> 以及 <filename>~/src</filename> 兩個在使用者家目錄下的目錄。</para>
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="working-copy-checking-out">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Checking Out a Copy</title>
	+ <title>取出一份副本</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">A download of a working copy from the repository is called
	- a <emphasis>checkout</emphasis>, and done with
	- <command>svn checkout</command>. This example checks out a
	- copy of the latest version (<literal>head</literal>) of
	- the main documentation tree:</para>
	+ <para>從檔案庫下載工作副本的動作稱作 <emphasis>取出 (Checkout)</emphasis>，使用 <command>svn checkout</command> 來完成。本範例會取出主要說明文件樹最新版本的副本：</para>

	<screen><prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/head <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></userinput></screen>

	- <para xml:lang="en">A checkout of the source code to work on manual pages is
	- very similar:</para>
	+ <para>取出原始碼編輯操作手冊的動作非常相似：</para>

	<screen xml:lang="en"><prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/base/head <replaceable>~/src</replaceable></userinput></screen>
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="working-copy-updating">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Updating a Working Copy</title>
	+ <title>更新工作副本</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">The documents and files in the FreeBSD repository change daily.
	- People modify files and commit changes frequently. Even a short
	- time after an initial checkout, there will already be
	- differences between the local working copy and the main FreeBSD
	- repository. To update the local version with the changes that
	- have been made to the main repository, use
	- <command>svn update</command> on the directory containing the
	- local working copy:</para>
	+ <para>在 FreeBSD 檔案庫中的文件與檔案每天都會更改，人們會修改檔案與提交變更的頻率非常快，即使取出 (Checkout) 只過小一段時間，本地的工作副本可能就與主要 FreeBSD 檔案庫有差異了。要更新本地版本以同步對主要檔案庫的變更可在有本地工作副本的目錄下使用 <command>svn update</command>：</para>

	<screen><prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn update <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></userinput></screen>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Get in the protective habit of using
	- <command>svn update</command> before editing document files.
	- Someone else may have edited that file very recently, and the
	- local working copy will not include the latest changes until it
	- has been updated. Editing the newest version of a file is much
	- easier than trying to combine an older, edited local file with
	- the newer version from the repository.</para>
	+ <para>養成良好的習慣在編輯文件檔前先執行 <command>svn update</command>，可能會有其他人才剛編輯完該檔案，本地工作副本在尚未更新前不會有最後的變更內容，編輯最新版本的檔案會比將舊版本地檔案與新版檔案庫檔案合併來的簡單多了。</para>
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="working-copy-revert">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Reverting Changes</title>
	+ <title>還原變更</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Sometimes it turns out that changes were
	- not necessary after all, or the writer just wants to start over.
	- Files can be <quote>reset</quote> to their unchanged form with
	- <command>svn revert</command>. For example, to erase the edits
	- made to <filename>chapter.xml</filename> and reset it to
	- unmodified form:</para>
	+ <para>有時才做完的變更可能就變的不需要了，或者作者剛想要重新搛寫。檔案可使以使用 <command>svn revert</command> 來<quote>重設</quote>成尚未被修改刪的狀態，舉例來說，要清除所有對 <filename>chapter.xml</filename> 的修改然後還原到未修改的版本可：</para>

	<screen xml:lang="en"><prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn revert chapter.xml</userinput></screen>
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="working-copy-making-diff">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Making a Diff</title>
	+ <title>比對差異</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">After edits to a file or group of files are completed, the
	- differences between the local working copy and the version on
	- the FreeBSD repository must be collected into a single file for
	- submission. These <emphasis>diff</emphasis> files are produced
	- by redirecting the output of <command>svn diff</command> into a
	- file:</para>
	+ <para>在編輯一個檔案或數個檔案完成之後，需將本地工作副本與 FreeBSD 檔案庫的差異儲存到一個檔案然後提交。這些 <emphasis>差異 (Diff)</emphasis> 檔可透過將 <command>svn diff</command> 的輸出轉向到檔案來建立： </para>

	<screen xml:lang="en"><prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></userinput>
	<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn diff > <replaceable>doc-fix-spelling.diff</replaceable></userinput></screen>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Give the file a meaningful name that identifies the
	- contents. The example above is for spelling fixes to the whole
	- documentation tree.</para>
	-
	- <para xml:lang="en">If the diff file is to be submitted with the web
	- <quote><link xlink:href="https://bugs.FreeBSD.org/bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi">Submit a FreeBSD
	- problem report</link></quote> interface, add a
	- <filename>.txt</filename> extension to give the earnest and
	- simple-minded web form a clue that the contents are plain
	- text.</para>
	+ <para>給檔案取一個有意義的名字來辨識這次修改的內容，上述範例為例則是要修正整個說明文件樹的拼寫。</para>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Be careful: <command>svn diff</command> includes all changes
	- made in the current directory and any subdirectories. If there
	- are files in the working copy with edits that are not ready to
	- be submitted yet, provide a list of only the files that are to
	- be included:</para>
	+ <para>若 diff 檔要使用網站的 <quote><link xlink:href="https://bugs.FreeBSD.org/bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi">Submit a FreeBSD problem report</link></quote> 介面來提交，請加上 <filename>.txt</filename> 副檔名來給認真又單純的網頁表單可以辨識其內容為純文字的線索。</para>
	+
	+ <para>請小心：<command>svn diff</command> 會產生所有在目前目錄及其子目錄的變更差異，若在該工作副本中有已經編輯過的檔案還沒有要提交，請列出需要比較差異的檔案清單：</para>

	<screen xml:lang="en"><prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></userinput>
	<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn diff <replaceable>disks/chapter.xml printers/chapter.xml</replaceable> > <replaceable>disks-printers.diff</replaceable></userinput></screen>
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="working-copy-subversion-references">
	- <title xml:lang="en"><application>Subversion</application> References</title>
	+ <title><application>Subversion</application> 參考文獻</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">These examples show very basic usage of
	- <application>Subversion</application>. More detail is available
	- in the <link xlink:href="http://svnbook.red-bean.com/">Subversion Book</link>
	- and the <link xlink:href="http://subversion.apache.org/docs/">Subversion
	- documentation</link>.</para>
	+ <para>以下範例會示範 <application>Subversion</application> 的基本用法，要取得更多資訊可至 <link xlink:href="http://svnbook.red-bean.com/">Subversion Book</link> 與 <link xlink:href="http://subversion.apache.org/docs/">Subversion 說明文件</link>。</para>
	</sect1>
	</chapter>

	@@ -744,49 +673,37 @@
	$FreeBSD$
	-->
	<chapter version="5.0" xml:id="structure">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Documentation Directory Structure</title>
	+ <title>說明文件目錄結構</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Files and directories in the
	- <filename>doc/</filename> tree follow a
	- structure meant to:</para>
	+ <para>在 <filename>doc/</filename> 樹中的檔案與目錄需要遵守特定結構是因為：</para>

	<orderedlist>
	<listitem>
	- <para xml:lang="en">Make it easy to automate converting the document to other
	- formats.</para>
	+ <para>讓自動轉換說明文件到各種格式更簡單。</para>
	</listitem>

	<listitem>
	- <para xml:lang="en">Promote consistency between the different documentation
	- organizations, to make it easier to switch between working on
	- different documents.</para>
	+ <para>促進不同說明文件組織之間的一致性，以便更輕鬆的在不同說明文件之間切換。</para>
	</listitem>

	<listitem>
	- <para xml:lang="en">Make it easy to decide where in the tree new documentation
	- should be placed.</para>
	+ <para>可以很容易的決定新的說明文件應該放在文件樹中的哪個位置。</para>
	</listitem>
	</orderedlist>

	- <para xml:lang="en">In addition, the documentation tree must accommodate
	- documents in many different languages and encodings. It is
	- important that the documentation tree structure does not enforce
	- any particular defaults or cultural preferences.</para>
	+ <para>除此之外，說明文件樹必須能容納各種不同語言與編碼的說明文件。很重要的一點是，說明文件樹結構不應強制任何特定默認或文化的偏好。</para>

	<sect1 xml:id="structure-top">
	- <title xml:lang="en">The Top Level,
	- <filename>doc/</filename></title>
	+ <title>最上層，<filename>doc/</filename></title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">There are two types of directory under
	- <filename>doc/</filename>, each with very
	- specific directory names and meanings.</para>
	+ <para>在 <filename>doc/</filename> 底下有兩種類型的目錄，兩種都有非常明確的目錄名稱與意義。</para>

	<informaltable pgwide="1" frame="none">
	<tgroup cols="2">
	<thead>
	<row>
	- <entry xml:lang="en">Directory</entry>
	- <entry xml:lang="en">Usage</entry>
	+ <entry>目錄</entry>
	+ <entry>用途</entry>
	</row>
	</thead>

	@@ -795,31 +712,14 @@
	<entry valign="top" xml:lang="en">
	<filename>share</filename></entry>

	- <entry xml:lang="en">Contains files that are not specific to the various
	- translations and encodings of the documentation.
	- Contains subdirectories to further categorize the
	- information. For example, the files that comprise the
	- <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> infrastructure are in
	- <filename>share/mk</filename>, while
	- the additional <acronym>XML</acronym> support files
	- (such as the FreeBSD extended DocBook
	- <acronym>DTD</acronym>) are in <filename>share/xml</filename>.</entry>
	+ <entry>含有未特定用於各說明文件翻譯與編碼的檔案。其子目錄更進一步將不同資訊的分類，例如，構成 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 基礎設施的檔案放置於 <filename>share/mk</filename>，而額外的 <acronym>XML</acronym> 支援檔 (如 FreeBSD 延伸的 DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym>) 則放在 <filename>share/xml</filename>。</entry>
	</row>

	<row>
	<entry valign="top" xml:lang="en">
	<filename><replaceable>lang</replaceable>.<replaceable>encoding</replaceable></filename></entry>

	- <entry xml:lang="en">One directory exists for each available translation
	- and encoding of the documentation, for example
	- <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/</filename>
	- and <filename>zh_TW.UTF-8/</filename>.
	- The names are long, but by fully specifying the language
	- and encoding we prevent any future headaches when a
	- translation team wants to provide documentation in the
	- same language but in more than one encoding. This also
	- avoids problems that might be caused by a future switch
	- to Unicode.</entry>
	+ <entry>每一個目錄代表可用的說明文件翻譯與編碼，例如 <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/</filename> 及 <filename>zh_TW.UTF-8/</filename>。名稱雖然長，但完整表達語言與編碼可以避免未來當一個翻譯團隊要以不同編碼提供同一個語言的說明文件造成的問題，這也同時避免往後要切換成萬國碼 (Unicode) 可能造成的問題。</entry>
	</row>
	</tbody>
	</tgroup>
	@@ -827,20 +727,16 @@
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="structure-locale">
	- <title xml:lang="en">The
	- <filename><replaceable>lang</replaceable>.<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>/</filename>
	- Directories</title>
	-
	- <para xml:lang="en">These directories contain the documents themselves. The
	- documentation is split into up to three more categories at
	- this level, indicated by the different directory names.</para>
	+ <title><filename><replaceable>lang</replaceable>.<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>/</filename> 目錄</title>
	+
	+ <para>這些目錄中含有說明文件。在此階層說明文件分成三個分類，使用不同的目錄名稱來代表。</para>

	<informaltable pgwide="1" frame="none">
	<tgroup cols="2">
	<thead>
	<row>
	- <entry xml:lang="en">Directory</entry>
	- <entry xml:lang="en">Usage</entry>
	+ <entry>目錄</entry>
	+ <entry>用途</entry>
	</row>
	</thead>

	@@ -849,168 +745,89 @@
	<entry valign="top" xml:lang="en">
	<filename>articles</filename></entry>

	- <entry xml:lang="en">Documentation marked up as a DocBook
	- <tag>article</tag> (or equivalent). Reasonably
	- short, and broken up into sections. Normally only
	- available as one <acronym>XHTML</acronym> file.</entry>
	+ <entry>以 DocBook <tag>article</tag> (或同等級) 標記的說明文件。非常短，且會分成幾個小節，通常取得時只會有一個 <acronym>XHTML</acronym> 檔案。</entry>
	</row>

	<row>
	<entry valign="top" xml:lang="en"><filename>books</filename></entry>

	- <entry xml:lang="en">Documentation marked up as a DocBook
	- <tag>book</tag> (or equivalent). Book length,
	- and broken up into chapters. Normally available as both
	- one large <acronym>XHTML</acronym> file (for people with
	- fast connections, or who want to print it easily from a
	- browser) and as a collection of linked, smaller
	- files.</entry>
	+ <entry>以 DocBook <tag>book</tag> (或同等級) 標記的說明文件。有跟書籍一樣的長度，會分成數個章。通常取得時會包含一個大型的 <acronym>XHTML</acronym> 檔 (供有較快連線速度的人使用，或者那些想直接在瀏覽器列印的人) 與數個連結的較小的檔案。</entry>
	</row>

	<row>
	<entry valign="top" xml:lang="en">
	<filename>man</filename></entry>

	- <entry xml:lang="en">For translations of the system manual pages. This
	- directory will contain one or more <filename role="directory">man<replaceable>n</replaceable></filename>
	- directories, corresponding to the sections that have
	- been translated.</entry>
	+ <entry>供系統操作手冊 (Manual page) 翻譯使用。這個目錄會包含一個或多個 <filename role="directory">man<replaceable>n</replaceable></filename> 目錄來對應已經翻譯的章節。</entry>
	</row>
	</tbody>
	</tgroup>
	</informaltable>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Not every <filename role="directory"><replaceable>lang</replaceable>.<replaceable>encoding</replaceable></filename>
	- directory will have all of these subdirectories. It depends
	- on how much translation has been accomplished by that
	- translation team.</para>
	+ <para>並非所有 <filename role="directory"><replaceable>lang</replaceable>.<replaceable>encoding</replaceable></filename> 的目錄都會有這些子目錄，這要看該翻譯團隊已經完成了多少翻譯來決定。</para>
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="structure-document">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Document-Specific Information</title>
	+ <title>文件特定資訊</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">This section contains specific notes about particular
	- documents managed by the FDP.</para>
	+ <para>本節內含有關由 FDP 所管理的特定文件的特定注意事項。</para>

	<sect2>
	- <title xml:lang="en">The Handbook</title>
	+ <title>使用手冊 (Handbook)</title>

	<subtitle xml:lang="en"><filename>books/handbook/</filename></subtitle>

	- <para xml:lang="en">The Handbook is written in DocBook <acronym>XML</acronym>
	- using the FreeBSD DocBook extended <acronym>DTD</acronym>.</para>
	+ <para>操作手冊是以使用 FreeBSD DocBook 擴充 <acronym>DTD</acronym> 的 DocBook <acronym>XML</acronym> 所撰寫。</para>

	- <para xml:lang="en">The Handbook is organized as a DocBook
	- <tag>book</tag>. The book is divided into
	- <tag>part</tag>s, each of which contains several
	- <tag>chapter</tag>s. <tag>chapter</tag>s are
	- further subdivided into sections (<tag>sect1</tag>)
	- and subsections (<tag>sect2</tag>,
	- <tag>sect3</tag>) and so on.</para>
	+ <para>使用手冊使用 DocBook <tag>book</tag> 來組織，整個手冊區分成數個部份 (<tag>part</tag>)，每個部份中內含數個章 (<tag>chapter</tag>)，而章 (<tag>chapter</tag>) 又更進一步的細分成數個節 (<tag>sect1</tag>) 與小節 (<tag>sect2</tag>, <tag>sect3</tag>) 以此類推。</para>

	<sect3>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Physical Organization</title>
	+ <title>實體組織結構</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">There are a number of files and directories within the
	- <filename>handbook</filename> directory.</para>
	+ <para>在 <filename>handbook</filename> 目錄中有數個檔案及目錄。</para>

	<note>
	- <para xml:lang="en">The Handbook's organization may change over time, and
	- this document may lag in detailing the organizational
	- changes. Post questions about Handbook organization to the
	- <link xlink:href="http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc">FreeBSD documentation project mailing list</link>.</para>
	+ <para>使用手冊的組織結構可能會隨時改變，本文件所詳述的組織結構可能會與現況不盡相同。有關使用手冊組織結構的問題可張貼到 <link xlink:href="http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc">FreeBSD documentation project mailing list</link>。</para>
	</note>

	<sect4>
	<title xml:lang="en"><filename>Makefile</filename></title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">The <filename>Makefile</filename> defines some
	- variables that affect how the <acronym>XML</acronym>
	- source is converted to other formats, and lists the
	- various source files that make up the Handbook. It then
	- includes the standard <filename>doc.project.mk</filename>,
	- to bring in the rest of the code that handles converting
	- documents from one format to another.</para>
	+ <para><filename>Makefile</filename> 定義了一些會影響 <acronym>XML</acronym> 原始碼要如何轉換至其他格式的變數，並列出產生使用手冊所需的各原始檔，接著會引用可處理在各種文件格式轉換的標準 <filename>doc.project.mk</filename> 程式碼。</para>
	</sect4>

	<sect4>
	<title xml:lang="en"><filename>book.xml</filename></title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">This is the top level document in the Handbook. It
	- contains the Handbook's <link linkend="xml-primer-doctype-declaration">DOCTYPE
	- declaration</link>, as well as the elements that
	- describe the Handbook's structure.</para>
	-
	- <para xml:lang="en"><filename>book.xml</filename> uses <link linkend="xml-primer-parameter-entities">parameter
	- entities</link> to load in the files with the
	- <filename>.ent</filename> extension. These files
	- (described later) then define <link linkend="xml-primer-general-entities">general
	- entities</link> that are used throughout the rest of the
	- Handbook.</para>
	+ <para>此為使用手冊的最上層文件，其中包含了使用手冊的 <link linkend="xml-primer-doctype-declaration">DOCTYPE 宣告</link>以及用來描述使用手冊結構的元素。</para>
	+
	+ <para><filename>book.xml</filename> 會使用 <link linkend="xml-primer-parameter-entities">參數 Entities</link> 來載入 <filename>.ent</filename> 副檔名的檔案。這些檔案 (稍後會詳述) 接著會定義使用手冊剩下篇幅會使用的 <link linkend="xml-primer-general-entities">一般 Entities</link>。</para>
	</sect4>

	<sect4>
	<title xml:lang="en"><filename role="directory"><replaceable>directory</replaceable>/chapter.xml</filename></title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Each chapter in the Handbook is stored in a file
	- called <filename>chapter.xml</filename> in a separate
	- directory from the other chapters. Each directory is
	- named after the value of the <literal>id</literal>
	- attribute on the <tag>chapter</tag>
	- element.</para>
	+ <para>每個在使用手冊的章會儲存成名稱為 <filename>chapter.xml</filename> 的檔案，分別放在不同的目錄中。每個目錄均是以在 <tag>chapter</tag> 元素中 <literal>id</literal> 屬性中的值來命名。</para>

	- <para xml:lang="en">For example, if one of the chapter files
	- contains:</para>
	+ <para>例如，若有一章的檔案內容為：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">chapter id="kernelconfig"</tag>
	...
	<tag class="endtag">chapter</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Then it will be called
	- <filename>chapter.xml</filename> in the
	- <filename>kernelconfig</filename> directory. In general,
	- the entire contents of the chapter are in this one
	- file.</para>
	-
	- <para xml:lang="en">When the <acronym>XHTML</acronym> version of the
	- Handbook is produced, this will yield
	- <filename>kernelconfig.html</filename>. This is because
	- of the <literal>id</literal> value, and is not related to
	- the name of the directory.</para>
	-
	- <para xml:lang="en">In earlier versions of the Handbook, the files were
	- stored in the same directory as
	- <filename>book.xml</filename>, and named after the value
	- of the <literal>id</literal> attribute on the file's
	- <tag>chapter</tag> element. Now, it is possible
	- to include images in each chapter. Images for each
	- Handbook chapter are stored within <filename>share/images/books/handbook</filename>.
	- The localized version of these images should be
	- placed in the same directory as the <acronym>XML</acronym>
	- sources for each chapter. Namespace collisions are
	- inevitable, and it is easier to work with several
	- directories with a few files in them than it is to work
	- with one directory that has many files in it.</para>
	-
	- <para xml:lang="en">A brief look will show that there are many directories
	- with individual <filename>chapter.xml</filename> files,
	- including <filename>basics/chapter.xml</filename>,
	- <filename>introduction/chapter.xml</filename>, and
	- <filename>printing/chapter.xml</filename>.</para>
	+ <para>那麼放置這個 <filename>chapter.xml</filename> 的目錄則會命名為 <filename>kernelconfig</filename>。一般來說一章的所有內容會存放在這一個檔案。</para>
	+
	+ <para>當有 <acronym>XHTML</acronym> 版本的使用手冊之後，也會用這個檔產出 <filename>kernelconfig.html</filename>，這個名稱是根據 <literal>id</literal> 的值而定，與目錄名稱無關。</para>
	+
	+ <para>在早期版本的使用手冊，檔案皆儲存在與 <filename>book.xml</filename> 相同的目錄中，而名稱會以 <tag>chapter</tag> 元素中的 <literal>id</literal> 屬性的值來命名。現在可在每個章節之中引用圖片，每個使用手冊章節的圖片會儲存在 <filename>share/images/books/handbook</filename>，而在地化版本的圖片應放在與每個章節 <acronym>XML</acronym> 原始碼相同的目錄。命名空間會衝突是必然的，但以目錄多、檔案少與目錄少、檔案多的結構相比，目錄多、檔案少會較容易處理命名空間衝突的問題。</para>
	+
	+ <para>簡單來說會有很多個內含 <filename>chapter.xml</filename> 檔案的目錄，例如 <filename>basics/chapter.xml</filename>, <filename>introduction/chapter.xml</filename> 以及 <filename>printing/chapter.xml</filename>。</para>

	<important>
	- <para xml:lang="en">Do not name chapters or directories after
	- their ordering within the Handbook. This ordering can
	- change as the content within the Handbook is
	- reorganized. Reorganization should be possible without
	- renaming files, unless entire chapters are being
	- promoted or demoted within the hierarchy.</para>
	+ <para>請勿以在使用手冊中的章節順序來命名章節或目錄，因為順序是會隨使用手冊重新組織後的內容改變的。重新組織結構應不需要去重新命名檔案，除非整個章節的階層被提升或下降。</para>
	</important>

	- <para xml:lang="en">The <filename>chapter.xml</filename> files are not
	- complete <acronym>XML</acronym> documents that can be
	- built individually. They can only be built
	- as parts of the whole Handbook.</para>
	+ <para><filename>chapter.xml</filename> 檔案並不是可以被單獨建置的完整 <acronym>XML</acronym> 文件，只能做為使用手冊的一部份來建置。</para>
	</sect4>
	</sect3>
	</sect2>
	@@ -1050,75 +867,63 @@
	$FreeBSD$
	-->
	<chapter version="5.0" xml:id="doc-build">
	- <title xml:lang="en">The Documentation Build Process</title>
	+ <title>說明文件建置流程</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">This chapter covers organization of the documentation build
	- process and how <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to control it.</para>
	+ <para>本章內容涵蓋了說明文件建置流程以及如何使用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 來控制如何建置。</para>

	<sect1 xml:id="doc-build-rendering">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Rendering DocBook into Output</title>
	+ <title>繪製 Docbook 為其他格式</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Different types of output can be produced from a single
	- DocBook source file. The type of output desired is set with the
	- <varname>FORMATS</varname> variable. A list of known formats is
	- stored in <varname>KNOWN_FORMATS</varname>:</para>
	+ <para>從單一個 DocBook 原始檔可以產生各種不同類型的輸出，想要輸出的類型可用 <varname>FORMATS</varname> 變數來設定。已知的格式清單列在 <varname>KNOWN_FORMATS</varname> 中：</para>

	<screen xml:id="doc-build-rendering-known-formats" xml:lang="en"><prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook</userinput>
	<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make -V KNOWN_FORMATS</userinput></screen>

	<table xml:id="doc-build-rendering-common-formats" frame="none">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Common Output Formats</title>
	+ <title>常見輸出格式</title>

	<tgroup cols="3">
	<thead>
	<row>
	- <entry xml:lang="en"><varname>FORMATS</varname> Value</entry>
	- <entry xml:lang="en">File Type</entry>
	- <entry xml:lang="en">Description</entry>
	+ <entry><varname>FORMATS</varname> 值</entry>
	+ <entry>檔案類型</entry>
	+ <entry>說明</entry>
	</row>
	</thead>

	<tbody>
	<row>
	<entry xml:lang="en"><literal>html</literal></entry>
	- <entry xml:lang="en"><acronym>HTML</acronym>, one file</entry>
	- <entry xml:lang="en">A single <filename>book.html</filename> or
	- <filename>article.html</filename>.</entry>
	+ <entry><acronym>HTML</acronym>，單檔</entry>
	+ <entry>單一 <filename>book.html</filename> 或 <filename>article.html</filename>。</entry>
	</row>

	<row>
	<entry xml:lang="en"><literal>html-split</literal></entry>
	- <entry xml:lang="en"><acronym>HTML</acronym>, multiple files</entry>
	- <entry xml:lang="en">Multiple <acronym>HTML</acronym> files, one for
	- each chapter or section, for use on a typical web
	- site.</entry>
	+ <entry><acronym>HTML</acronym>，多檔</entry>
	+ <entry>多個 <acronym>HTML</acronym> 檔案，每個章或節一個檔案，供一般網站使用。</entry>
	</row>

	<row>
	<entry xml:lang="en"><literal>pdf</literal></entry>
	<entry xml:lang="en"><acronym>PDF</acronym></entry>
	- <entry xml:lang="en">Portable Document Format</entry>
	+ <entry>可攜的文件格式</entry>
	</row>
	</tbody>
	</tgroup>
	</table>

	- <para xml:lang="en">The default output format can vary by document, but is
	- usually <literal>html-split</literal>. Other formats are chosen
	- by setting <varname>FORMATS</varname> to a specific value.
	- Multiple output formats can be created at a single time by
	- setting <varname>FORMATS</varname> to a list of formats.</para>
	+ <para>預設輸出的格式會依文件而有所不同，但同常是 <literal>html-split</literal>。其他格式可設定 <varname>FORMATS</varname> 為特定值來選擇。在 <varname>FORMATS</varname> 設定所需格式的清單可一次輸出多個格式。</para>

	<example xml:id="doc-build-formats-example-html">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Build a Single HTML Output File</title>
	+ <title>建置單頁 HTML 輸出檔</title>

	<screen xml:lang="en"><prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook</userinput>
	<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make FORMATS=html</userinput></screen>
	</example>

	<example xml:id="doc-build-formats-example-html-split-pdf">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Build HTML-Split and <acronym>PDF</acronym> Output
	- Files</title>
	+ <title>建置分頁 HTML 及 <acronym>PDF</acronym> 輸出檔</title>

	<screen xml:lang="en"><prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook</userinput>
	<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make FORMATS="html-split pdf"</userinput></screen>
	@@ -1126,67 +931,51 @@
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="doc-build-toolset">
	- <title xml:lang="en">The FreeBSD Documentation Build Toolset</title>
	+ <title>FreeBSD 說明文件建置工具集</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">These are the tools used to build and install the
	- <acronym>FDP</acronym> documentation.</para>
	+ <para>建置與安裝 <acronym>FDP</acronym> 說明文件會使用到以下工具。</para>

	<itemizedlist>
	<listitem>
	- <para xml:lang="en">The primary build tool is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, specifically
	- <application>Berkeley Make</application>.</para>
	+ <para>主要的建置工具為 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>，特別是 <application>Berkeley Make</application>。</para>
	</listitem>

	<listitem>
	- <para xml:lang="en">Package building is handled by FreeBSD's
	- <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-create</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>.</para>
	+ <para>套件建置會使用 FreeBSD 的 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-create</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 來處理。</para>
	</listitem>

	<listitem>
	- <para xml:lang="en"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to create compressed versions of
	- the document. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bzip2</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> archives are also supported.
	- <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tar</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used for package building.</para>
	+ <para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 用來建立壓縮版的文件，也支援 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>bzip2</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 封存。<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tar</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 則用在套件建置。</para>
	</listitem>

	<listitem>
	- <para xml:lang="en"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>install</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to install the
	- documentation.</para>
	+ <para><citerefentry><refentrytitle>install</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 用來安裝說明文件。</para>
	</listitem>
	</itemizedlist>
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="doc-build-makefiles">

	- <title xml:lang="en">Understanding <filename>Makefile</filename>s in the
	- Documentation Tree</title>
	+ <title>了解在說明文件樹中的 <filename>Makefile</filename></title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">There are three main types of <filename>Makefile</filename>s
	- in the FreeBSD Documentation Project tree.</para>
	+ <para>在 FreeBSD 說明文件計劃樹底下的 <filename>Makefile</filename> 主要有三個類型。</para>

	<itemizedlist>
	<listitem>
	- <para xml:lang="en"><link linkend="sub-make">Subdirectory
	- <filename>Makefile</filename>s</link> simply pass
	- commands to those directories below them.</para>
	+ <para><link linkend="sub-make">子目錄的 <filename>Makefile</filename></link> 傳遞指令給在其所在目錄底下的目錄。</para>
	</listitem>

	<listitem>
	- <para xml:lang="en"><link linkend="doc-make">Documentation
	- <filename>Makefile</filename>s</link> describe the
	- documents that are produced from this
	- directory.</para>
	+ <para><link linkend="doc-make">說明文件的 <filename>Makefile</filename>s</link> 用來描述要如何在其所在目錄產生文件。</para>
	</listitem>

	<listitem>
	- <para xml:lang="en"><link linkend="make-includes"><application>Make</application>
	- includes</link> are the glue that perform the document
	- production, and are usually of the form
	- <filename>doc.<replaceable>xxx</replaceable>.mk</filename>.</para>
	+ <para><link linkend="make-includes"><application>Make</application> 引用檔</link> 會連結一些產生文件所需的程式，通常為 <filename>doc.<replaceable>xxx</replaceable>.mk</filename>。</para>
	</listitem>
	</itemizedlist>

	<sect2 xml:id="sub-make">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Subdirectory <filename>Makefile</filename>s</title>
	+ <title>子目錄的 <filename>Makefile</filename></title>

	<para xml:lang="en">These <filename>Makefile</filename>s usually take the form
	of:</para>
	@@ -1244,13 +1033,11 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="doc-make">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Documentation <filename>Makefile</filename>s</title>
	+ <title>說明文件的 <filename>Makefile</filename></title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">These <filename>Makefile</filename>s set <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>
	- variables that describe how to build the documentation
	- contained in that directory.</para>
	+ <para>這些 <filename>Makefile</filename> 用來設定 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 變數來描述要如何建置在該目錄中的說明文件。</para>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Here is an example:</para>
	+ <para>這裡有一個例子：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en">MAINTAINER=nik@FreeBSD.org

	@@ -1268,34 +1055,18 @@

	.include "$(DOC_PREFIX)/share/mk/docproj.docbook.mk"</programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">The <varname>MAINTAINER</varname> variable allows
	- committers to claim ownership of a document in the FreeBSD
	- Documentation Project, and take responsibility for maintaining
	- it.</para>
	+ <para><varname>MAINTAINER</varname> 變數讓提交者可以聲明文件在 FreeBSD 說明文件計劃中的所有權，並負責維護該文件。</para>
	+
	+ <para><varname>DOC</varname> 是由此目錄會建立的主要文件的名稱 (不需要 <filename>.xml</filename> 副檔名)。<varname>SRCS</varname> 會列出產生文件所需的各別檔案，此處也應引用要在重新建置 (Rebuild) 使用的重要的檔案。</para>

	- <para xml:lang="en"><varname>DOC</varname> is the name (sans the
	- <filename>.xml</filename> extension) of the main document
	- created by this directory. <varname>SRCS</varname> lists all
	- the individual files that make up the document. This should
	- also include important files in which a change should result
	- in a rebuild.</para>
	-
	- <para xml:lang="en"><varname>FORMATS</varname> indicates the default formats
	- that should be built for this document.
	- <varname>INSTALL_COMPRESSED</varname> is the default list of
	- compression techniques that should be used in the document
	- build. <varname>INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESS</varname>, empty by
	- default, should be non-empty if only compressed documents are
	- desired in the build.</para>
	+ <para><varname>FORMATS</varname> 用來指定此份文件建置時預設應採用的格式。<varname>INSTALL_COMPRESSED</varname> 是為在文件建置時預設要使用的壓縮技術清單。<varname>INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESS</varname> 預設為空值的，若在建置時只想要產生壓縮後的文件則改成非空值。</para>

	- <para xml:lang="en">The <varname>DOC_PREFIX</varname> and include statements
	- should be familiar already.</para>
	+ <para><varname>DOC_PREFIX</varname> 以及 include 敘述句應不需再說明了。</para>
	</sect2>
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="make-includes">
	- <title xml:lang="en">FreeBSD Documentation Project
	- <application>Make</application> Includes</title>
	+ <title>FreeBSD 說明文件計劃 <application>Make</application> 引用檔</title>

	<para xml:lang="en"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> includes are best explained by inspection of
	the code. Here are the system include files:</para>
	@@ -1347,7 +1118,7 @@

	<sect3>

	- <title xml:lang="en">Variables</title>
	+ <title>變數</title>

	<para xml:lang="en"><varname>DOCFORMAT</varname> and
	<varname>MAINTAINER</varname> are assigned default values,
	@@ -1372,7 +1143,7 @@
	</sect3>

	<sect3>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Conditionals</title>
	+ <title>條件</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">The <literal>.if defined(DOC)</literal> line is an
	example of a <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> conditional which, like in other
	@@ -1397,7 +1168,7 @@
	describe the most important features.</para>

	<sect3>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Variables</title>
	+ <title>變數</title>

	<itemizedlist>
	<listitem>
	@@ -1424,7 +1195,7 @@
	</sect3>

	<sect3>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Targets and Macros</title>
	+ <title>目標與巨集</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Dependencies are described by
	<literal><replaceable>target</replaceable>:
	@@ -1474,7 +1245,7 @@
	up.</para>

	<sect4>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Provided Targets</title>
	+ <title>已提供的目標</title>

	<itemizedlist>
	<listitem>
	@@ -1499,7 +1270,7 @@
	</sect3>

	<sect3>
	- <title xml:lang="en">More on Conditionals</title>
	+ <title>更多條件</title>

	<itemizedlist>
	<listitem>
	@@ -1521,8 +1292,7 @@
	</sect3>

	<sect3>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Looping Constructs in <command>make
	- (.for)</command></title>
	+ <title>在 <command>make (.for)</command> 中的迴圈結構</title>

	<para xml:lang="en"><literal>.for</literal> provides a way to repeat a set
	of instructions for each space-separated element in a
	@@ -1587,7 +1357,9 @@
	<sect1 xml:id="the-website-env">
	<title>環境變數</title>

	- <para>有些環境變數控制網站的建構或安裝，和裝到哪個目錄</para>
	+ <para xml:lang="en">Several environment variables control which parts of the
	+ web site are built or installed, and to which
	+ directories.</para>

	<tip>
	<para xml:lang="en">The web build system uses <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and considers
	@@ -1668,7 +1440,7 @@
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="the-website-build">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Building and Installing the Web Pages</title>
	+ <title>建置並安裝網頁</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Having obtained the documentation and web site source files,
	the web site can be built.</para>
	@@ -1693,7 +1465,7 @@
	</tip>

	<example xml:id="the-website-examples-build">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Build the Full Web Site and All Documents</title>
	+ <title>建置完整網站與所有說明文件</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Build the web site and all documents. The resulting files
	are left in the document tree:</para>
	@@ -1703,7 +1475,7 @@
	</example>

	<example xml:id="the-website-examples-buildinstall-englishonly">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Build Only the Web Site in English</title>
	+ <title>只建置英文版網站</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Build the web site only, in English, as user
	<systemitem class="username">jru</systemitem>, and install
	@@ -1797,7 +1569,7 @@
	</example>

	<example xml:id="the-website-examples-buildinstall">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Build and Install the Web Site</title>
	+ <title>建置並安裝網站</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Build the web site and all documents as user
	<systemitem class="username">jru</systemitem>. Install the
	@@ -1857,7 +1629,7 @@
	$FreeBSD$
	-->
	<chapter version="5.0" xml:id="xml-primer">
	- <title xml:lang="en">XML Primer</title>
	+ <title>XML 入門</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Most <acronym>FDP</acronym> documentation is written with
	markup languages based on <acronym>XML</acronym>. This chapter
	@@ -1994,7 +1766,7 @@
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="xml-primer-elements">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Elements, Tags, and Attributes</title>
	+ <title>元素、標籤與屬性</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">All the vocabularies written in <acronym>XML</acronym> share
	certain characteristics. This is hardly surprising, as the
	@@ -2050,7 +1822,7 @@
	The corresponding closing tag for this element is <tag class="endtag"><replaceable>element-name</replaceable></tag>.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Using an Element (Start and End Tags)</title>
	+ <title>使用元素 (開始與結束標籤)</title>

	<para xml:lang="en"><acronym>XHTML</acronym> has an element for indicating
	that the content enclosed by the element is a paragraph,
	@@ -2070,7 +1842,7 @@
	completely equivalent to the two-tag version:</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Using an Element Without Content</title>
	+ <title>使用沒有內容的元素</title>

	<para xml:lang="en"><acronym>XHTML</acronym> has an element for indicating a
	horizontal rule, called <tag>hr</tag>. This element
	@@ -2097,7 +1869,7 @@
	and so on.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Elements Within Elements; <tag>em</tag></title>
	+ <title>在元素中的元素; <tag>em</tag></title>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">p</tag>This is a simple <tag class="starttag">em</tag>paragraph<tag class="endtag">em</tag> where some
	of the <tag class="starttag">em</tag>words<tag class="endtag">em</tag> have been <tag class="starttag">em</tag>emphasized<tag class="endtag">em</tag>.<tag class="endtag">p</tag></programlisting>
	@@ -2153,7 +1925,7 @@
	then the default is <literal>left</literal>.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Using an Element with an Attribute</title>
	+ <title>使用元素的屬性</title>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">p align="left"</tag>The inclusion of the align attribute
	on this paragraph was superfluous, since the default is left.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
	@@ -2166,7 +1938,7 @@
	allow any value.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Single Quotes Around Attributes</title>
	+ <title>屬性的單引號</title>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">p align='right'</tag>I am on the right!<tag class="endtag">p</tag></programlisting>
	</example>
	@@ -2184,7 +1956,7 @@
	build tools.</para>

	<sect2>
	- <title xml:lang="en">To Do…</title>
	+ <title>待辦事項...</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Before running the examples in this document, install
	<package>textproc/docproj</package> from
	@@ -2267,7 +2039,7 @@
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="xml-primer-doctype-declaration">
	- <title xml:lang="en">The DOCTYPE Declaration</title>
	+ <title>DOCTYPE 宣告</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">The beginning of each document can specify the name of the
	<acronym>DTD</acronym> to which the document conforms. This
	@@ -2356,8 +2128,7 @@
	</variablelist>

	<sect2>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Formal Public Identifiers
	- (<acronym>FPI</acronym>s)</title>
	+ <title>正式公用識別碼 (<acronym>FPI</acronym>)</title>

	<indexterm significance="preferred" xml:lang="en">
	<primary>Formal Public Identifier</primary>
	@@ -2466,7 +2237,7 @@
	</variablelist>

	<sect3>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><filename>catalog</filename> Files</title>
	+ <title><filename>catalog</filename> 檔案</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">With the syntax above, an <acronym>XML</acronym>
	processor needs to have some way of turning the
	@@ -2495,7 +2266,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="xml-primer-fpi-alternatives">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Alternatives to <acronym>FPI</acronym>s</title>
	+ <title><acronym>FPI</acronym> 的替代方案</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Instead of using an <acronym>FPI</acronym> to indicate the
	<acronym>DTD</acronym> to which the document conforms (and
	@@ -2521,7 +2292,7 @@
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="xml-primer-xml-escape">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Escaping Back to <acronym>XML</acronym></title>
	+ <title>跳脫回 <acronym>XML</acronym></title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Some of the underlying <acronym>XML</acronym> syntax can be
	useful within documents. For example, comments can be included
	@@ -2541,7 +2312,7 @@
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="xml-primer-comments">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Comments</title>
	+ <title>註解</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">An <acronym>XML</acronym> document may contain comments.
	They may appear anywhere as long as they are not inside tags.
	@@ -2557,7 +2328,7 @@
	comments:</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><acronym>XML</acronym> Generic Comments</title>
	+ <title><acronym>XML</acronym> 通用註解</title>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><!-- This is inside the comment -->

	@@ -2573,13 +2344,13 @@
	except <quote><literal>--</literal></quote>:</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Erroneous <acronym>XML</acronym> Comment</title>
	+ <title>錯誤的<acronym>XML</acronym> 註解</title>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><!-- This comment--is wrong --></programlisting>
	</example>

	<sect2>
	- <title xml:lang="en">To Do…</title>
	+ <title>待辦事項...</title>

	<procedure>
	<step>
	@@ -2599,7 +2370,7 @@
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="xml-primer-entities">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Entities</title>
	+ <title>Entities</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Entities are a mechanism for assigning names to chunks of
	content. As an <acronym>XML</acronym> parser processes a
	@@ -2616,7 +2387,7 @@
	<emphasis>parameter entities</emphasis>.</para>

	<sect2 xml:id="xml-primer-general-entities">
	- <title xml:lang="en">General Entities</title>
	+ <title>一般 Entities</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">General entities are used to assign names to reusable
	chunks of text. These entities can only be used in the
	@@ -2656,7 +2427,7 @@
	done immediately after the DOCTYPE declaration.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Defining General Entities</title>
	+ <title>定義一般 Entities</title>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN"
	"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd" [
	@@ -2677,7 +2448,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="xml-primer-parameter-entities">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Parameter Entities</title>
	+ <title>參數 Entities</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Parameter entities, like
	<link linkend="xml-primer-general-entities">general
	@@ -2699,7 +2470,7 @@
	<emphasis>P</emphasis>ercent symbol</quote>.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Defining Parameter Entities</title>
	+ <title>定義參數 Entities</title>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN"
	"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd" [
	@@ -2713,7 +2484,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2>
	- <title xml:lang="en">To Do…</title>
	+ <title>待辦事項...</title>

	<procedure>
	<step>
	@@ -2790,7 +2561,7 @@
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="xml-primer-include">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Using Entities to Include Files</title>
	+ <title>在引用檔使用 Entities</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Both
	<link linkend="xml-primer-general-entities">general</link> and
	@@ -2799,7 +2570,7 @@
	another.</para>

	<sect2 xml:id="xml-primer-include-using-gen-entities">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Using General Entities to Include Files</title>
	+ <title>在引用檔使用一般 Entities</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Consider some content for an <acronym>XML</acronym> book
	organized into files, one file per chapter, called
	@@ -2815,7 +2586,7 @@
	named file as the value of the entity.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Using General Entities to Include Files</title>
	+ <title>在引用檔使用一般 Entities</title>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN"
	"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd" [
	@@ -2847,7 +2618,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Using Parameter Entities to Include Files</title>
	+ <title>在引用檔使用參數 Entities</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Parameter entities can only be used inside an
	<acronym>XML</acronym> context. Including a file in an
	@@ -2866,7 +2637,7 @@
	the document.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Using Parameter Entities to Include Files</title>
	+ <title>在引用檔使用參數 Entities</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Place the entity definitions in a separate file
	called <filename>chapters.ent</filename> and
	@@ -2900,10 +2671,10 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2>
	- <title xml:lang="en">To Do…</title>
	+ <title>待辦事項...</title>

	<sect3>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Use General Entities to Include Files</title>
	+ <title>在引用檔使用一般 Entities</title>

	<procedure>
	<step>
	@@ -2961,7 +2732,7 @@
	</sect3>

	<sect3>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Use Parameter Entities to Include Files</title>
	+ <title>在引用檔使用參數 Entities</title>

	<note>
	<para xml:lang="en">The previous steps must have completed before this
	@@ -3024,7 +2795,7 @@
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="xml-primer-marked-sections">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Marked Sections</title>
	+ <title>已標記小節</title>

	<para xml:lang="en"><acronym>XML</acronym> provides a mechanism to indicate that
	particular pieces of the document should be processed in a
	@@ -3032,7 +2803,7 @@
	<quote>marked sections</quote>.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Structure of a Marked Section</title>
	+ <title>已標記的結構</title>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><![<replaceable>KEYWORD</replaceable>[
	Contents of marked section
	@@ -3056,7 +2827,7 @@
	<literal>></literal>.</para>

	<sect2 xml:id="xml-primer-marked-section-keywords">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Marked Section Keywords</title>
	+ <title>已標記關鍵字</title>

	<sect3 xml:id="xml-primer-cdata">
	<title xml:lang="en"><literal>CDATA</literal></title>
	@@ -3094,8 +2865,7 @@
	</note>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Using a <literal>CDATA</literal> Marked
	- Section</title>
	+ <title>使用 <literal>CDATA</literal> 已標記小節</title>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">para</tag>Here is an example of how to include some text that contains
	many <tag class="starttag">literal</tag>&lt;<tag class="endtag">literal</tag> and <tag class="starttag">literal</tag>&amp;<tag class="endtag">literal</tag>
	@@ -3120,8 +2890,7 @@
	</sect3>

	<sect3 xml:id="xml-primer-include-ignore">
	- <title xml:lang="en"><literal>INCLUDE</literal> and
	- <literal>IGNORE</literal></title>
	+ <title><literal>INCLUDE</literal> 與 <literal>IGNORE</literal></title>

	<para xml:lang="en">When the keyword is <literal>INCLUDE</literal>, then the
	contents of the marked section will be processed. When the
	@@ -3130,8 +2899,7 @@
	the output.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Using <literal>INCLUDE</literal> and
	- <literal>IGNORE</literal> in Marked Sections</title>
	+ <title>在已標記小節中使用 <literal>INCLUDE</literal> 及 <literal>IGNORE</literal></title>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><![INCLUDE[
	This text will be processed and included.
	@@ -3173,8 +2941,7 @@
	be ignored and the second one will take effect.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Using a Parameter Entity to Control a Marked
	- Section</title>
	+ <title>使用參數 Entities 來控制已標記小節</title>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><!ENTITY % electronic.copy "INCLUDE">

	@@ -3193,7 +2960,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2>
	- <title xml:lang="en">To Do…</title>
	+ <title>待辦事項...</title>

	<procedure>
	<step>
	@@ -3229,7 +2996,7 @@
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="xml-primer-conclusion">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Conclusion</title>
	+ <title>結論</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">That is the conclusion of this <acronym>XML</acronym>
	primer. For reasons of space and complexity, several things
	@@ -3273,10 +3040,10 @@
	$FreeBSD$
	-->
	<chapter version="5.0" xml:id="xhtml-markup">
	- <title xml:lang="en"><acronym>XHTML</acronym> Markup</title>
	+ <title><acronym>XHTML</acronym> 標籤</title>

	<sect1 xml:id="xhtml-markup-introduction">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Introduction</title>
	+ <title>簡介</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">This chapter describes usage of the <acronym>XHTML</acronym>
	markup language used for the FreeBSD web site.</para>
	@@ -3326,7 +3093,7 @@
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="xhtml-markup-fpi">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Formal Public Identifier (<acronym>FPI</acronym>)</title>
	+ <title>正式公用識別碼 (<acronym>FPI</acronym>)</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">There are a number of <acronym>XHTML</acronym>
	<acronym>FPI</acronym>s, depending upon the version, or
	@@ -3339,7 +3106,7 @@
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="xhtml-markup-sectional-elements">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Sectional Elements</title>
	+ <title>分節元素</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">An <acronym>XHTML</acronym> document is normally split into
	two sections. The first section, called the
	@@ -3355,8 +3122,7 @@
	<tag>html</tag> element.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Normal <acronym>XHTML</acronym> Document
	- Structure</title>
	+ <title>一般的 <acronym>XHTML</acronym> 文件結構</title>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"</tag>
	<tag class="starttag">head</tag>
	@@ -3373,10 +3139,10 @@
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="xhtml-markup-block-elements">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Block Elements</title>
	+ <title>區塊元素</title>

	<sect2 xml:id="xhtml-markup-block-elements-headings">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Headings</title>
	+ <title>標題</title>

	<para xml:lang="en"><acronym>XHTML</acronym> has tags to denote headings in
	the document at up to six different levels.</para>
	@@ -3388,10 +3154,9 @@
	<para xml:lang="en">The element's content is the text of the heading.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>h1</tag>, <tag>h2</tag>,
	- and Other Header Tags</title>
	+ <title><tag>h1</tag>, <tag>h2</tag>, 以及其他標題標籤</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">h1</tag>First section<tag class="endtag">h1</tag>

	@@ -3418,15 +3183,15 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="xhtml-markup-block-elements-paragraphs">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Paragraphs</title>
	+ <title>段落</title>

	<para xml:lang="en"><acronym>XHTML</acronym> supports a single paragraph
	element, <tag>p</tag>.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>p</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>p</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">p</tag>This is a paragraph. It can contain just about any
	other element.<tag class="endtag">p</tag></programlisting>
	@@ -3434,15 +3199,15 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="xhtml-markup-block-elements-block-quotations">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Block Quotations</title>
	+ <title>區塊引言</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">A block quotation is an extended quotation from another
	document that will appear in a separate paragraph.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>blockquote</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>blockquote</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">p</tag>A small excerpt from the US Constitution:<tag class="endtag">p</tag>

	@@ -3456,7 +3221,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="xhtml-markup-block-elements-lists">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Lists</title>
	+ <title>清單</title>

	<para xml:lang="en"><acronym>XHTML</acronym> can present the user with three
	types of lists: ordered, unordered, and definition.</para>
	@@ -3484,10 +3249,9 @@
	block elements.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>ul</tag> and
	- <tag>ol</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>ul</tag> 與 <tag>ol</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">p</tag>An unordered list. Listitems will probably be
	preceded by bullets.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
	@@ -3517,9 +3281,9 @@
	</example>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Definition Lists with <tag>dl</tag></title>
	+ <title>使用 <tag>dl</tag> 列定義清單</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">dl</tag>
	<tag class="starttag">dt</tag>Term 1<tag class="endtag">dt</tag>
	@@ -3540,7 +3304,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="xhtml-markup-block-elements-preformatted-text">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Pre-formatted Text</title>
	+ <title>已預排文字</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Pre-formatted text is shown to the user exactly as it is
	in the file. Text is shown in a fixed font. Multiple spaces
	@@ -3551,7 +3315,7 @@
	element.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>pre</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>pre</tag> 範例</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">For example, the <tag>pre</tag> tags could be
	used to mark up an email message:</para>
	@@ -3582,7 +3346,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="xhtml-markup-block-elements-tables">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Tables</title>
	+ <title>表格</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Mark up tabular information using the
	<tag>table</tag> element. A table consists of one or
	@@ -3594,9 +3358,9 @@
	then the <tag>p</tag>element is not needed.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Simple Use of <tag>table</tag></title>
	+ <title><tag>table</tag> 的簡單用法</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">p</tag>This is a simple 2x2 table.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>

	@@ -3621,10 +3385,9 @@
	values for the number of rows or columns to be spanned.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Using
	- <tag class="attribute">rowspan</tag></title>
	+ <title>使用 <tag class="attribute">rowspan</tag></title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">p</tag>One tall thin cell on the left, two short cells next to
	it on the right.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
	@@ -3643,10 +3406,9 @@
	</example>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Using
	- <tag class="attribute">colspan</tag></title>
	+ <title>使用 <tag class="attribute">colspan</tag></title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">p</tag>One long cell on top, two short cells below it.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>

	@@ -3664,11 +3426,9 @@
	</example>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Using <tag class="attribute">rowspan</tag> and
	- <tag class="attribute">colspan</tag>
	- Together</title>
	+ <title><tag class="attribute">rowspan</tag> 與 <tag class="attribute">colspan</tag> 一起使用</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">p</tag>On a 3x3 grid, the top left block is a 2x2 set of
	cells merged into one. The other cells are normal.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
	@@ -3701,10 +3461,10 @@
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="xhtml-markup-inline-elements">
	- <title xml:lang="en">In-line Elements</title>
	+ <title>行內元素</title>

	<sect2 xml:id="xhtml-markup-inline-elements-emphasizing-information">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Emphasizing Information</title>
	+ <title>強調資訊</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Two levels of emphasis are available in
	<acronym>XHTML</acronym>, <tag>em</tag> and
	@@ -3721,10 +3481,9 @@
	tags.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>em</tag> and
	- <tag>strong</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>em</tag> 與 <tag>strong</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">p</tag><tag class="starttag">em</tag>This<tag class="endtag">em</tag> has been emphasized, while
	<tag class="starttag">strong</tag>this<tag class="endtag">strong</tag> has been strongly emphasized.<tag class="endtag">p</tag></programlisting>
	@@ -3732,16 +3491,16 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="xhtml-markup-inline-elements-fixed-pitch-text">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Indicating Fixed-Pitch Text</title>
	+ <title>標示等寬文字</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Content that should be rendered in a fixed pitch
	(typewriter) typeface is tagged with <tag>tt</tag>
	(for <quote>teletype</quote>).</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>tt</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>tt</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">p</tag>Many system settings are stored in
	<tag class="starttag">tt</tag>/etc<tag class="endtag">tt</tag>.<tag class="endtag">p</tag></programlisting>
	@@ -3749,14 +3508,14 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="xhtml-markup-inline-elements-links">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Links</title>
	+ <title>連結</title>

	<note>
	<para xml:lang="en">Links are also inline elements.</para>
	</note>

	<sect3 xml:id="xhtml-markup-inline-elements-linking">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Linking to Other Documents on the Web</title>
	+ <title>連結在網站上的其他文件</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">A link points to the <acronym>URL</acronym> of a
	document on the web. The link is indicated with
	@@ -3768,10 +3527,9 @@
	underline.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Using
	- <tag class="starttag">a href="..."</tag></title>
	+ <title>使用 <tag class="starttag">a href="..."</tag></title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">p</tag>More information is available at the
	<tag class="starttag">a href="http://www.&os;.org/"</tag>&os; web site<tag class="endtag">a</tag>.<tag class="endtag">p</tag></programlisting>
	@@ -3782,7 +3540,7 @@
	</sect3>

	<sect3 xml:id="xhtml-markup-inline-elements-specific-parts">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Linking to Specific Parts of Documents</title>
	+ <title>連結說明文件的特定章節</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">To link to a specific point within a document, that
	document must include an <emphasis>anchor</emphasis> at the
	@@ -3794,9 +3552,9 @@
	element.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Creating an Anchor</title>
	+ <title>建立錨點</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">p id="samplepara"</tag>This paragraph can be referenced
	in other links with the name <tag class="starttag">tt</tag>samplepara<tag class="endtag">tt</tag>.<tag class="endtag">p</tag></programlisting>
	@@ -3808,8 +3566,7 @@
	<acronym>URL</acronym>.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Linking to a Named Part of a Different
	- Document</title>
	+ <title>連結到另一份文件中已命名的段落</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">The <literal>samplepara</literal> example is part of a
	document called <filename>foo.html</filename>. A link to
	@@ -3827,7 +3584,7 @@
	anchor.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Linking to a Named Part of the Same Document</title>
	+ <title>連結到同一份文件已命名的段茖</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">The <literal>samplepara</literal> example
	resides in this document. To link to it:</para>
	@@ -3876,10 +3633,10 @@

	<chapter version="5.0" xml:id="docbook-markup">

	- <title xml:lang="en">DocBook Markup</title>
	+ <title>DocBook 標籤</title>

	<sect1 xml:id="docbook-markup-introduction">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Introduction</title>
	+ <title>簡介</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">This chapter is an introduction to DocBook as it is used for
	FreeBSD documentation. DocBook is a large and complex markup
	@@ -3930,7 +3687,7 @@
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="docbook-markup-freebsd-extensions">
	- <title xml:lang="en">FreeBSD Extensions</title>
	+ <title>FreeBSD 擴充項目</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">The FreeBSD Documentation Project has extended the DocBook
	<acronym>DTD</acronym> with additional elements and entities.
	@@ -3951,7 +3708,7 @@
	</note>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-freebsd-extensions-elements">
	- <title xml:lang="en">FreeBSD Elements</title>
	+ <title>FreeBSD 元素</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">The additional FreeBSD elements are not (currently) in the
	Ports Collection. They are stored in the FreeBSD Subversion
	@@ -3962,7 +3719,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-freebsd-extensions-entities">
	- <title xml:lang="en">FreeBSD Entities</title>
	+ <title>FreeBSD Entities</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">This table shows some of the most useful entities
	available in the <acronym>FDP</acronym>. For a complete list,
	@@ -4202,7 +3959,7 @@
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="docbook-markup-fpi">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Formal Public Identifier (FPI)</title>
	+ <title>正式公用識別碼 (FPI)</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">In compliance with the DocBook guidelines for writing
	<acronym>FPI</acronym>s for DocBook customizations, the
	@@ -4213,7 +3970,7 @@
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="docbook-markup-document-structure">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Document Structure</title>
	+ <title>文件結構</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">DocBook allows structuring documentation in several ways.
	The FreeBSD Documentation Project uses two primary types of DocBook
	@@ -4256,7 +4013,7 @@
	example.</para>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-starting-a-book">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Starting a Book</title>
	+ <title>開始撰寫書籍</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">The content of a book is contained within the
	<tag>book</tag> element. As well as containing
	@@ -4269,62 +4026,48 @@
	<tag>info</tag>.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Boilerplate <tag>book</tag> with
	- <tag>info</tag></title>
	+ <title>使用 <tag>info</tag> 的 <tag>book</tag> 樣板</title>

	<!-- Cannot put this in a marked section because of the
	replaceable elements -->

	- <programlisting><!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook XML V5.0-Based Extension//EN"
	- "http://www.FreeBSD.org/XML/share/xml/freebsd50.dtd">
	-
	-<tag class="starttag">article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
	- xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0"
	- xml:lang="en"</tag>
	-
	+ <programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">book</tag>
	<tag class="starttag">info</tag>
	- <tag class="starttag">title</tag>An Example Article<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
	+ <tag class="starttag">title</tag><replaceable>Your Title Here</replaceable><tag class="endtag">title</tag>

	<tag class="starttag">author</tag>
	<tag class="starttag">personname</tag>
	- <tag class="starttag">firstname</tag>Your first name<tag class="endtag">firstname</tag>
	- <tag class="starttag">surname</tag>Your surname<tag class="endtag">surname</tag>
	+ <tag class="starttag">firstname</tag><replaceable>Your first name</replaceable><tag class="endtag">firstname</tag>
	+ <tag class="starttag">surname</tag><replaceable>Your surname</replaceable><tag class="endtag">surname</tag>
	<tag class="endtag">personname</tag>

	<tag class="starttag">affiliation</tag>
	<tag class="starttag">address</tag>
	- <tag class="starttag">email</tag>foo@example.com<tag class="endtag">email</tag>
	+ <tag class="starttag">email</tag><replaceable>Your email address</replaceable><tag class="endtag">email</tag>
	<tag class="endtag">address</tag>
	<tag class="endtag">affiliation</tag>
	<tag class="endtag">author</tag>

	<tag class="starttag">copyright</tag>
	- <tag class="starttag">year</tag>2000<tag class="endtag">year</tag>
	- <tag class="starttag">holder</tag>Copyright string here<tag class="endtag">holder</tag>
	+ <tag class="starttag">year</tag><replaceable>1998</replaceable><tag class="endtag">year</tag>
	+ <tag class="starttag">holder role="mailto:<replaceable>your email address</replaceable>"</tag><replaceable>Your name</replaceable><tag class="endtag">holder</tag>
	<tag class="endtag">copyright</tag>

	+ <tag class="starttag">releaseinfo</tag>$FreeBSD$<tag class="endtag">releaseinfo</tag>
	+
	<tag class="starttag">abstract</tag>
	- <tag class="starttag">para</tag>If your article has an abstract then it should go here。<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
	+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag><replaceable>Include an abstract of the book's contents here.</replaceable><tag class="endtag">para</tag>
	<tag class="endtag">abstract</tag>
	<tag class="endtag">info</tag>

	- <tag class="starttag">sect1</tag>
	- <tag class="starttag">title</tag>My First Section<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
	-
	- <tag class="starttag">para</tag>This is the first section in my article。<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
	-
	- <tag class="starttag">sect2</tag>
	- <tag class="starttag">title</tag>My First Sub-Section<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
	+ …

	- <tag class="starttag">para</tag>This is the first sub-section in my article。<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
	- <tag class="endtag">sect2</tag>
	- <tag class="endtag">sect1</tag>
	-<tag class="endtag">article</tag></programlisting>
	+<tag class="endtag">book</tag></programlisting>
	</example>
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-starting-an-article">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Starting an Article</title>
	+ <title>開始撰寫文章</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">The content of the article is contained within the
	<tag>article</tag> element. As well as containing
	@@ -4337,62 +4080,48 @@
	<tag>info</tag>.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Boilerplate <tag>article</tag> with
	- <tag>info</tag></title>
	+ <title>使用 <tag>info</tag> 的 <tag>article</tag> 樣板</title>

	<!-- Cannot put this in a marked section because of the
	replaceable elements -->

	- <programlisting><!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook XML V5.0-Based Extension//EN"
	- "http://www.FreeBSD.org/XML/share/xml/freebsd50.dtd">
	-
	-<tag class="starttag">article xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
	- xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0"
	- xml:lang="en"</tag>
	-
	+ <programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">article</tag>
	<tag class="starttag">info</tag>
	- <tag class="starttag">title</tag>An Example Article<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
	+ <tag class="starttag">title</tag><replaceable>Your title here</replaceable><tag class="endtag">title</tag>

	<tag class="starttag">author</tag>
	<tag class="starttag">personname</tag>
	- <tag class="starttag">firstname</tag>Your first name<tag class="endtag">firstname</tag>
	- <tag class="starttag">surname</tag>Your surname<tag class="endtag">surname</tag>
	+ <tag class="starttag">firstname</tag><replaceable>Your first name</replaceable><tag class="endtag">firstname</tag>
	+ <tag class="starttag">surname</tag><replaceable>Your surname</replaceable><tag class="endtag">surname</tag>
	<tag class="endtag">personname</tag>

	<tag class="starttag">affiliation</tag>
	<tag class="starttag">address</tag>
	- <tag class="starttag">email</tag>foo@example.com<tag class="endtag">email</tag>
	+ <tag class="starttag">email</tag><replaceable>Your email address</replaceable><tag class="endtag">email</tag><tag class="endtag">address</tag>
	<tag class="endtag">address</tag>
	<tag class="endtag">affiliation</tag>
	<tag class="endtag">author</tag>

	<tag class="starttag">copyright</tag>
	- <tag class="starttag">year</tag>2000<tag class="endtag">year</tag>
	- <tag class="starttag">holder</tag>Copyright string here<tag class="endtag">holder</tag>
	+ <tag class="starttag">year</tag><replaceable>1998</replaceable><tag class="endtag">year</tag>
	+ <tag class="starttag">holder role="mailto:<replaceable>your email address</replaceable>"</tag><replaceable>Your name</replaceable><tag class="endtag">holder</tag>
	<tag class="endtag">copyright</tag>

	+ <tag class="starttag">releaseinfo</tag>$FreeBSD$<tag class="endtag">releaseinfo</tag>
	+
	<tag class="starttag">abstract</tag>
	- <tag class="starttag">para</tag>If your article has an abstract then it should go here。<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
	+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag><replaceable>Include an abstract of the article's contents here.</replaceable><tag class="endtag">para</tag>
	<tag class="endtag">abstract</tag>
	<tag class="endtag">info</tag>

	- <tag class="starttag">sect1</tag>
	- <tag class="starttag">title</tag>My First Section<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
	-
	- <tag class="starttag">para</tag>This is the first section in my article。<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
	-
	- <tag class="starttag">sect2</tag>
	- <tag class="starttag">title</tag>My First Sub-Section<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
	+ …

	- <tag class="starttag">para</tag>This is the first sub-section in my article。<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
	- <tag class="endtag">sect2</tag>
	- <tag class="endtag">sect1</tag>
	<tag class="endtag">article</tag></programlisting>
	</example>
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-indicating-chapters">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Indicating Chapters</title>
	+ <title>標示章節</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Use <tag>chapter</tag> to mark up your chapters.
	Each chapter has a mandatory <tag>title</tag>.
	@@ -4400,7 +4129,7 @@
	books.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">A Simple Chapter</title>
	+ <title>簡單的章節</title>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">chapter</tag>
	<tag class="starttag">title</tag>The Chapter's Title<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
	@@ -4415,7 +4144,7 @@
	paragraph.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Empty Chapters</title>
	+ <title>空白章節</title>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">chapter</tag>
	<tag class="starttag">title</tag>This is An Empty Chapter<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
	@@ -4426,7 +4155,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-sections-below-chapters">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Sections Below Chapters</title>
	+ <title>章底下的小節</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">In books, chapters may (but do not need to) be broken up
	into sections, subsections, and so on. In articles, sections
	@@ -4444,7 +4173,7 @@
	<tag>sect5</tag>.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Sections in Chapters</title>
	+ <title>章中的小節</title>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">chapter</tag>
	<tag class="starttag">title</tag>A Sample Chapter<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
	@@ -4510,8 +4239,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-subdividing-part">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Subdividing Using <tag>part</tag>
	- Elements</title>
	+ <title>使用 <tag>part</tag> 元素來分部</title>

	<para xml:lang="en"><tag>part</tag>s introduce another level of
	organization between <tag>book</tag> and
	@@ -4544,10 +4272,10 @@
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="docbook-markup-block-elements">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Block Elements</title>
	+ <title>區塊元素</title>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-paragraphs">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Paragraphs</title>
	+ <title>段落</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">DocBook supports three types of paragraphs:
	<tag>formalpara</tag>, <tag>para</tag>, and
	@@ -4561,14 +4289,14 @@
	<tag>para</tag>.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>para</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>para</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">para</tag>This is a paragraph. It can contain just about any
	other element.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<para xml:lang="en">This is a paragraph. It can contain just about any
	other element.</para>
	@@ -4576,7 +4304,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-block-quotations">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Block Quotations</title>
	+ <title>區塊引言</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">A block quotation is an extended quotation from another
	document that should not appear within the current paragraph.
	@@ -4587,9 +4315,9 @@
	unattributed).</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>blockquote</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>blockquote</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">para</tag>A small excerpt from the US Constitution:<tag class="endtag">para</tag>

	@@ -4606,7 +4334,7 @@
	America.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
	<tag class="endtag">blockquote</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<para xml:lang="en">A small excerpt from the US Constitution:</para>

	@@ -4629,8 +4357,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-tips-notes">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Tips, Notes, Warnings, Cautions, and Important
	- Information</title>
	+ <title>提示、注意、警告、注意事項及重要資訊</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Extra information may need to be separated from
	the main body of the text. Typically this is
	@@ -4668,9 +4395,9 @@
	</itemizedlist>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>tip</tag> and <tag>important</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>tip</tag> 與 <tag>important</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">tip</tag>
	<tag class="starttag">para</tag>&os; may reduce stress.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
	@@ -4683,7 +4410,7 @@
	<tag class="endtag">important</tag></programlisting>
	</example>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>
	<!-- Need to do this outside of the example -->
	<tip>
	<para xml:lang="en">FreeBSD may reduce stress.</para>
	@@ -4697,14 +4424,14 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-example">
	- <title>舉例</title>
	+ <title>範例</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Examples can be shown with <tag>example</tag>.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>example</tag> Source</title>
	+ <title><tag>example</tag> 原始碼</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">example</tag>
	<tag class="starttag">para</tag>Empty files can be created easily:<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
	@@ -4714,10 +4441,10 @@
	</example>

	<!-- Need to do this outside of the example -->
	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Rendered <tag>example</tag></title>
	+ <title><tag>example</tag> 的結果</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Empty files can be created easily:</para>

	@@ -4726,7 +4453,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-lists-and-procedures">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Lists and Procedures</title>
	+ <title>清單與步驟</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Information often needs to be presented as lists, or as a
	number of steps that must be carried out in order to
	@@ -4748,10 +4475,9 @@
	tags. However, unlike HTML, they are required.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>itemizedlist</tag> and
	- <tag>orderedlist</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>itemizedlist</tag> 與 <tag>orderedlist</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">itemizedlist</tag>
	<tag class="starttag">listitem</tag>
	@@ -4773,7 +4499,7 @@
	<tag class="endtag">listitem</tag>
	<tag class="endtag">orderedlist</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<itemizedlist>
	<listitem>
	@@ -4809,9 +4535,9 @@
	entries.</para>

	<example xml:id="docbook-markup-variablelist-example">
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>variablelist</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>variablelist</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">variablelist</tag>
	<tag class="starttag">varlistentry</tag>
	@@ -4835,7 +4561,7 @@
	<tag class="endtag">varlistentry</tag>
	<tag class="endtag">variablelist</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<variablelist>
	<varlistentry>
	@@ -4871,9 +4597,9 @@
	<tag>stepalternatives</tag>.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>procedure</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>procedure</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">procedure</tag>
	<tag class="starttag">step</tag>
	@@ -4903,7 +4629,7 @@
	<tag class="endtag">step</tag>
	<tag class="endtag">procedure</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<procedure>
	<step>
	@@ -4936,7 +4662,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-showing-file-samples">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Showing File Samples</title>
	+ <title>顯示檔案範本</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Fragments of a file (or perhaps a complete file) are shown
	by wrapping them in the <tag>programlisting</tag>
	@@ -4951,9 +4677,9 @@
	lines may be included.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>programlisting</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>programlisting</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">para</tag>When finished, the program will look like
	this:<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
	@@ -4970,7 +4696,7 @@
	<literal>#include</literal> line need to be referenced by
	their entities instead of being included literally.</para>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<para xml:lang="en">When finished, the program will look like this:</para>

	@@ -4985,7 +4711,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-callouts">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Callouts</title>
	+ <title>標註</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">A callout is a visual marker for referring to a
	piece of text or specific position within an
	@@ -4998,8 +4724,7 @@
	callout.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>co</tag> and
	- <tag>calloutlist</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>co</tag> 與 <tag>calloutlist</tag> 範例</title>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">para</tag>When finished, the program will look like
	this:<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
	@@ -5028,7 +4753,7 @@
	<tag class="endtag">callout</tag>
	<tag class="endtag">calloutlist</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<para xml:lang="en">When finished, the program will look like this:</para>

	@@ -5060,7 +4785,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-tables">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Tables</title>
	+ <title>表格</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Unlike <acronym>HTML</acronym>, DocBook does not need
	tables for layout purposes, as the stylesheet handles those
	@@ -5085,9 +4810,9 @@
	one cell in the table.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>informaltable</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>informaltable</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">informaltable pgwide="1"</tag>
	<tag class="starttag">tgroup cols="2"</tag>
	@@ -5112,7 +4837,7 @@
	<tag class="endtag">tgroup</tag>
	<tag class="endtag">informaltable</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<informaltable pgwide="1">
	<tgroup cols="2">
	@@ -5150,9 +4875,9 @@
	<literal>informaltable frame="none"</literal>.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Table with <literal>frame="none"</literal> Example</title>
	+ <title>表格使用 <literal>frame="none"</literal> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<informaltable frame="none" pgwide="1">
	<tgroup cols="2">
	@@ -5180,7 +4905,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-examples">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Examples for the User to Follow</title>
	+ <title>給使用者遵循的範例</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Examples for the user to follow are often necessary.
	Typically, these will consist of dialogs with the computer;
	@@ -5245,10 +4970,9 @@
	</variablelist>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>screen</tag>, <tag>prompt</tag>,
	- and <tag>userinput</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>screen</tag>, <tag>prompt</tag> 與 <tag>userinput</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">screen</tag>&prompt.user; <tag class="starttag">userinput</tag>ls -1<tag class="endtag">userinput</tag>
	foo1
	@@ -5261,7 +4985,7 @@
	&prompt.root; <tag class="starttag">userinput</tag>cat foo2<tag class="endtag">userinput</tag>
	This is the file called 'foo2'<tag class="endtag">screen</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<screen xml:lang="en"><prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -1</userinput>
	foo1
	@@ -5286,10 +5010,10 @@
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="docbook-markup-inline-elements">
	- <title xml:lang="en">In-line Elements</title>
	+ <title>行內元素</title>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-inline-emphasizing">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Emphasizing Information</title>
	+ <title>強調資訊</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">To emphasize a particular word or phrase, use
	<tag>emphasis</tag>. This may be presented as
	@@ -5305,15 +5029,15 @@
	<tag>emphasis</tag>.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>emphasis</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>emphasis</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">para</tag>&os; is without doubt <tag class="starttag">emphasis</tag>the<tag class="endtag">emphasis</tag>
	premiere &unix;-like operating system for the Intel
	architecture.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<para xml:lang="en">FreeBSD is without doubt <emphasis>the</emphasis>
	premiere <trademark class="registered">UNIX</trademark>-like operating system for the Intel
	@@ -5322,7 +5046,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-acronyms">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Acronyms</title>
	+ <title>縮寫</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Many computer terms are <emphasis>acronyms</emphasis>,
	words formed from the first letter of each word in a
	@@ -5332,9 +5056,9 @@
	in the example below.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>acronym</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>acronym</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">para</tag>Request For Comments (<tag class="starttag">acronym</tag>RFC<tag class="endtag">acronym</tag>) 1149
	defined the use of avian carriers for transmission of
	@@ -5342,7 +5066,7 @@
	quantity of <tag class="starttag">acronym</tag>IP<tag class="endtag">acronym</tag> data currently
	transmitted in that manner is unknown.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<para xml:lang="en">Request For Comments (<acronym>RFC</acronym>) 1149
	defined the use of avian carriers for transmission of
	@@ -5353,7 +5077,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-quotations">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Quotations</title>
	+ <title>引言</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">To quote text from another document or source, or to
	denote a phrase that is used figuratively, use
	@@ -5362,15 +5086,15 @@
	<tag>quote</tag>.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>quote</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>quote</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">para</tag>However, make sure that the search does not go beyond the
	<tag class="starttag">quote</tag>boundary between local and public administration<tag class="endtag">quote</tag>,
	as <tag class="starttag">acronym</tag>RFC<tag class="endtag">acronym</tag> 1535 calls it.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<para xml:lang="en">However, make sure that the search does not go beyond
	the <quote>boundary between local and public
	@@ -5380,7 +5104,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-keys">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Keys, Mouse Buttons, and Combinations</title>
	+ <title>鍵盤按鍵、滑鼠按鍵及組合鍵</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">To refer to a specific key on the keyboard, use
	<tag>keycap</tag>. To refer to a mouse button, use
	@@ -5401,9 +5125,9 @@
	names, when wrapped in <tag>keycombo</tag>.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Keys, Mouse Buttons, and Combinations Example</title>
	+ <title>鍵盤按鍵、滑鼠案件及組合鍵範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">para</tag>To switch to the second virtual terminal, press
	<tag class="starttag">keycombo action="simul"</tag><tag class="starttag">keycap</tag>Alt<tag class="endtag">keycap</tag>
	@@ -5418,7 +5142,7 @@
	<tag class="starttag">mousebutton</tag>right<tag class="endtag">mousebutton</tag>
	<tag class="endtag">keycombo</tag> mouse button is used to move windows.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<para xml:lang="en">To switch to the second virtual terminal, press
	<keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Alt</keycap>
	@@ -5440,7 +5164,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-applications">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Applications, Commands, Options, and Cites</title>
	+ <title>應用程式、指令、選項與引用</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Both applications and commands are frequently referred to
	when writing documentation. The distinction between them is
	@@ -5509,9 +5233,9 @@
	<acronym>HTML</acronym>, appear visually better.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en">Applications, Commands, and Options Example</title>
	+ <title>應用程式、指令、選項範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">para</tag><tag class="starttag">application</tag>Sendmail<tag class="endtag">application</tag> is the most
	widely used Unix mail application.<tag class="starttag">para</tag>
	@@ -5530,7 +5254,7 @@
	status of messages in the mail queue. Check this on the command
	line by running <tag class="starttag">command</tag>sendmail -bp<tag class="endtag">command</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<para xml:lang="en"><application>Sendmail</application> is the most widely
	used Unix mail application.</para>
	@@ -5560,15 +5284,15 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-files">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Files, Directories, Extensions, Device Names</title>
	+ <title>檔案、目錄、副檔名、裝置名稱</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">To refer to the name of a file, a directory, a file
	extension, or a device name, use <tag>filename</tag>.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>filename</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>filename</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">para</tag>The source for the Handbook in English is found in
	<tag class="starttag">filename</tag>/usr/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/<tag class="endtag">filename</tag>.
	@@ -5580,7 +5304,7 @@
	by the system, and appears in
	<tag class="starttag">filename</tag>/dev<tag class="endtag">filename</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<para xml:lang="en">The source for the Handbook in English is found in
	<filename>/usr/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/</filename>.
	@@ -5595,7 +5319,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-name-of-ports">
	- <title xml:lang="en">The Name of Ports</title>
	+ <title>Port 名稱</title>

	<note>
	<title xml:lang="en">FreeBSD Extension</title>
	@@ -5617,9 +5341,9 @@
	<literal>port</literal>.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>package</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>package</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">para</tag>Install the <tag class="starttag">package</tag>net/wireshark<tag class="endtag">package</tag> binary
	package to view network traffic.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
	@@ -5627,7 +5351,7 @@
	<tag class="starttag">para</tag><tag class="starttag">package role="port"</tag>net/wireshark<tag class="endtag">package</tag> can also be
	built and installed from the Ports Collection.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<para xml:lang="en">Install the <package>net/wireshark</package> binary
	package to view network traffic.</para>
	@@ -5638,8 +5362,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-hosts">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Hosts, Domains, IP Addresses, User Names, Group Names,
	- and Other System Items</title>
	+ <title>主機、網域、IP 位址、使用名稱、群組名稱及其他系統項目</title>

	<note>
	<title xml:lang="en">FreeBSD Extension</title>
	@@ -5736,9 +5459,9 @@
	</variablelist>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>systemitem</tag> and Classes Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>systemitem</tag> 與類別 (Class) 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">para</tag>The local machine can always be referred to by the
	name <tag class="starttag">systemitem class="systemname"</tag>localhost<tag class="endtag">systemitem</tag>, which will have the IP
	@@ -5764,7 +5487,7 @@
	<tag class="starttag">para</tag>To carry out most system administration functions
	requires logging in as <tag class="starttag">systemitem class="username"</tag>root<tag class="endtag">systemitem</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<para xml:lang="en">The local machine can always be referred to by the name
	<systemitem>localhost</systemitem>, which will have the IP
	@@ -5795,8 +5518,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-uri">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Uniform Resource Identifiers
	- (<acronym>URI</acronym>s)</title>
	+ <title>統一資源識別碼 (<acronym>URI</acronym>)</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Occasionally it is useful to show a
	Uniform Resource Identifier (<acronym>URI</acronym>) without
	@@ -5804,15 +5526,15 @@
	makes this possible:</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>uri</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>uri</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">para</tag>This <acronym>URL</acronym> shows only as text:
	<tag class="starttag">uri</tag>https://www.FreeBSD.org<tag class="endtag">uri</tag>. It does not
	create a link.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<para xml:lang="en">This <acronym>URL</acronym> shows only as text:
	<uri>https://www.FreeBSD.org</uri>. It does not
	@@ -5824,7 +5546,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-email-addresses">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Email Addresses</title>
	+ <title>郵件地址</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Email addresses are marked up as <tag>email</tag>
	elements. In the <acronym>HTML</acronym> output format, the
	@@ -5833,15 +5555,15 @@
	address into a link.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>email</tag> with a Hyperlink Example</title>
	+ <title>有超連結的 <tag>email</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">para</tag>An email address that does not actually exist, like
	<tag class="starttag">email</tag>notreal@example.com<tag class="endtag">email</tag>, can be used as an
	example.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<para xml:lang="en">An email address that does not actually exist, like
	<email>notreal@example.com</email>, can be used as an
	@@ -5854,15 +5576,15 @@
	address.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>email</tag> Without a Hyperlink Example</title>
	+ <title>沒有超連結的 <tag>email</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">para</tag>Sometimes a link to an email address like
	<tag class="starttag">email role="nolink"</tag>notreal@example.com<tag class="endtag">email</tag> is not
	desired.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<para xml:lang="en">Sometimes a link to an email address like
	<email role="nolink">notreal@example.com</email> is not
	@@ -5871,7 +5593,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-describing-makefiles">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Describing <filename>Makefile</filename>s</title>
	+ <title>說明 <filename>Makefile</filename></title>

	<note>
	<title xml:lang="en">FreeBSD Extension</title>
	@@ -5895,10 +5617,9 @@
	process.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>buildtarget</tag> and
	- <tag>varname</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>buildtarget</tag> 與 <tag>varname</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">para</tag>Two common targets in a <tag class="starttag">filename</tag>Makefile<tag class="endtag">filename</tag>
	are <tag class="starttag">buildtarget</tag>all<tag class="endtag">buildtarget</tag> and
	@@ -5914,7 +5635,7 @@
	number of variables, including <tag class="starttag">varname</tag>CLOBBER<tag class="endtag">varname</tag>
	and <tag class="starttag">varname</tag>RECURSE<tag class="endtag">varname</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<para xml:lang="en">Two common targets in a <filename>Makefile</filename>
	are <buildtarget xml:lang="en">all</buildtarget> and
	@@ -5933,7 +5654,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-literal-text">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Literal Text</title>
	+ <title>實際文字 (Literal)</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Literal text, or text which should be entered verbatim, is
	often needed in documentation. This is text that is excerpted
	@@ -5951,16 +5672,16 @@
	<tag>literal</tag>.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>literal</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>literal</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">para</tag>The <tag class="starttag">literal</tag>maxusers 10<tag class="endtag">literal</tag> line in the kernel
	configuration file determines the size of many system tables, and is
	a rough guide to how many simultaneous logins the system will
	support.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<para xml:lang="en">The <literal>maxusers 10</literal> line in the kernel
	configuration file determines the size of many system
	@@ -5970,8 +5691,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-replaceable">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Showing Items That the User <emphasis>Must</emphasis>
	- Fill In</title>
	+ <title>顯示使用者<emphasis>必填</emphasis>的項目</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">There will often be times when the user is shown
	what to do, or referred to a file or command line, but
	@@ -5984,13 +5704,13 @@
	the user must replace.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>replaceable</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>replaceable</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">screen</tag>&prompt.user; <tag class="starttag">userinput</tag>man <tag class="starttag">replaceable</tag>command<tag class="endtag">replaceable</tag><tag class="endtag">userinput</tag><tag class="endtag">screen</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<informalexample>
	<screen xml:lang="en"><prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man <replaceable>command</replaceable></userinput></screen>
	@@ -6003,7 +5723,7 @@
	<emphasis>is</emphasis> meant to provide. The other content
	should be left alone.</para>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">para</tag>The <tag class="starttag">literal</tag>maxusers <tag class="starttag">replaceable</tag>n<tag class="endtag">replaceable</tag><tag class="endtag">literal</tag>
	line in the kernel configuration file determines the size of many system
	@@ -6013,7 +5733,7 @@
	<tag class="starttag">para</tag>For a desktop workstation, <tag class="starttag">literal</tag>32<tag class="endtag">literal</tag> is a good value
	for <tag class="starttag">replaceable</tag>n<tag class="endtag">replaceable</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<para xml:lang="en">The
	<literal>maxusers <replaceable>n</replaceable></literal>
	@@ -6027,7 +5747,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-gui-buttons">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Showing <acronym>GUI</acronym> Buttons</title>
	+ <title>顯示 <acronym>GUI</acronym> 按鈕</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Buttons presented by a graphical user interface are marked
	with <tag>guibutton</tag>. To make the text look more
	@@ -6035,15 +5755,15 @@
	added surrounding the text.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>guibutton</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>guibutton</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">para</tag>Edit the file, then click
	<tag class="starttag">guibutton</tag>[&nbsp;Save&nbsp;]<tag class="endtag">guibutton</tag> to save the
	changes.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<para xml:lang="en">Edit the file, then click
	<guibutton>[ Save ]</guibutton> to save the
	@@ -6052,20 +5772,20 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-system-errors">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Quoting System Errors</title>
	+ <title>引用系統錯誤</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">System errors generated by FreeBSD are marked with
	<tag>errorname</tag>. This indicates the exact error
	that appears.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>errorname</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>errorname</tag> 範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">screen</tag><tag class="starttag">errorname</tag>Panic: cannot mount root<tag class="endtag">errorname</tag><tag class="endtag">screen</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<informalexample>
	<screen xml:lang="en"><errorname>Panic: cannot mount root</errorname></screen>
	@@ -6075,7 +5795,7 @@
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="docbook-markup-images">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Images</title>
	+ <title>圖片</title>

	<important>
	<para xml:lang="en">Image support in the documentation is somewhat
	@@ -6097,7 +5817,7 @@
	</important>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-image-formats">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Image Formats</title>
	+ <title>圖片格式</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">The following image formats are currently supported. An
	image file will automatically be converted to bitmap or vector
	@@ -6181,7 +5901,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-image-file-locations">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Image File Locations</title>
	+ <title>圖片檔案位置</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Image files can be stored in one of several locations,
	depending on the document and image:</para>
	@@ -6219,7 +5939,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-image-markup">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Image Markup</title>
	+ <title>圖片標籤</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Images are included as part of a <tag>mediaobject</tag>.
	The <tag>mediaobject</tag> can contain other, more specific
	@@ -6298,7 +6018,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-image-makefile-entries">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Image <filename>Makefile</filename> Entries</title>
	+ <title>圖片 <filename>Makefile</filename> 項目</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Images must be listed in the <filename>Makefile</filename>
	in the <varname>IMAGES</varname> variable. This variable must
	@@ -6328,7 +6048,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-images-in-subdirectories">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Images and Chapters in Subdirectories</title>
	+ <title>在子目錄中的圖片與章節</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Be careful when separating documentation into smaller
	files in different directories (see <xref linkend="xml-primer-include-using-gen-entities"/>).</para>
	@@ -6379,7 +6099,7 @@
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="docbook-markup-links">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Links</title>
	+ <title>連結</title>

	<note>
	<para xml:lang="en">Links are also in-line elements. To show a
	@@ -6388,7 +6108,7 @@
	</note>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-links-ids">
	- <title xml:lang="en"><literal>xml:id</literal> Attributes</title>
	+ <title><literal>xml:id</literal> 屬性</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Most DocBook elements accept an <literal>xml:id</literal>
	attribute to give that part of the document a unique name.
	@@ -6404,8 +6124,7 @@
	<acronym>HTML</acronym> version of the document.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><literal>xml:id</literal> on Chapters and
	- Sections Example</title>
	+ <title>在章與節上加 <literal>xml:id</literal> 的範例</title>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">chapter xml:id="introduction"</tag>
	<tag class="starttag">title</tag>Introduction<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
	@@ -6433,7 +6152,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-links-crossreferences">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Crossreferences with <literal>xref</literal></title>
	+ <title>使用 <literal>xref</literal> 交叉參照</title>

	<para xml:lang="en"><tag>xref</tag> provides the reader with a link to jump to
	another section of the document. The target
	@@ -6442,7 +6161,7 @@
	generates the link text automatically.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>xref</tag> Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>xref</tag> 範例</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Assume that this fragment appears somewhere in a
	document that includes the <literal>xml:id</literal>
	@@ -6474,8 +6193,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-links-to-web-documents">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Linking to Other Documents on the
	- Web</title>
	+ <title>連結在網站上的其他文件</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">The link element described here allows the writer to
	define the link text. When link text is used, it is very important to be descriptive
	@@ -6496,8 +6214,7 @@
	leaving out the element text entirely.</para>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>link</tag> to a FreeBSD Documentation Web
	- Page Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>link</tag> 到 FreeBSD 說明文件網頁範例</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Link to the book or article <acronym>URL</acronym>
	entity. To link to a specific chapter in a book, add a
	@@ -6517,7 +6234,7 @@
	xlink:href="&url.books.handbook;/svn.html#svn-mirrors"</tag>Subversion
	mirror sites<tag class="endtag">link</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<para xml:lang="en">Read the <link xlink:href="@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/svn.html#svn-intro">SVN
	introduction</link>, then pick the nearest mirror from
	@@ -6531,7 +6248,7 @@
	about the BSD license<tag class="endtag">link</tag>, or just the
	<tag class="starttag">link xlink:href="&url.articles.bsdl-gpl;#intro"</tag>introduction<tag class="endtag">link</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<para xml:lang="en">Read this
	<link xlink:href="@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/bsdl-gpl">article
	@@ -6539,14 +6256,14 @@
	</example>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>link</tag> to a FreeBSD Web Page Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>link</tag> 到 FreeBSD 網頁範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">para</tag>Of course, you could stop reading this document and go to the
	<tag class="starttag">link xlink:href="&url.base;/index.html"</tag>FreeBSD home page<tag class="endtag">link</tag> instead.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<para xml:lang="en">Of course, you could stop reading this document and go
	to the <link xlink:href="@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/index.html">FreeBSD
	@@ -6554,17 +6271,16 @@
	</example>

	<example>
	- <title xml:lang="en"><tag>link</tag> to an External Web
	- Page Example</title>
	+ <title><tag>link</tag> 到外部網頁範例</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Usage:</para>
	+ <para>用法：</para>

	<programlisting xml:lang="en"><tag class="starttag">para</tag>Wikipedia has an excellent reference on
	<tag class="starttag">link
	xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table"</tag>GUID
	Partition Tables<tag class="endtag">link</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Appearance:</para>
	+ <para>輸出結果：</para>

	<para xml:lang="en">Wikipedia has an excellent reference on <link xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table">GUID
	Partition Tables</link>.</para>
	@@ -6625,7 +6341,7 @@
	$FreeBSD$
	-->
	<chapter version="5.0" xml:id="stylesheets">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Style Sheets</title>
	+ <title>樣式表</title>

	<para xml:lang="en"><acronym>XML</acronym> is concerned with content, and says
	nothing about how that content should be presented to the reader
	@@ -6654,7 +6370,7 @@
	so.</para>

	<sect2>
	- <title xml:lang="en">The DocBook Documents</title>
	+ <title>DocBook 文件</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">The FreeBSD <acronym>XSLT</acronym> and
	<acronym>DSSSL</acronym> stylesheets refer to
	@@ -6703,20 +6419,20 @@
	<chapter version="5.0" xml:id="translations">
	<title>翻譯</title>

	- <para>本章是翻譯 FreeBSD 文件(包含：FAQ, Handbook, tutorials, manual pages等)的常見問題(FAQ)。</para>
	+ <para>本章節是供要翻譯 FreeBSD 說明文件 (常見問答集 (FAQ)、使用手冊 (Handbook)、教學 (Tutorial)、操作手冊 (Manual page) 等) 到各種語言的常見問答集 (FAQ)。</para>

	- <para>本文件 <emphasis>主要</emphasis> 是以 FreeBSD 德文翻譯計劃的翻譯 FAQ 為母本而來的，原始撰稿者為 Frank Gründer <email>elwood@mc5sys.in-berlin.de</email>，並由 Bernd Warken <email>bwarken@mayn.de</email> 再翻譯回英文版。</para>
	+ <para>本文件 <emphasis>主要</emphasis> 是以 FreeBSD 德文說明文件計劃的翻譯常見問答集為母本而來的，原始撰稿者為 Frank Gründer <email>elwood@mc5sys.in-berlin.de</email>，並由 Bernd Warken <email>bwarken@mayn.de</email> 再翻譯回英文版。</para>

	- <para>本 FAQ 是由文件工程團隊 <email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email> 所維護。</para>
	+ <para>本常見問答集是由文件工程團隊 Documentation Engineering Team <email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email> 所維護。</para>

	<qandaset>
	<qandaentry>
	<question>
	- <para><phrase>i18n</phrase> 跟 <phrase>l10n</phrase> 是什麼呢？</para>
	+ <para><phrase>i18n</phrase> 與 <phrase>l10n</phrase> 代表的是什麼意思？</para>
	</question>

	<answer>
	- <para><phrase>i18n</phrase> 是 <phrase>internationalization</phrase> 而 <phrase>l10n</phrase> 是 <phrase>localization</phrase>。這些都是為了書寫方便而用的簡寫。</para>
	+ <para><phrase>i18n</phrase> 指的是國際化 (<phrase>Internationalization</phrase>) 而 <phrase>l10n</phrase> 指的是在地化 (<phrase>Localization</phrase>)。這些都是為了書寫方便而用的簡寫。</para>

	<para><phrase>i18n</phrase> 就是開頭為 <quote>i</quote> 後面有 18 個字母，最後接 <quote>n</quote>。同樣地， <phrase>l10n</phrase> 是開頭為 <quote>l</quote> 後面有 10 個字母，最後接 <quote>n</quote>。</para>
	</answer>
	@@ -6724,11 +6440,11 @@

	<qandaentry>
	<question>
	- <para>有專門給譯者參與討論的 mailing list 嗎？</para>
	+ <para>有給翻譯人員參與討論的郵遞論壇 (Mailing list) 嗎？</para>
	</question>

	<answer>
	- <para>有的，不同的語系翻譯者都各自有自屬的 mailing lists。這份 <link xlink:href="http://www.freebsd.org/docproj/translations.html"> 翻譯計劃清單</link> 有列出各翻譯計劃的詳細 mailing lists 及相關網站。此外，有一般翻譯討論的<email>freebsd-translators@freebsd.org</email>郵件論壇。</para>
	+ <para>有的，不同的語系翻譯人員都各自有自屬的郵遞論壇。這份 <link xlink:href="http://www.freebsd.org/docproj/translations.html"> 翻譯計劃清單</link> 有列出各翻譯計劃的詳細 mailing lists 及相關網站。此外，有一般翻譯討論的<email>freebsd-translators@freebsd.org</email>郵件論壇。</para>
	</answer>
	</qandaentry>

	@@ -6738,7 +6454,7 @@
	</question>

	<answer>
	- <para>當然囉，越多人參與翻譯，那麼就能夠越快翻完，而且英文版文件若有增減、更新的話，各翻譯版也可以儘快同步囉。</para>
	+ <para>當然囉，越多人參與翻譯，那麼就能夠越快翻完，而且英文版說明文件若有增減、更新的話，各翻譯版也可以儘快同步囉。</para>

	<para>不一定得是專業譯者，才能參與翻譯的。</para>
	</answer>
	@@ -6752,7 +6468,7 @@
	<answer>
	<para>理論上，必須要對英文非常熟稔，而且很明顯地，對想翻譯的語言必須要能運用自如。</para>

	- <para>英文也並非一定要會的。比如說，可以把西班牙文(Spanish)的 FAQ 翻譯為匈牙利文(Hungarian)。</para>
	+ <para>英文也並非一定要會的。比如說，可以把西班牙文 (Spanish) 的 FAQ 翻譯為匈牙利文 (Hungarian)。</para>
	</answer>
	</qandaentry>

	@@ -6762,19 +6478,19 @@
	</question>

	<answer>
	- <para>強烈建議在自己機器上也建立 FreeBSD Subversion repository 的備份(至少文件部分)，這可以執行：</para>
	+ <para>強烈建議在自己機器上也建立 FreeBSD Subversion 檔案庫的備份 (至少要有說明文件的部分)，這可以執行：</para>

	<screen><prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/head/ head</userinput></screen>

	- <para><link xlink:href="https://svn.FreeBSD.org/">svn.FreeBSD.org</link>是公共的 <literal>SVN</literal> 伺服器。可以從<link xlink:href="@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/svn.html#svn-mirrors">Subversion 鏡相站</link>清單檢查認證的伺服器。</para>
	+ <para><link xlink:href="https://svn.FreeBSD.org/">svn.FreeBSD.org</link> 是公共的 <literal>SVN</literal> 伺服器。可以從 <link xlink:href="@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/svn.html#svn-mirrors">Subversion 鏡像站</link> 清單檢查認證的伺服器。</para>

	<note>
	- <para>這需要安裝<package>devel/subversion</package> 套件。</para>
	+ <para>這需要安裝 <package>devel/subversion</package> 套件。</para>
	</note>

	- <para>你可以很自在地使用<application>svn</application>。他可以讓你察看文件檔案不同版本之間的修改差異。</para>
	+ <para>你可以很自在地使用 <application>svn</application>。他可以讓你察看說明文件檔案不同版本之間的修改差異。</para>

	- <para>例如你要看<filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/book.xml</filename> 版本<literal>r33733</literal> 和 <literal>r33734</literal> 的差異，請執行：</para>
	+ <para>例如你要看 <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/book.xml</filename> 版本<literal>r33733</literal> 和 <literal>r33734</literal> 的差異，請執行：</para>

	<screen><prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn diff -r<replaceable>33733</replaceable>:<replaceable>33734</replaceable> en_US.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/book.xml</userinput></screen>
	</answer>
	@@ -6786,9 +6502,9 @@
	</question>

	<answer>
	- <para><link xlink:href="http://www.FreeBSD.org/docproj/translations.html">文件計劃的翻譯 </link> 列了目前已知的各翻譯者成果，如果已經有其他人也在做跟你一樣的翻譯工作，那麼請不要重複浪費人力，請與他們聯繫看看還有哪些地方可以幫上忙的。</para>
	+ <para><link xlink:href="http://www.FreeBSD.org/docproj/translations.html">說明文件計劃翻譯頁 </link> 列了目前已知的各翻譯者成果，如果已經有其他人也在做跟你一樣的翻譯工作，那麼請不要重複浪費人力，請與他們聯繫看看還有哪些地方可以幫上忙的。</para>

	- <para>若上面並未列出你母語的翻譯，或是也有人要翻譯但還未公開宣布的話，那麼就寄信到 <link xlink:href="http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc">FreeBSD documentation project 郵遞論壇 </link>。</para>
	+ <para>若上面並未列出你母語的翻譯，或是也有人要翻譯但還未公開宣布的話，那麼就寄信到 <link xlink:href="http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc">FreeBSD 說明文件計劃郵遞論壇 </link>。</para>
	</answer>
	</qandaentry>

	@@ -6798,13 +6514,13 @@
	</question>

	<answer>
	- <para>恭喜啊，你剛好踏上 <quote>FreeBSD <replaceable>你的母語</replaceable> 文件翻譯計劃</quote>的啟程之路，歡迎上船。</para>
	+ <para>恭喜啊，你剛好踏上 <quote>FreeBSD <replaceable>您的語言</replaceable> 說明文件翻譯計劃</quote>的啟程之路，歡迎登船。</para>

	<para>首先呢，先判斷是否有妥善規劃時間，因為你只有一個人在翻而已，因此，相關翻譯成果的公布、與其他可能會幫忙的志工們聯繫這些工作都是你的職責所在。</para>

	- <para>寫信到 FreeBSD documentation project 郵遞論壇向大家宣布你正準備要翻譯，然後文件計劃的翻譯部分就會更新相關資料</para>
	+ <para>寫信到文件計劃郵遞論壇 (Documentation Project mailing list) 向大家宣布你正準備要翻譯，然後文件計劃的翻譯部分就會更新相關資料。</para>

	- <para>若你的國家已經有人提供 FreeBSD 的 mirror(映設) 服務的話，那麼就先跟他們聯繫，並詢問你是否在上面可以有網頁空間來放相關計劃資料，以及是否可以有提供 email 帳號或 mailing list 服務。</para>
	+ <para>若你的國家已經有人提供 FreeBSD 的鏡像站 (Mirror) 服務的話，那麼就先跟他們聯繫，並詢問你是否在上面可以有網頁空間來放相關計劃資料，以及是否可以有提供電子郵件帳號或郵遞論壇服務。</para>

	<para>然後，就開始翻文件囉，一開始翻譯的時候，先找些篇幅較短的文件會比較容易些 —— 像是 FAQ 啦，或是如何上手之類的說明文章。</para>
	</answer>
	@@ -6812,13 +6528,13 @@

	<qandaentry>
	<question>
	- <para>已經翻好一些文件了，該寄到哪呢？</para>
	+ <para>已經翻好一些說明文件了，該寄到哪呢？</para>
	</question>

	<answer>
	- <para>這要看情況而定。若你是在翻譯團隊內做的話(像是日本、德國)，他們會有自己內部流程來決定翻譯文件怎麼送，這些大致流程會在他們網頁上面有寫。</para>
	+ <para>這要看情況而定。若你是在翻譯團隊內做的話 (像是日本團隊、德國團隊)，他們會有自己內部流程來決定翻譯文件怎麼送，這些大致流程會在他們網頁上面有寫。</para>

	- <para>若你是某語系的唯一翻譯者(或你是負責某翻譯計劃，並想把成果回饋給 FreeBSD 計劃) ，那麼你就應該把自己的翻譯成果寄給 FreeBSD 計劃。(細節請看下個問題)</para>
	+ <para>若你是某語系的唯一翻譯者 (或你是負責某翻譯計劃，並想把成果回饋給 FreeBSD 計劃) ，那麼你就應該把自己的翻譯成果寄給 FreeBSD 計劃。(細節請看下個問題)</para>
	</answer>
	</qandaentry>

	@@ -6832,15 +6548,15 @@
	</question>

	<answer>
	- <para>首先，請先確定你的翻譯成果組織條理分明，並可正確編譯，也就是說：把它擺到現有文件架構內是可以正確編譯成功的。</para>
	+ <para>首先，請先確定你的翻譯成果組織條理分明，並可正確編譯，也就是說：把它擺到現有說明文件樹內是可以正確編譯成功的。</para>

	- <para>目前，FreeBSD 文件都是放在最上層的 <filename>head/</filename> 目錄內。而該目錄下的則依其語系來做分類命名的，依照 ISO639 定義(在比比 1999/01/20 還新的 FreeBSD 版本的/usr/share/misc/iso639 )。</para>
	+ <para>目前，FreeBSD 說明文件都是放在最上層的 <filename>head/</filename> 目錄內。而該目錄下的則根據其 ISO639 所定義的語系代碼來做分類命名的 (在 1999/1/20 之後的 FreeBSD 版本中的 <filename>/usr/share/misc/iso639</filename>)。</para>

	- <para>若你這個語系可能會有不同編碼方式(像是：中文) 那麼就應該會像下面這樣，來依你所使用的編碼方式細分</para>
	+ <para>若你這個語系可能會有不同編碼方式 (像是：中文) 那麼就應該會像下面這樣，來依你所使用的編碼方式細分。</para>

	<para>最後，你應該建立好各文件的目錄了。</para>

	- <para>舉例來說，假設有瑞典文(Swedish)版的翻譯，那麼應該會長像：</para>
	+ <para>舉例來說，假設有瑞典文 (Swedish) 版的翻譯，那麼應該會長像：</para>

	<programlisting>head/
	sv_SE.ISO8859-1/
	@@ -6852,19 +6568,19 @@
	Makefile
	book.xml</programlisting>

	- <para><literal>sv_SE.ISO8859-1</literal>是依照 <filename><replaceable>語系(lang)</replaceable>.<replaceable>編碼(encoding)</replaceable></filename> 的規則來建立的譯名。請注意：其中有兩個 Makefiles 檔，它們是用來建構文件的。</para>
	+ <para><literal>sv_SE.ISO8859-1</literal>是依照 <filename><replaceable>語系 (Lang)</replaceable>.<replaceable>編碼 (Encoding)</replaceable></filename> 的規則來建立的譯名。請注意：其中有兩個 Makefile 檔，它們是用來建置說明文件的。</para>

	- <para>然後請用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tar</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 與 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 來把你的翻譯文件壓縮起來，並寄到本計劃來。</para>
	+ <para>然後請用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tar</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 與 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 來把你的說明文件壓縮起來，並寄到本計劃來。</para>

	<screen><prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd doc</userinput>
	<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>tar cf swedish-docs.tar sv_SE.ISO8859-1</userinput>
	<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>gzip -9 swedish-docs.tar</userinput></screen>

	- <para>接著，把 <filename>swedish-docs.tar.gz</filename> 放到網頁空間上，若你沒有自己網頁空間的話(ISP不提供) ，那麼可以該檔寄到 Documentation Engineering Team <email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email> 來。</para>
	+ <para>接著，把 <filename>swedish-docs.tar.gz</filename> 放到網頁空間上，若你沒有自己網頁空間的話(ISP不提供) ，那麼可以該檔寄到文件工程團隊 Documentation Engineering Team <email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email> 來。</para>

	- <para>還有，記得用 Bugzilla 提交一個報告以通知大家；你已經寄出翻譯文件了，還有，若有人可以幫忙檢閱、複審文件的話，對翻譯品質較好，因為這也有助於提升翻譯品質的流暢度。</para>
	+ <para>還有，記得用 Bugzilla 提交一個回報來通知大家你已經提交說明文件了，還有，若有人可以幫忙檢閱、複審文件的話，對翻譯品質較好，因為這也有助於提升翻譯品質的流暢度。</para>

	- <para>最後，會有人(可能是文件計劃總管，或是 Documentation Engineering Team <email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email> 成員) 會檢閱你的翻譯文件，並確認是否可正常編譯。此外，他們會特別注意下列幾點：</para>
	+ <para>最後，會有人 (可能是文件計劃管理者，或是文件工程團隊 Documentation Engineering Team <email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email> 成員) 會檢閱你的翻譯文件，並確認是否可正常編譯。此外，他們會特別注意下列幾點：</para>

	<orderedlist>
	<listitem>
	@@ -6882,7 +6598,7 @@

	<para>若有問題的話，那麼檢閱者會叮嚀你，來讓這些翻譯成果可以正確使用。</para>

	- <para>若沒問題的話，那麼就會很快把你的翻譯成果 commit 進去了。</para>
	+ <para>若沒問題的話，那麼就會很快把你的翻譯成果提交。</para>
	</answer>
	</qandaentry>

	@@ -6894,11 +6610,11 @@
	<answer>
	<para>我們希望不要這麼做。</para>

	- <para>舉例來說，假設你正準備把 Handbook 翻譯為韓文版，並希望把韓國零售商也加到你翻譯的 Handbook 韓文版內。</para>
	+ <para>舉例來說，假設你正準備把使用手冊 (Handbook) 翻譯為韓文版，並希望把韓國零售商也加到你翻譯的韓文版使用手冊內。</para>

	<para>我們想不出來有啥原因，為什麼不把這些資訊提供給英文版呢？(或是德文、西班牙文、日文等 …) 因為，有可能英語讀者跑去韓國時，會想買 FreeBSD 相關產品。此外，這也可以提升 FreeBSD 的可見度，很顯然的，這並不是件壞事啊。</para>

	- <para>若你有某國才有的資料，請(用 Bugzilla )提供給英文版 Handbook 以作為修訂，然後再把英文版的修訂部分，翻為你要翻譯的 Handbook 吧。</para>
	+ <para>若你有某國才有的資料，請提供給英文版使用手冊以作為修訂 (用 Bugzilla)，然後再把英文版的修訂部分翻為你要翻譯的使用手冊吧。</para>

	<para>謝謝。</para>
	</answer>
	@@ -6910,41 +6626,41 @@
	</question>

	<answer>
	- <para>文件內所有的非 ASCII(Non-ASCII) 字元，都要使用 SGML entities 才能寫進去。</para>
	+ <para>說明文件內所有的非 ASCII (Non-ASCII) 的字元，都要使用 SGML entities 才能寫進去。</para>

	- <para>簡單來說，長相一開頭會是 and 符號(&)，然後是該 entity 名稱，最後接上分號(;)。</para>
	+ <para>簡單來說，長相一開頭會是 and 符號 (&)，然後是該 Entity 名稱，最後接上分號 (;)。</para>

	- <para>這些 entity 名稱都是 ISO8879 所制訂的，而 port tree 內則 <package>textproc/iso8879</package>。</para>
	+ <para>這些 Entity 名稱都是 ISO8879 所制訂的，其在 Port 樹內的 <package>textproc/iso8879</package>。</para>

	<para>以下舉一些例子：</para>

	<segmentedlist>
	- <segtitle>Entity名稱</segtitle>
	+ <segtitle>Entity 名稱</segtitle>

	- <segtitle>實際樣子</segtitle>
	+ <segtitle>外觀</segtitle>

	- <segtitle xml:lang="en">Description</segtitle>
	+ <segtitle>說明</segtitle>

	<seglistitem>
	<seg>&eacute;</seg>
	<seg>é</seg>
	- <seg>小 <quote>e</quote>，並帶尖、重音(acute accent)</seg>
	+ <seg>小 <quote>e</quote>，並帶尖、重音 (Acute accent)</seg>
	</seglistitem>

	<seglistitem>
	<seg>&Eacute;</seg>
	<seg>É</seg>
	- <seg>大 <quote>E</quote>，並帶尖、重音(acute accent)</seg>
	+ <seg>大 <quote>E</quote>，並帶尖、重音 (Acute accent)</seg>
	</seglistitem>

	<seglistitem>
	<seg>&uuml;</seg>
	<seg>ü</seg>
	- <seg>小 <quote>u</quote>，並帶日耳曼語系中的母音變化(umlaut)</seg>
	+ <seg>小 <quote>u</quote>，並帶日耳曼語系中的母音變化 (Umlaut)</seg>
	</seglistitem>
	</segmentedlist>

	- <para>在裝了 iso8879 這個 port 之後，就可以在 <filename>/usr/local/share/xml/iso8879</filename> 找到這些的詳細列表。</para>
	+ <para>在裝了 iso8879 這個 Port 之後，就可以在 <filename>/usr/local/share/xml/iso8879</filename> 找到這些的詳細列表。</para>
	</answer>
	</qandaentry>

	@@ -6956,7 +6672,7 @@
	<answer>
	<para>在英文文件內，讀者都是以 <quote>you</quote> 來稱呼，而有些語言並沒有正式/非正式的區隔。</para>

	- <para>若你所要翻的語言可以區別這些差異，那麼請用該語系在一般技術文件上所使用的稱呼吧。如果容易造成困惑的話，那麼請改用較中性的稱呼來取代。</para>
	+ <para>若你所要翻的語言可以區別這些差異，那麼請用該語系在一般技術說明文件上所使用的稱呼吧。如果容易造成困惑的話，那麼請改用較中性的稱呼來取代。</para>
	</answer>
	</qandaentry>

	@@ -6970,27 +6686,21 @@

	<para>每份英文版原稿的開頭，通常會有像下面的內容：</para>

	- <programlisting><!--
	+ <programlisting xml:lang="en"><!--
	The FreeBSD Documentation Project

	$FreeBSD$
	--></programlisting>

	- <para xml:lang="en">The exact boilerplate may change, but it will always
	- include a $FreeBSD$ line and the phrase
	- <literal>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</literal>.
	- Note that the $FreeBSD part is expanded automatically
	- by Subversion, so it should be empty (just
	- <literal>$FreeBSD$</literal>) for new
	- files.</para>
	+ <para>實際上的內容可能稍有不同，但每份原稿都會附上 $FreeBSD$ 這一行以及 <literal>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</literal> 宣告。請注意：$FreeBSD$ 開頭的這行是會由 Subversion 隨著每次異動而自動更改的，所以新檔案的話請保持原狀 (也就是只要寫 $FreeBSD$ 就好了)。</para>

	<para>翻譯文件中，必須都要有 $FreeBSD$ 這行，並且把 <literal>FreeBSD Documentation Project</literal> 這行改為 <literal>The FreeBSD <replaceable>language</replaceable> Documentation Project</literal>。</para>

	<para>此外，還必須加上第三行來指出你所翻譯的，到底是以英文版原稿的哪一版本為母本所做的翻譯。</para>

	- <para>因此呢，西班牙文版(Spanish)的檔案開頭應該是長像這樣：</para>
	+ <para>因此呢，西班牙文版 (Spanish) 的檔案開頭應該是長像這樣：</para>

	- <programlisting><!--
	+ <programlisting xml:lang="en"><!--
	The FreeBSD Spanish Documentation Project

	$FreeBSD$
	@@ -7011,27 +6721,27 @@
	<title><acronym>PO</acronym> 翻譯</title>

	<sect1 xml:id="po-translations-introduction">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Introduction</title>
	+ <title>簡介</title>

	- <para><link xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/"><acronym>GNU</acronym> <application>gettext</application></link> 系統提供翻譯者一個簡單的方法來建立和維護文件的翻譯。翻譯的字串從原始文件題取出來到<acronym>PO</acronym> (Portable Object) 檔。字串的翻譯用另外的編輯器輸入。翻譯的字串可以直接使用，或是編譯成原始文件的完整翻譯版本。</para>
	+ <para><link xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/"><acronym>GNU</acronym> <application>gettext</application></link> 系統提供翻譯者一個簡單的方法來建立和維護文件的翻譯。翻譯的字串從原始文件題取出來到 <acronym>PO</acronym> (Portable Object) 檔。字串的翻譯用另外的編輯器輸入。翻譯的字串可以直接使用，或是編譯成原始文件的完整翻譯版本。</para>
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="po-translations-quick-start">
	<title>快速上手</title>

	- <para>在 <xref linkend="overview-quick-start"/> 的步驟還必須打開 <package role="port">textproc/docproj</package> port <literal>TRANSLATOR</literal> 選項。如果沒有打開這個選項，請打開選項後，重新安裝 port。</para>
	+ <para>我們會假設您已做過在 <xref linkend="overview-quick-start"/> 中的步驟，除此之外還必須打開 <package role="port">textproc/docproj</package> Port 中的 <literal>TRANSLATOR</literal> 選項。如果沒有打開這個選項，請打開選項後重新安裝 Port。</para>

	<screen><prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/textproc/docproj</userinput>
	<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make config</userinput>
	<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make clean deinstall install clean</userinput></screen>

	- <para>這個範例示範如何建立<link xlink:href="@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds">Leap Seconds</link> 短文的西班牙文翻譯</para>
	+ <para>這個範例示範如何建立 <link xlink:href="@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds">Leap Seconds</link> 短文的西班牙文翻譯。</para>

	<procedure xml:id="po-translations-quick-start-install-po-editor">
	<title>安裝 <acronym>PO</acronym> 編輯器</title>

	<step>
	- <para>編輯翻譯檔案需要<acronym>PO</acronym>編輯器。這個範例使用<package role="ports">editors/poedit</package>。</para>
	+ <para>編輯翻譯檔案需要 <acronym>PO</acronym> 編輯器。這個範例使用 <package role="ports">editors/poedit</package>。</para>

	<screen><prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/poedit</userinput>
	<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput></screen>
	@@ -7102,7 +6812,7 @@
	<sect1 xml:id="po-translations-creating">
	<title>建立新翻譯</title>

	- <para>建立新翻譯文件的第一步是找到或建立一個目錄來放它。FreeBSD 將翻譯文件放在子目錄，用語系和區域以<filename><replaceable>語系</replaceable>_<replaceable>區域</replaceable></filename>來命名。<replaceable>語系</replaceable> 是小寫的兩個字元碼。接著是底線和兩個字元的大寫 <replaceable>REGION</replaceable> 碼。</para>
	+ <para>建立新翻譯文件的第一步是找到或建立一個目錄來放它。FreeBSD 將翻譯文件放在子目錄，用語系和區域以 <filename><replaceable>語系 (lang)</replaceable>_<replaceable>區域 (REGION)</replaceable></filename> 來命名。<replaceable>語系 (lang)</replaceable> 是小寫的兩個字元碼，接著是底線和兩個字元的大寫 <replaceable>REGION</replaceable> 碼。</para>

	<table xml:id="po-translations-language-names" frame="none">
	<title>語系名稱</title>
	@@ -7290,7 +7000,7 @@
	</tgroup>
	</table>

	- <para>翻譯位於主要文件目錄的子目錄，這裡假設如 <xref linkend="overview-quick-start"/> 所示，是 <filename>~/doc/</filename>。例如德文位於 <filename>~/doc/de_DE.ISO8859-1/</filename>，法文位於 <filename>~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/</filename>。</para>
	+ <para>翻譯位於主要說明文件目錄的子目錄，這裡假設如 <xref linkend="overview-quick-start"/> 所示，是 <filename>~/doc/</filename>。例如德文位於 <filename>~/doc/de_DE.ISO8859-1/</filename>，法文位於 <filename>~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/</filename>。</para>

	<para>每個語系目錄包含不同文件類型的子目錄，通常是 <filename>articles/</filename> 和 <filename>books/</filename>。</para>

	@@ -7298,12 +7008,12 @@

	<para>當翻譯到一個新語系時必須建立一個新的語系目錄。如果語系目錄已經存在，那只需要有 <filename>articles/</filename> 或 <filename>books/</filename> 的子目錄。</para>

	- <para>FreeBSD 文件的編譯是由同一個目錄的 <filename>Makefile</filename> 控制。簡單的文章可以從原始的英語目錄直接複製 <filename>Makefile</filename> 過來。書籍的翻譯流程結合多個獨立的 <filename>book.xml</filename> 和 <filename>chapter.xml</filename> 成為一個檔案，所以書籍翻譯的 <filename>Makefile</filename> 必須複製並修改。</para>
	+ <para>FreeBSD 說明文件的編譯是由同一個目錄的 <filename>Makefile</filename> 控制。簡單的文章可以從原始的英語目錄直接複製 <filename>Makefile</filename> 過來。書籍的翻譯流程結合多個獨立的 <filename>book.xml</filename> 和 <filename>chapter.xml</filename> 成為一個檔案，所以書籍翻譯的 <filename>Makefile</filename> 必須複製並修改。</para>

	<example xml:id="po-translations-creating-example">
	<title>建立 Porter 手冊的西班牙語翻譯</title>

	- <para>建立<link xlink:href="@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook">Porter 手冊</link>的西班牙文翻譯。原文是位於 <filename>~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/</filename> 的書籍。</para>
	+ <para>建立 <link xlink:href="@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook">Porter 手冊</link> 的西班牙文翻譯。原文是位於 <filename>~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/</filename> 的書籍。</para>

	<procedure>
	<step>
	@@ -7322,10 +7032,10 @@

	<para>修改 <filename>Makefile</filename> 內容以產生單一的 <filename>book.xml</filename>：</para>

	- <programlisting>#
	+ <programlisting xml:lang="en">#
	# $FreeBSD$
	#
	-# Build the FreeBSD Porter's Handbook。
	+# Build the FreeBSD Porter's Handbook.
	#

	MAINTAINER=doc@FreeBSD.org
	@@ -7376,11 +7086,11 @@
	<example xml:id="po-translations-creating-example-french">
	<title>建立 <acronym>PGP</acronym> 金鑰文章的法語翻譯。</title>

	- <para>建立 <link xlink:href="@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys"><acronym>PGP</acronym> 金鑰文章</link>的法文翻譯。原文是位於 <filename>~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys/</filename> 的文章。</para>
	+ <para>建立 <link xlink:href="@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys"><acronym>PGP</acronym> 金鑰文章</link> 的法文翻譯。原文是位於 <filename>~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys/</filename> 的文章。</para>

	<procedure>
	<step>
	- <para>法文 article 目錄 <filename>~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/</filename> 已經存在，所以只要建立 <acronym>PGP</acronym> 金鑰文章的子目錄：</para>
	+ <para>法文文章目錄 <filename>~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/</filename> 已經存在，所以只要建立 <acronym>PGP</acronym> 金鑰文章的子目錄：</para>
	<screen><prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/</userinput>
	<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn mkdir pgpkeys</userinput>
	A pgpkeys</screen>
	@@ -7395,10 +7105,10 @@

	<para>檢查 <filename>Makefile</filename> 的內容。因為這是簡單的文章，此例的 <filename>Makefile</filename> 不用修改。第二行的 <literal>$FreeBSD...$</literal> 版本字串將會在檔案提交時被版本控制系統替換掉。</para>

	- <programlisting>#
	+ <programlisting xml:lang="en">#
	# $FreeBSD$
	#
	-# Article：PGP Keys
	+# Article: PGP Keys

	DOC?= article

	@@ -7410,7 +7120,7 @@

	SRCS= article.xml

	-# To build with just key fingerprints, set FINGERPRINTS_ONLY。
	+# To build with just key fingerprints, set FINGERPRINTS_ONLY.

	URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../..
	DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..
	@@ -7426,11 +7136,11 @@
	<sect1 xml:id="po-translations-translating">
	<title>翻譯</title>

	- <para><application>gettext</application>系統大幅減少翻譯者要追蹤的事情。字串從原始文件提取到<acronym>PO</acronym> 檔。再用 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔編輯器輸入字串的翻譯。</para>
	+ <para><application>gettext</application> 系統大幅減少翻譯者要追蹤的事情。字串從原始文件提取到 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔。再用 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔編輯器輸入字串的翻譯。</para>

	<para>FreeBSD <acronym>PO</acronym> 翻譯系統不會覆蓋掉 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔。所以提取步驟可以在任何時候重複執行來更新 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔。</para>

	- <para>用 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔編輯器來編輯檔案。此例是用 <package role="port">editors/poedit</package>，因為它很簡單而且系統需求低。其他的 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔編輯器提供一些特點，能使翻譯工作更輕鬆。Ports 裡有數個編輯器，包括 <package role="port">devel/gtranslator</package> 。</para>
	+ <para>用 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔編輯器來編輯檔案。此例是用 <package role="port">editors/poedit</package>，因為它很簡單而且系統需求低。其他的 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔編輯器提供一些特點，能使翻譯工作更輕鬆。Port 套件集裡有數個編輯器，包括 <package role="port">devel/gtranslator</package> 。</para>

	<para>保留 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔是很重要的。它包含所有的翻譯成果。</para>

	@@ -7462,8 +7172,7 @@
	<sect2 xml:id="po-translations-tips-xmltags">
	<title>保留 <acronym>XML</acronym> 標籤</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">Preserve <acronym>XML</acronym> tags that are shown in
	- the English original.</para>
	+ <para>保留在英文原文的 <acronym>XML</acronym> 標籤。</para>

	<example>
	<title>保留 <acronym>XML</acronym> 標籤</title>
	@@ -7481,7 +7190,7 @@
	<sect2 xml:id="po-translations-tips-spaces">
	<title>保留空白</title>

	- <para>保留要翻譯字串前後的空白。翻譯的版本也要有這些空白。</para>
	+ <para>保留要翻譯字串前後的空白，翻譯過的版本也需要有這些空白。</para>
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="po-translations-tips-verbatim">
	@@ -7545,23 +7254,17 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="po-translations-literal-dollar">
	- <title xml:lang="en"><literal>$FreeBSD$</literal>
	- Strings</title>
	+ <title><literal>$FreeBSD$</literal> 字串</title>

	- <para xml:lang="en">The $FreeBSD$ version strings used in
	- files require special handling. In examples like
	- <xref linkend="po-translations-creating-example"/>, these
	- strings are not meant to be expanded. The English documents
	- use <literal>&dollar;</literal> entities to avoid
	- including actual literal dollar signs in the file:</para>
	+ <para>在檔案中使用到的 $FreeBSD$ 版本字串都需要特別處理，例如在 <xref linkend="po-translations-creating-example"/>，使用這些字串的用意並非要展開成版本。英文的說明文件會使用 <literal>&dollar;</literal> Entity 來避免在檔案中用到錢字符號：</para>

	<programlisting>&dollar;FreeBSD&dollar;</programlisting>

	<para>版本控制符號不會把 <literal>&dollar;</literal> entities 看成金錢符號，所以不會把字串展開成版本字串。</para>

	- <para>當 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔建立後，範例中的 <literal>&dollar;</literal> entities 被實際的金錢符號取代。當檔案提交時，產生的 <literal>$FreeBSD$</literal> 將會被版本控制系統展開。</para>
	+ <para>當 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔建立之後，在範例中使用到的 <literal>&dollar;</literal> Entity 會被取代成實際的錢字符號，這會使的 <literal>$FreeBSD$</literal> 字串在提交時錯誤的被版本控制系統展開成版本字串。</para>

	- <para>英文文件用的相同技術可以被用在翻譯上。翻譯時用 <literal>&dollar;</literal> 來取代金錢符號，輸入到 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔編輯器：</para>
	+ <para>在英文文件上使用的方法也可以用在翻譯上，翻譯時在 <acronym>PO</acronym> 編輯器用 <literal>&dollar;</literal> 來取代金錢符號：</para>

	<programlisting>&dollar;FreeBSD&dollar;</programlisting>
	</sect2>
	@@ -7617,14 +7320,14 @@

	<procedure>
	<step>
	- <para>編譯翻譯好的文件。因為原文是書籍，所以產生的文件是<filename>book.xml</filename>。</para>
	+ <para>編譯翻譯好的文件。因為原文是書籍，所以產生的文件是 <filename>book.xml</filename>。</para>

	<screen><prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook</userinput>
	<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make tran</userinput></screen>
	</step>

	<step>
	- <para>轉換翻譯好的<filename>book.xml</filename>成<acronym>HTML</acronym>並用<application>Firefox</application>來瀏覽。這和英文版是相同的步驟，其他 <varname>FORMATS</varname> 也可以這樣做。請見<xref linkend="doc-build-rendering-common-formats"/> 。</para>
	+ <para>轉換翻譯好的 <filename>book.xml</filename> 成 <acronym>HTML</acronym> 並用 <application>Firefox</application> 來瀏覽。這和英文版是相同的步驟，其他 <varname>FORMATS</varname> 也可以這樣做。請見 <xref linkend="doc-build-rendering-common-formats"/> 。</para>

	<screen><prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make FORMATS=html</userinput>
	<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>firefox book.html</userinput></screen>
	@@ -7638,7 +7341,7 @@

	<para>準備要提交的新翻譯。這包含新增檔案到版本控制系統，對檔案設定額外的屬性，並建立 diff 來提交。</para>

	- <para>範例中產生的 diff 檔可以被附加到 <link xlink:href="https://bugs.freebsd.org/bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi?product=Documentation">documentation bug report</link> 或 <link xlink:href="https://reviews.freebsd.org/">code review</link> 。</para>
	+ <para>範例中產生的 diff 檔可以被附加到 <link xlink:href="https://bugs.freebsd.org/bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi?product=Documentation">文件問題回報 (Documentation bug report)</link> 或 <link xlink:href="https://reviews.freebsd.org/">程式碼審查 (Code review)</link> 。</para>

	<example xml:id="po-translations-submitting-spanish">
	<title>NanoBSD 文章的西班牙文翻譯</title>
	@@ -7663,7 +7366,7 @@
	</step>

	<step>
	- <para>設定這些檔案的 <application>Subversion</application> <literal>svn:keywords</literal> 屬性到 <literal>FreeBSD=%H</literal>，讓提交時 <literal>$FreeBSD$</literal> 字串可以被展開成路徑、版本、日期和作者。</para>
	+ <para>在這些檔案設定 <application>Subversion</application> <literal>svn:keywords</literal> 屬性為 <literal>FreeBSD=%H</literal> 讓 <literal>$FreeBSD$</literal> 字串可以在提交時被展開成為路徑、修訂、日期以及作者：</para>

	<screen><prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:keywords FreeBSD=%H Makefile article.xml es_ES.po</userinput>
	property 'svn:keywords' set on 'Makefile'
	@@ -7672,7 +7375,7 @@
	</step>

	<step>
	- <para>設定檔案的<acronym>MIME</acronym> 類型。書籍和文章是 <literal>text/xml</literal> ，<acronym>PO</acronym> 檔是 <literal>text/x-gettext-translation</literal> 。</para>
	+ <para>設定檔案的 <acronym>MIME</acronym> 類型。書籍和文章是 <literal>text/xml</literal> ，<acronym>PO</acronym> 檔是 <literal>text/x-gettext-translation</literal> 。</para>

	<screen><prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:mime-type text/x-gettext-translation es_ES.po</userinput>
	property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'es_ES.po'
	@@ -7712,7 +7415,7 @@
	</step>

	<step>
	- <para>設定這些檔案的 <application>Subversion</application> <literal>svn:keywords</literal> 屬性到 <literal>FreeBSD=%H</literal>，讓提交時 <literal>$FreeBSD$</literal> 字串可以被展開成路徑、版本、日期和作者。</para>
	+ <para>在這些檔案設定 <application>Subversion</application> <literal>svn:keywords</literal> 屬性為 <literal>FreeBSD=%H</literal> 讓 <literal>$FreeBSD$</literal> 字串可以在提交時被展開成為路徑、修訂、日期以及作者：</para>

	<screen><prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:keywords FreeBSD=%H Makefile article.xml ko_KR.po</userinput>
	property 'svn:keywords' set on 'Makefile'
	@@ -7791,7 +7494,7 @@
	them.</para>

	<sect2 xml:id="writing-style-be-clear">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Be Clear</title>
	+ <title>要明瞭</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Clarity is extremely important. The reader may be a
	novice, or reading the document in a second language. Strive
	@@ -7837,7 +7540,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="writing-style-be-complete">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Be Complete</title>
	+ <title>要完整</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Do not make assumptions about the reader's abilities or
	skill level. Tell them what they need to know. Give links to
	@@ -7848,7 +7551,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="writing-style-be-concise">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Be Concise</title>
	+ <title>要簡潔</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">While features should be documented completely, sometimes
	there is so much information that the reader cannot easily
	@@ -7861,7 +7564,7 @@
	</sect1>

	<sect1 xml:id="writing-style-guidelines">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Guidelines</title>
	+ <title>準則</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">To promote consistency between the myriad authors of the
	FreeBSD documentation, some guidelines have been drawn up for
	@@ -7869,7 +7572,7 @@

	<variablelist>
	<varlistentry>
	- <term xml:lang="en">Use American English Spelling</term>
	+ <term>使用美式英語拼寫</term>

	<listitem>
	<para xml:lang="en">There are several variants of English, with different
	@@ -7889,7 +7592,7 @@
	</varlistentry>

	<varlistentry>
	- <term xml:lang="en">Do not use contractions</term>
	+ <term>不要使用縮寫式</term>

	<listitem>
	<para xml:lang="en">Do not use contractions. Always spell the phrase out
	@@ -7903,7 +7606,7 @@
	</varlistentry>

	<varlistentry>
	- <term xml:lang="en">Use the serial comma</term>
	+ <term>使用逗號串行</term>

	<listitem>
	<para xml:lang="en">In a list of items within a paragraph, separate each
	@@ -7932,7 +7635,7 @@
	</varlistentry>

	<varlistentry>
	- <term xml:lang="en">Avoid redundant phrases</term>
	+ <term>避免多餘的語句</term>

	<listitem>
	<para xml:lang="en">Do not use redundant phrases. In particular,
	@@ -7979,7 +7682,7 @@
	</varlistentry>

	<varlistentry>
	- <term xml:lang="en">Two spaces between sentences</term>
	+ <term>在句子之間空兩個空白</term>

	<listitem>
	<para xml:lang="en">Always use two spaces between sentences, as it
	@@ -8002,7 +7705,7 @@
	<sect1 xml:id="writing-style-guide">
	<title>風格指南</title>

	- <para>由於文件是由眾多作者所維護，為了保持寫作風格的一貫性，請遵守下列撰寫風格慣例。</para>
	+ <para>由於說明文件是由眾多作者所維護，為了保持寫作風格的一貫性，請遵守下列撰寫風格慣例。</para>

	<sect2>
	<title>大小寫</title>
	@@ -8013,7 +7716,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="writing-style-acronyms">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Acronyms</title>
	+ <title>縮寫</title>

	<para>縮寫字(acronym)通常在書中第一次提到時，必須同時列出完整拼法，比如：<quote>Network Time Protocol (<acronym>NTP</acronym>)</quote>。定義縮寫字之後，應該儘量只使用該縮寫字(而非完整詞彙，除非使用完整詞彙可以更能表達語意)來表達即可。通常每本書只會第一次提到時，才會列出完整詞彙，但若您高興也可以在每章第一次提到時又列出完整詞彙。</para>

	@@ -8080,9 +7783,9 @@
	<title>標籤風格</title>

	<sect3 xml:id="writing-style-tag-style-spacing">
	- <title>標籤空行</title>
	+ <title>標籤間距</title>

	- <para>同一縮排等級的標籤要以空一行來做區隔，而不同縮排等級的則不必。比如：</para>
	+ <para>同一縮排階層的標籤要以空一行來做區隔，而不同縮排階層的則不必。比如：</para>

	<informalexample>
	<programlisting><tag class="starttag">article lang='en'</tag>
	@@ -8114,7 +7817,7 @@
	</sect3>

	<sect3 xml:id="writing-style-tag-style-separating">
	- <title>標籤的分行</title>
	+ <title>分隔標籤</title>

	<para>像是 <tag>itemizedlist</tag> 這類的標籤事實上本身不含任何文字資料，必須得由其他標籤來補充內文。這類的標籤會獨用一整行。</para>

	@@ -8131,24 +7834,24 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="writing-style-whitespace-changes">
	- <title>空白的更改</title>
	+ <title>空白變更</title>

	- <para><emphasis>在提交修改時，請別在修改內容的同時，也一起更改編排格式。</emphasis>。</para>
	+ <para><emphasis>在提交修改時，請別在修改內容的同時也一起更改編排格式</emphasis>。</para>

	- <para>如此一來，像是 Handbook 翻譯團隊才能迅速找出你改了哪些內容，而不用費心思去判斷該行的改變，是由於格式重排或者內容異動。</para>
	+ <para>如此一來，像是翻譯團隊才能迅速找出你改了哪些內容，而不用費心思去判斷該行的改變，是由於格式重排或者內容異動。</para>

	<para>舉例說明，若要在某段加上兩個句子，如此一來該段落的某行勢必會超出 80 縱列，這時請先 commmit 修改。接著，再修飾過長行落的換行，然後再次 commit 之。而第二次的 commit 紀錄，請明確說明這只是 whitespace-only (修改空白而已) 的更改，如此一來，翻譯團隊就可以忽略第二次 commit 了。</para>
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="writing-style-nonbreaking-space">
	- <title>Nonbreaking space</title>
	+ <title>不斷行空白</title>

	- <para>請避免一些情況下的斷行：造成版面醜醜的、或是須連貫表達的同一句子。斷行的情況會隨所閱讀的工具不同而有所不同。尤其是透過純文字瀏覽器來看 HTML 時會更明顯看到類似下面這樣不好的編排段落：</para>
	+ <para>請避免一些情況下的斷行：造成版面醜醜的、或是須連貫表達的同一句子。斷行的情況會隨所閱讀的工具不同而有所不同。尤其是透過純文字瀏覽器來看 HTML 說明文件時會更明顯看到類似下面這樣不好的編排段落：</para>

	<literallayout class="monospaced">Data capacity ranges from 40 MB to 15
	GB。 Hardware compression …</literallayout>

	- <para>請使用 <literal>&nbsp;</literal> 以避免同句子之間的斷行，以下示範如何使用 nonbreaking spaces：</para>
	+ <para>請使用 <literal>&nbsp;</literal> 以避免同句子之間的斷行，以下示範如何使用不斷行空白：</para>

	<itemizedlist>
	<listitem>
	@@ -8162,7 +7865,7 @@
	</listitem>

	<listitem>
	- <para>multiword 之間 (使用時請小心，像是 <quote>The FreeBSD Brazilian Portuguese Documentation Project</quote> 這類由三到四個字所組成的，則不用加。)：</para>
	+ <para>多個單字的名稱之間 (在套用到如 <quote>The FreeBSD Brazilian Portuguese Documentation Project</quote> 這種由三到四個字所組成的名稱時請小心)：</para>
	<programlisting>Sun&nbsp;Microsystems</programlisting>
	</listitem>
	</itemizedlist>
	@@ -8178,9 +7881,9 @@
	<tgroup cols="3">
	<thead>
	<row>
	- <entry>Word</entry>
	- <entry>XML Code</entry>
	- <entry>Notes</entry>
	+ <entry>字詞</entry>
	+ <entry>XML 程式碼</entry>
	+ <entry>備註</entry>
	</row>
	</thead>

	@@ -8255,7 +7958,7 @@
	<entry>Subversion</entry>

	<entry><tag class="starttag">application</tag><literal>Subversion</literal><tag class="endtag">application</tag></entry>
	- <entry>不要用大寫<literal>SVN</literal>來表示 Subversion應用程式。以<tag class="starttag">command</tag><literal>svn</literal><tag class="endtag">command</tag>來表示指令。</entry>
	+ <entry>不要用大寫 <literal>SVN</literal> 來表示 Subversion 應用程式。若要表示指令，請使用 <tag class="starttag">command</tag><literal>svn</literal><tag class="endtag">command</tag>。</entry>
	</row>

	<row>
	@@ -8266,7 +7969,7 @@
	<row>
	<entry>userland</entry>
	<entry/>
	- <entry>指user space，不是核心。</entry>
	+ <entry>指那些要會用在使用者空間 (User space) 而非核心的東西。</entry>
	</row>

	<row>
	@@ -8309,7 +8012,7 @@
	-->
	<chapter version="5.0" xml:id="editor-config">

	- <title xml:lang="en">Editor Configuration</title>
	+ <title>編輯器設定</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Adjusting text editor configuration can make working on
	document files quicker and easier, and help documents conform to
	@@ -8324,7 +8027,7 @@
	<xref linkend="editor-config-vim-config"/>.</para>

	<sect2 xml:id="editor-config-vim-use">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Use</title>
	+ <title>使用</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Press <keycap>P</keycap> to reformat paragraphs or text
	that has been selected in Visual mode. Press
	@@ -8333,7 +8036,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="editor-config-vim-config">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Configuration</title>
	+ <title>設置</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Edit <filename>~/.vimrc</filename>, adding these
	lines to the end of the file:</para>
	@@ -8386,7 +8089,7 @@
	<package>editors/emacs-devel</package>.</para>

	<sect2 xml:id="editor-config-emacs-validation">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Validation</title>
	+ <title>檢驗</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Emacs's nxml-mode uses compact relax NG schemas for
	validating XML. A compact relax NG schema for FreeBSD's
	@@ -8407,7 +8110,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="editor-config-emacs-igor">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Automated Proofreading with Flycheck and Igor</title>
	+ <title>使用 Flycheck 和 Igor 自動化校對</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">The Flycheck package is available from Milkypostman's
	Emacs Lisp Package Archive (<acronym>MELPA</acronym>). If
	@@ -8446,7 +8149,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="editor-config-emacs-specifc">
	- <title xml:lang="en">FreeBSD Documentation Specific Settings</title>
	+ <title>FreeBSD 說明文件特定的設定</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">To apply settings specific to the FreeBSD documentation
	project, create <filename>.dir-locals.el</filename> in the
	@@ -8474,7 +8177,7 @@
	<package>editors/nano-devel</package>.</para>

	<sect2 xml:id="editor-config-nano-config">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Configuration</title>
	+ <title>設置</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Copy the sample <acronym>XML</acronym> syntax highlight
	file to the user's home directory:</para>
	@@ -8503,7 +8206,7 @@
	</sect2>

	<sect2 xml:id="editor-config-nano-use">
	- <title xml:lang="en">Use</title>
	+ <title>使用</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">Specify additional helpful options when running the
	editor:</para>
	@@ -8565,11 +8268,11 @@
	following web sites.</para>

	<sect1 xml:id="see-also-fdp">
	- <title>FreeBSD 文件計劃</title>
	+ <title>FreeBSD 說明文件計劃</title>

	<itemizedlist>
	<listitem>
	- <para><link xlink:href="@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/docproj/index.html">FreeBSD 文件計劃網頁</link></para>
	+ <para><link xlink:href="@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/docproj/index.html">FreeBSD 說明文件計劃網頁</link></para>
	</listitem>

	<listitem>
	@@ -8611,7 +8314,7 @@
	</listitem>

	<listitem>
	- <para><link xlink:href="http://www.docbook.org/">DocBook：The Definitive Guide</link>， DocBook DTD的線上文件。</para>
	+ <para><link xlink:href="http://www.docbook.org/">DocBook：The Definitive Guide</link>， DocBook DTD 的線上說明文件。</para>
	</listitem>

	<listitem>
	@@ -8659,7 +8362,7 @@
	-->
	<appendix version="5.0" xml:id="examples">

	- <title>舉例</title>
	+ <title>範例</title>

	<para xml:lang="en">These examples are not exhaustive—they do not contain
	all the elements that might be desirable to use, particularly in a
	Index: head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/zh_TW.po
	===================================================================
	--- head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/zh_TW.po
	+++ head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/zh_TW.po
	@@ -8,16 +8,16 @@
	msgid ""
	msgstr ""
	"Project-Id-Version: \n"
	-"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-06-30 06:41+0800\n"
	-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-06-30 06:13+0800\n"
	-"Last-Translator: raycherng <>\n"
	+"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-25 12:41+0800\n"
	+"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-25 12:43+0800\n"
	+"Last-Translator: Chien Wei Lin <cwlin0416@gmail.com>\n"
	"Language-Team: Chinese <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
	"Language: zh_TW\n"
	"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
	"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
	"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
	"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
	-"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.4\n"
	+"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.12\n"

	#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
	msgctxt "_"
	@@ -27,12 +27,12 @@
	#. (itstool) path: info/title
	#: book.translate.xml:62
	msgid "FreeBSD Documentation Project Primer for New Contributors"
	-msgstr "FreeBSD 文件計畫入門書"
	+msgstr "給新貢獻人員的 FreeBSD 說明文件計畫入門書"

	#. (itstool) path: info/author
	#: book.translate.xml:66
	msgid "<orgname>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</orgname>"
	-msgstr "<orgname>FreeBSD 文件計劃</orgname>"
	+msgstr "<orgname>FreeBSD 說明文件計劃</orgname>"

	#. (itstool) path: info/copyright
	#: book.translate.xml:68
	@@ -53,9 +53,9 @@
	#. (itstool) path: info/releaseinfo
	#: book.translate.xml:89 book.translate.xml:91
	msgid ""
	-"$FreeBSD$"
	+"$FreeBSD: head/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/book.xml 47339 2015-09-02 "
	+"20:30:53Z wblock $"
	msgstr ""
	-"$FreeBSD$"

	#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/title
	#: book.translate.xml:95
	@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
	msgid ""
	"Thank you for becoming a part of the FreeBSD Documentation Project. Your "
	"contribution is extremely valuable, and we appreciate it."
	-msgstr "感謝您參與 FreeBSD 文件計劃，您的點滴貢獻，都相當寶貴。"
	+msgstr "感謝您參與 FreeBSD 說明文件計劃，您的點滴貢獻，都相當寶貴。"

	#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
	#: book.translate.xml:140
	@@ -117,8 +117,9 @@
	"Documentation Project, or <acronym>FDP</acronym>, including tools, software, "
	"and the philosophy behind the Documentation Project."
	msgstr ""
	-"本入手書內容包括：如何開始著手貢獻FreeBSD 文件計劃 (簡稱： <acronym>FDP</"
	-"acronym> )的各項細節，以及會用到的一些工具、軟體，以及文件計畫的宗旨。"
	+"本入手書內容包括：如何開始著手貢獻 FreeBSD 說明文件計劃 (FreeBSD "
	+"Documentation Project, <acronym>FDP</acronym>) 的各項細節，以及會用到的一些工"
	+"具、軟體，以及文件計畫的宗旨。"

	#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
	#: book.translate.xml:146
	@@ -134,7 +135,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#: book.translate.xml:155
	msgid "Shell Prompts"
	-msgstr "Shell 提示符號(Prompts)"
	+msgstr "Shell 提示符號"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:157
	@@ -162,7 +163,7 @@
	msgstr "一般使用者"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:173 book.translate.xml:4370
	+#: book.translate.xml:173 book.translate.xml:4353
	msgid "<prompt>%</prompt>"
	msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt>"

	@@ -172,7 +173,7 @@
	msgstr "<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:178 book.translate.xml:4363
	+#: book.translate.xml:178 book.translate.xml:4346
	msgid "<prompt>#</prompt>"
	msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt>"

	@@ -194,9 +195,9 @@
	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	#. (itstool) path: appendix/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:196 book.translate.xml:4870 book.translate.xml:9167
	+#: book.translate.xml:196 book.translate.xml:4853 book.translate.xml:9225
	msgid "Examples"
	-msgstr "舉例"
	+msgstr "範例"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	#: book.translate.xml:202
	@@ -306,7 +307,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#: book.translate.xml:262
	msgid "Notes, Tips, Important Information, Warnings, and Examples"
	-msgstr "注意、技巧、重要訊息、警告、與範例的運用。"
	+msgstr "注意、提示、重要、警告與範例"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:265
	@@ -351,7 +352,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	#: book.translate.xml:295
	msgid "A Sample Example"
	-msgstr "一個範例"
	+msgstr "範例的範本"

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	#: book.translate.xml:297
	@@ -391,8 +392,9 @@
	"Quality documentation is crucial to the success of FreeBSD, and we value "
	"your contributions very highly."
	msgstr ""
	-"歡迎參與 FreeBSD 文件計劃( 簡稱 <acronym>FDP</acronym> ) 。維持優秀質量的文件"
	-"對 FreeBSD 的成功來說十分重要，您的點滴貢獻都是十分寶貴的。"
	+"歡迎參與 FreeBSD 說明文件計劃 (FreeBSD Documentation Project, <acronym>FDP</"
	+"acronym>)。維持優秀質量的文件對 FreeBSD 的成功來說十分重要，您的點滴貢獻都是"
	+"十分寶貴的。"

	#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
	#: book.translate.xml:353
	@@ -426,21 +428,21 @@
	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	#: book.translate.xml:370
	msgid "Install the required documentation tools and files."
	-msgstr "安裝所需的文件工具和檔案"
	+msgstr "安裝所需的說明文件工具和檔案。"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	#: book.translate.xml:374
	msgid "Make changes to the documentation."
	-msgstr "修改文件"
	+msgstr "修改說明文件。"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	#: book.translate.xml:378
	msgid ""
	"Submit changes back for review and inclusion in the FreeBSD documentation."
	-msgstr "提交修改以供審核並納入 FreeBSD 文件"
	+msgstr "提交修改以供審核並納入 FreeBSD 說明文件。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:384 book.translate.xml:7338
	+#: book.translate.xml:384 book.translate.xml:7321
	msgid "Quick Start"
	msgstr "快速上手"

	@@ -455,11 +457,11 @@
	"href=\"http://www.efnet.org/\">EFnet</link>. These people can help with "
	"questions or problems involving the documentation."
	msgstr ""
	-"在編輯 FreeBSD 文件之前，有一些準備工作要做。首先，請訂閱 <link xlink:href="
	-"\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD 文件計劃郵"
	-"件論壇</link>。有些團隊成員也會出現在<link xlink:href=\"http://www.efnet."
	-"org/\">EFnet</link>的<literal>#bsddocs</literal> <acronym>IRC</acronym> 頻"
	-"道。這些人可以幫忙解決文件相關的問題。"
	+"在編輯 FreeBSD 說明文件之前，有一些準備工作要做。首先，請訂閱 <link xlink:"
	+"href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD 文件計"
	+"劃郵件論壇</link>。有些團隊成員也會出現在 <link xlink:href=\"http://www."
	+"efnet.org/\">EFnet</link> 的<literal>#bsddocs</literal> <acronym>IRC</"
	+"acronym> 頻道。這些人可以幫忙解決文件相關的問題。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	#: book.translate.xml:396
	@@ -468,8 +470,8 @@
	"port installs all of the software needed to edit and build FreeBSD "
	"documentation."
	msgstr ""
	-"安裝 <package>textproc/docproj</package> 套件或 port。這個meta-port 會安裝所"
	-"有編輯和建構 FreeBSD 文件需要的軟體。"
	+"安裝 <package>textproc/docproj</package> 套件或 Port。這個 meta-port 會安裝所"
	+"有編輯和建置 FreeBSD 說明文件需要的軟體。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	#: book.translate.xml:403
	@@ -478,8 +480,8 @@
	"repository in <filename>~/doc</filename> (see <xref linkend=\"working-copy\"/"
	">)."
	msgstr ""
	-"在<filename>~/doc</filename>安裝 FreeBSD 文件庫的本地端工作副本 ( 請見 <xref "
	-"linkend=\"working-copy\"/> )。"
	+"在 <filename>~/doc</filename> 安裝 FreeBSD 說明文件檔案庫的本地端工作副本 (請"
	+"見 <xref linkend=\"working-copy\"/>)。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
	@@ -496,17 +498,17 @@
	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	#: book.translate.xml:416
	msgid "Word wrap set to 70 characters."
	-msgstr "Word wrap 設為70個字元。"
	+msgstr "自動換行 (Word wrap) 設為 70 個字元。"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	#: book.translate.xml:420
	msgid "Tab stops set to 2."
	-msgstr "Tab stops 設成。"
	+msgstr "Tab 定位點 (Tab stops) 設成 2。"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	#: book.translate.xml:424
	msgid "Replace each group of 8 leading spaces with a single tab."
	-msgstr "將句首每八個空白以一個 tab 替換。"
	+msgstr "將行首每 8 個空白取代成 1 個 Tab。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	#: book.translate.xml:429
	@@ -531,7 +533,8 @@
	msgid ""
	"Edit the documentation files that require changes. If a file needs major "
	"changes, consult the mailing list for input."
	-msgstr "編輯需要修改的文件檔案。如果檔案需要大幅度的編修，請先諮詢郵件論壇。"
	+msgstr ""
	+"編輯需要修改的說明文件檔案。如果檔案需要大幅度的編修，請先諮詢郵件論壇。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	#: book.translate.xml:444
	@@ -539,8 +542,8 @@
	"References to tag and entity usage can be found in <xref linkend=\"xhtml-"
	"markup\"/> and <xref linkend=\"docbook-markup\"/>."
	msgstr ""
	-"標籤 ( tag ) 和 entity 的使用方式可以參考 <xref linkend=\"xhtml-markup\"/> "
	-"和 <xref linkend=\"docbook-markup\"/>. 。"
	+"標籤 (Tag) 和 Entity 的使用方式可以參考 <xref linkend=\"xhtml-markup\"/> 和 "
	+"<xref linkend=\"docbook-markup\"/>. 。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	#: book.translate.xml:450
	@@ -573,16 +576,17 @@
	"<acronym>HTML</acronym>, run <command>make</command> in the <filename>en_US."
	"ISO8859-1/books/handbook/</filename> directory."
	msgstr ""
	-"修正送出前請先建構測試 (build-test ) 。在編輯的文件目錄最頂層執行 "
	-"<userinput>make</userinput>，將會產生 split HTML 格式的文件。例如要建構 "
	-"<acronym>HTML</acronym> 格式的英文版使用手冊，請在 <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/"
	-"books/handbook/</filename> 目錄執行 <command>make</command> 。"
	+"<emphasis>永遠要</emphasis>送出修正前請先做建置測試 (Build-test) 。在編輯的說"
	+"明文件目錄最頂層執行 <userinput>make</userinput>，將會產生分頁的 HTML 格式 "
	+"(Split HTML) 的文件。例如要建置 <acronym>HTML</acronym> 格式的英文版使用手"
	+"冊，請在 <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/</filename> 目錄執行 "
	+"<command>make</command> 。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	#: book.translate.xml:472
	msgid ""
	"When changes are complete and tested, generate a <quote>diff file</quote>:"
	-msgstr "修改並測試完後，產生<quote>diff 檔</quote>："
	+msgstr "修改並測試完後，產生 <quote>diff 檔</quote>："

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	#: book.translate.xml:475
	@@ -600,7 +604,7 @@
	"Give the diff file a descriptive name. In the example above, changes have "
	"been made to the <filename>bsdinstall</filename> portion of the Handbook."
	msgstr ""
	-"設一個可辨識的檔名。如上例中，是使用手冊的<filename>bsdinstall</filename> 部"
	+"設一個可辨識的檔名。如上例中，是使用手冊的 <filename>bsdinstall</filename> 部"
	"份的修改。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	@@ -615,24 +619,24 @@
	"important details about them. Use the <guibutton>[ Browse... ]</guibutton> "
	"button to attach the diff file."
	msgstr ""
	-"使用網頁版 <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/support.html#gnats\">Problem "
	-"Report</link> 系統提交 diff 檔。如果使用網頁版，請輸入<emphasis>[修正檔] "
	-"<replaceable>問題簡短描述</replaceable></emphasis>的概要。選擇 "
	+"使用網頁版 <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/support.html#gnats\">問題回報"
	+"</link> 系統提交 diff 檔。如果使用網頁版，請輸入 <emphasis>[patch] "
	+"<replaceable>問題簡短描述</replaceable></emphasis> 的概要。選擇 "
	"<literal>docs</literal> 分類和 <literal>doc-bug</literal>類別。在訊息的主體"
	-"中，輸入修正的簡短描述和其他相關的重要的細節。使用<guibutton>[ Browse... ]</"
	+"中，輸入修正的簡短描述和其他相關的重要的細節。使用 <guibutton>[ Browse... ]</"
	"guibutton> 按鈕來附加 diff 檔。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#: book.translate.xml:502
	msgid "The FreeBSD Documentation Set"
	-msgstr "FreeBSD 文件組"
	+msgstr "FreeBSD 說明文件集"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:504
	msgid ""
	"The <acronym>FDP</acronym> is responsible for four categories of FreeBSD "
	"documentation."
	-msgstr "<acronym>FDP</acronym> 負責四類 FreeBSD 文件"
	+msgstr "<acronym>FDP</acronym> 負責四類 FreeBSD 說明文件。"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	#: book.translate.xml:509
	@@ -640,8 +644,8 @@
	"<emphasis>Handbook</emphasis>: The Handbook is the comprehensive online "
	"resource and reference for FreeBSD users."
	msgstr ""
	-"<emphasis>使用手冊</emphasis>：使用手冊主要是給 FreeBSD 使用者提供詳盡的線上"
	-"參考資料。"
	+"<emphasis>使用手冊 (Handbook)</emphasis>：使用手冊主要是給 FreeBSD 使用者提供"
	+"詳盡的線上參考資料。"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	#: book.translate.xml:515
	@@ -651,9 +655,9 @@
	"various mailing lists and forums devoted to FreeBSD. This format does not "
	"permit long and comprehensive answers."
	msgstr ""
	-"<emphasis>FAQ</emphasis> 主要是收集在各郵件論壇或論壇會常問到或有可能會問到"
	-"的 FreeBSD 相關問題與答案。 (簡單講，就是『問答集』格式) 通常會擺在這裡面的"
	-"問答格式，不會放太長的詳細內容。"
	+"<emphasis>常見問答集 (FAQ)</emphasis>：主要是收集在各郵件論壇或論壇會常問到或"
	+"有可能會問到的 FreeBSD 相關問題與答案。 (簡單講，就是『問答集』格式) 通常會"
	+"擺在這裡面的問答格式，不會放太長的詳細內容。"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	#: book.translate.xml:523
	@@ -663,10 +667,10 @@
	"the base system. However, the <acronym>FDP</acronym> can reword parts of "
	"existing manual pages to make them clearer or to correct inaccuracies."
	msgstr ""
	-"<emphasis>線上手冊 ( manual pages )</emphasis>:英文版的系統 manual 並不是由 "
	-"<acronym>FDP</acronym> 所撰寫的，因為它們是屬於 base system 的部份。然而，"
	-"<acronym>FDP</acronym> 可以修改這些文件，來讓這些文件寫得更清楚，甚至是勘正錯"
	-"誤的地方。"
	+"<emphasis>操作手冊 (Manual page)</emphasis>：英文版的系統手冊並不是由 "
	+"<acronym>FDP</acronym> 所撰寫的，因為它們是屬於基礎系統 (Base system) 的部"
	+"份。然而，<acronym>FDP</acronym> 可以修改這些文件，來讓這些文件寫得更清楚，"
	+"甚至是勘正錯誤的地方。"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	#: book.translate.xml:532
	@@ -676,9 +680,9 @@
	"FreeBSD.org/</link> and many mirrors around the world. The web site is "
	"typically a new user's first exposure to FreeBSD."
	msgstr ""
	-"<emphasis>網站</emphasis>: 這是 FreeBSD 在網路上的主要部份，位於 <link xlink:"
	+"<emphasis>網站</emphasis>：這是 FreeBSD 在網路上的主要部份，位於 <link xlink:"
	"href=\"http://www.freebsd.org/index.html\">http://www.FreeBSD.org/</link> 以"
	-"及許多其他 mirror 站。這網站是許多人第一次接觸 FreeBSD 的地方"
	+"及許多其他鏡像站 (Mirror)。這網站是許多人第一次接觸 FreeBSD 的地方"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:539
	@@ -695,7 +699,7 @@
	"svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/</literal>."
	msgstr ""
	"FreeBSD 網站、使用手冊、和 <acronym>FAQ</acronym> 的文件原始碼可以在 "
	-"<literal>https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/</literal> 的文件庫取得。"
	+"<literal>https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/</literal> 的文件檔案庫取得。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:548
	@@ -714,9 +718,9 @@
	"org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-all\">http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/"
	"svn-doc-all</uri>."
	msgstr ""
	-"文件提交訊息可以用 <command>svn log</command> 察看。提交訊息也會保存在<uri "
	-"xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-all\">http://"
	-"lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-all</uri>。"
	+"說明文件提交訊息可以用 <command>svn log</command> 察看。提交訊息也會封存在 "
	+"<uri xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-all"
	+"\">http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-all</uri>。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:556
	@@ -725,8 +729,8 @@
	"href=\"https://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/doc/\"/> and <link xlink:href=\"https://"
	"svnweb.FreeBSD.org/base/\"/>."
	msgstr ""
	-"這些儲存庫的網頁版位於<link xlink:href=\"https://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/doc/\"/> "
	-"和 <link xlink:href=\"https://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/base/\"/>。"
	+"這些儲存庫的網頁版位於 <link xlink:href=\"https://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/doc/\"/"
	+"> 和 <link xlink:href=\"https://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/base/\"/>。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:558
	@@ -738,8 +742,8 @@
	"documentation as possible."
	msgstr ""
	"許多人會寫 FreeBSD 的教學文件或是 how-to 文章。有些保存在 <acronym>FDP</"
	-"acronym> 的檔案中。其他一些文件則是作者希望放在他處。<acronym>FDP</acronym> "
	-"會盡力提供這些文件的連結。"
	+"acronym> 的檔案中。其他一些說明文件則是作者希望放在他處。<acronym>FDP</"
	+"acronym> 會盡力提供這些說明文件的連結。"

	#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
	#: book.translate.xml:600
	@@ -755,9 +759,9 @@
	"chapters. Some are optional, adding capabilities or making the job of "
	"creating documentation less demanding."
	msgstr ""
	-"有些工具軟體用來管理 FreeBSD 文件，並將他轉換成不同的輸出格式。有些則是在使"
	-"用接下來章節的範例之前一定要安裝。有些工具是選擇性安裝的，但是裝了之後會更容"
	-"易進行文件製作工作。"
	+"有些工具軟體用來管理 FreeBSD 說明文件，並將他轉換成不同的輸出格式。有些則是"
	+"在使用接下來章節的範例之前一定要安裝。有些工具是選擇性安裝的，但是裝了之後會"
	+"更容易進行文件製作工作。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#: book.translate.xml:610
	@@ -772,9 +776,9 @@
	"useful work with the FreeBSD documentation. Some further notes on particular "
	"components are given below."
	msgstr ""
	-"從 Ports Collection 安裝 <package>textproc/docproj</package>。這個 "
	-"<emphasis>組合型 port (meta-port)</emphasis> 會安裝處理 FreeBSD 文件需要的所"
	-"有應用程式。以下列出特定元件的進一步說明。"
	+"從 Port 套件集安裝 <package>textproc/docproj</package>。這個 <emphasis>meta-"
	+"port</emphasis> 會安裝處理 FreeBSD 說明文件需要的所有應用程式。以下列出特定元"
	+"件的進一步說明。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	#: book.translate.xml:620
	@@ -788,9 +792,9 @@
	"acronym>s) and sets of <acronym>XML</acronym> entities. These are all "
	"installed by the <package>textproc/docproj</package> port."
	msgstr ""
	-"FreeBSD 文件使用幾種文件類型定義 (<acronym>DTD</acronym>s) 與 <acronym>XML</"
	-"acronym> entities 組。這些都會經由 <package>textproc/docproj</package> port "
	-"來安裝。"
	+"FreeBSD 說明文件使用幾種文件類型定義 (<acronym>DTD</acronym>s) 與 "
	+"<acronym>XML</acronym> entities 集合。這些都會經由 <package>textproc/"
	+"docproj</package> Port 來安裝。"

	#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
	#: book.translate.xml:631
	@@ -824,7 +828,8 @@
	"DocBook is designed for marking up technical documentation. Most of the "
	"FreeBSD documentation is written in DocBook."
	msgstr ""
	-"DocBook 設計來製作技術文件的標記語言版本。FreeBSD 文件是以 DocBook 來撰寫。"
	+"DocBook 設計來製作技術說明文件的標記語言版本。FreeBSD 說明文件是以 DocBook 來"
	+"撰寫。"

	#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
	#: book.translate.xml:652
	@@ -845,14 +850,14 @@
	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#: book.translate.xml:668
	msgid "Optional Tools"
	-msgstr "輔助工具"
	+msgstr "選用工具"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:670
	msgid ""
	"These applications are not required, but can make working on the "
	"documentation easier or add capabilities."
	-msgstr "不一定得裝下列的應用程式才行，但是，出的格式也更具彈性。"
	+msgstr "以下應用程式並非必要，但有了可讓在說明文件的作業上更簡單或提升能力。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	#: book.translate.xml:674
	@@ -906,6 +911,9 @@
	"the local working copy, tested, and then submitted as patches to be "
	"committed to the main repository."
	msgstr ""
	+"<emphasis>工作副本 (Working copy)</emphasis> 指的是已下載到本地電腦的 "
	+"FreeBSD 說明文件樹檔案庫，所有對工作副本的更改會經過測試後再以修補檔 (Patch) "
	+"的格式提交到主要檔案庫。"

	#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
	#: book.translate.xml:747
	@@ -914,6 +922,8 @@
	"space. Allow for a full gigabyte of space to have room for temporary files "
	"and test versions of various output formats."
	msgstr ""
	+"完整的說明文件樹副本會佔據 700 MB 的磁碟空間，要有空間能夠儲存暫存檔及各種輸"
	+"出格式的測試版本需要 1 GB 的空間。"

	#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
	#: book.translate.xml:752
	@@ -923,11 +933,16 @@
	"FreeBSD documentation files. It is installed by <package>textproc/docproj</"
	"package> as one of the required applications."
	msgstr ""
	+"FreeBSD 說明文件檔案使用 <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US."
	+"ISO8859-1/books/handbook/svn.html\"><application>Subversion</application></"
	+"link> 來管理，由於 <application>Subversion</application> 為 "
	+"<package>textproc/docproj</package> 的必要應用程式之一，所以會隨著 "
	+"<package>textproc/docproj</package> 一併安裝。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#: book.translate.xml:758
	msgid "Documentation and Manual Pages"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "說明文件與操作手冊"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:760
	@@ -940,6 +955,11 @@
	"manual pages, the <literal>base</literal> repository must be checked out "
	"separately."
	msgstr ""
	+"FreeBSD 說明文件不只有書籍與文章，還有所有指令與設定檔的操作手冊 (Manual "
	+"page) 也是文件的一部份，其中也有一部份是 <acronym>FDP</acronym> 的地盤。相關"
	+"的檔案庫有兩個：<literal>doc</literal> 中有書籍與文章，而 <literal>base</"
	+"literal> 中有作業系統以及操作手冊。要編輯操作手冊則必須另外取出 (Checkout) "
	+"<literal>base</literal> 檔案庫。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:769
	@@ -948,11 +968,13 @@
	"New modifications are almost always made only to the latest version, called "
	"<literal>head</literal>."
	msgstr ""
	+"檔案庫中可能會含有數個版本的說明文件與原始碼。新的修改幾乎都只對最新版本 "
	+"<literal>head</literal> 做更新。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#: book.translate.xml:775
	msgid "Choosing a Directory"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "選擇一個目錄"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:777
	@@ -965,11 +987,16 @@
	"<filename>~/doc</filename> and <filename>~/src</filename>, both "
	"subdirectories of the user's home directory."
	msgstr ""
	+"FreeBSD 說明文件一般會儲存在 <filename>/usr/doc/</filename>，而系統原始碼及操"
	+"作手冊則會存在 <filename>/usr/src/</filename>。這些目錄樹可改放在其他地方，使"
	+"用者可能會為了避免與現有在主要目錄的資料搞混，把工作副本放在其他的地方。以下"
	+"的例子會放在 <filename>~/doc</filename> 以及 <filename>~/src</filename> 兩個"
	+"在使用者家目錄下的目錄。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#: book.translate.xml:790
	msgid "Checking Out a Copy"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "取出一份副本"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:792
	@@ -979,11 +1006,14 @@
	"command>. This example checks out a copy of the latest version "
	"(<literal>head</literal>) of the main documentation tree:"
	msgstr ""
	+"從檔案庫下載工作副本的動作稱作 <emphasis>取出 (Checkout)</emphasis>，使用 "
	+"<command>svn checkout</command> 來完成。本範例會取出主要說明文件樹最新版本的"
	+"副本："

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:800
	msgid "A checkout of the source code to work on manual pages is very similar:"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "取出原始碼編輯操作手冊的動作非常相似："

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
	#: book.translate.xml:803
	@@ -994,7 +1024,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#: book.translate.xml:807
	msgid "Updating a Working Copy"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "更新工作副本"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:809
	@@ -1007,6 +1037,10 @@
	"<command>svn update</command> on the directory containing the local working "
	"copy:"
	msgstr ""
	+"在 FreeBSD 檔案庫中的文件與檔案每天都會更改，人們會修改檔案與提交變更的頻率非"
	+"常快，即使取出 (Checkout) 只過小一段時間，本地的工作副本可能就與主要 FreeBSD "
	+"檔案庫有差異了。要更新本地版本以同步對主要檔案庫的變更可在有本地工作副本的目"
	+"錄下使用 <command>svn update</command>："

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
	#: book.translate.xml:818
	@@ -1024,11 +1058,14 @@
	"easier than trying to combine an older, edited local file with the newer "
	"version from the repository."
	msgstr ""
	+"養成良好的習慣在編輯文件檔前先執行 <command>svn update</command>，可能會有其"
	+"他人才剛編輯完該檔案，本地工作副本在尚未更新前不會有最後的變更內容，編輯最新"
	+"版本的檔案會比將舊版本地檔案與新版檔案庫檔案合併來的簡單多了。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#: book.translate.xml:830
	msgid "Reverting Changes"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "還原變更"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:832
	@@ -1039,6 +1076,10 @@
	"edits made to <filename>chapter.xml</filename> and reset it to unmodified "
	"form:"
	msgstr ""
	+"有時才做完的變更可能就變的不需要了，或者作者剛想要重新搛寫。檔案可使以使用 "
	+"<command>svn revert</command> 來<quote>重設</quote>成尚未被修改刪的狀態，舉"
	+"例來說，要清除所有對 <filename>chapter.xml</filename> 的修改然後還原到未修改"
	+"的版本可："

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
	#: book.translate.xml:839
	@@ -1049,7 +1090,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#: book.translate.xml:843
	msgid "Making a Diff"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "比對差異"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:845
	@@ -1060,6 +1101,9 @@
	"emphasis> files are produced by redirecting the output of <command>svn diff</"
	"command> into a file:"
	msgstr ""
	+"在編輯一個檔案或數個檔案完成之後，需將本地工作副本與 FreeBSD 檔案庫的差異儲存"
	+"到一個檔案然後提交。這些 <emphasis>差異 (Diff)</emphasis> 檔可透過將 "
	+"<command>svn diff</command> 的輸出轉向到檔案來建立： "

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
	#: book.translate.xml:852
	@@ -1075,6 +1119,8 @@
	"Give the file a meaningful name that identifies the contents. The example "
	"above is for spelling fixes to the whole documentation tree."
	msgstr ""
	+"給檔案取一個有意義的名字來辨識這次修改的內容，上述範例為例則是要修正整個說明"
	+"文件樹的拼寫。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:859
	@@ -1085,6 +1131,10 @@
	"to give the earnest and simple-minded web form a clue that the contents are "
	"plain text."
	msgstr ""
	+"若 diff 檔要使用網站的 <quote><link xlink:href=\"https://bugs.FreeBSD.org/"
	+"bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi\">Submit a FreeBSD problem report</link></quote> 介面"
	+"來提交，請加上 <filename>.txt</filename> 副檔名來給認真又單純的網頁表單可以辨"
	+"識其內容為純文字的線索。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:866
	@@ -1094,6 +1144,9 @@
	"copy with edits that are not ready to be submitted yet, provide a list of "
	"only the files that are to be included:"
	msgstr ""
	+"請小心：<command>svn diff</command> 會產生所有在目前目錄及其子目錄的變更差"
	+"異，若在該工作副本中有已經編輯過的檔案還沒有要提交，請列出需要比較差異的檔案"
	+"清單："

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
	#: book.translate.xml:872
	@@ -1106,7 +1159,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#: book.translate.xml:877
	msgid "<application>Subversion</application> References"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<application>Subversion</application> 參考文獻"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:879
	@@ -1116,36 +1169,40 @@
	"svnbook.red-bean.com/\">Subversion Book</link> and the <link xlink:href="
	"\"http://subversion.apache.org/docs/\">Subversion documentation</link>."
	msgstr ""
	+"以下範例會示範 <application>Subversion</application> 的基本用法，要取得更多資"
	+"訊可至 <link xlink:href=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/\">Subversion Book</"
	+"link> 與 <link xlink:href=\"http://subversion.apache.org/docs/\">Subversion "
	+"說明文件</link>。"

	#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
	#: book.translate.xml:920
	msgid "Documentation Directory Structure"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "說明文件目錄結構"

	#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
	#: book.translate.xml:922
	msgid ""
	"Files and directories in the <filename>doc/</filename> tree follow a "
	"structure meant to:"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "在 <filename>doc/</filename> 樹中的檔案與目錄需要遵守特定結構是因為："

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	#: book.translate.xml:928
	msgid "Make it easy to automate converting the document to other formats."
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "讓自動轉換說明文件到各種格式更簡單。"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	#: book.translate.xml:933
	msgid ""
	"Promote consistency between the different documentation organizations, to "
	"make it easier to switch between working on different documents."
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "促進不同說明文件組織之間的一致性，以便更輕鬆的在不同說明文件之間切換。"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	#: book.translate.xml:939
	msgid ""
	"Make it easy to decide where in the tree new documentation should be placed."
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "可以很容易的決定新的說明文件應該放在文件樹中的哪個位置。"

	#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
	#: book.translate.xml:944
	@@ -1155,11 +1212,13 @@
	"tree structure does not enforce any particular defaults or cultural "
	"preferences."
	msgstr ""
	+"除此之外，說明文件樹必須能容納各種不同語言與編碼的說明文件。很重要的一點是，"
	+"說明文件樹結構不應強制任何特定默認或文化的偏好。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#: book.translate.xml:950
	msgid "The Top Level, <filename>doc/</filename>"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "最上層，<filename>doc/</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:953
	@@ -1167,16 +1226,18 @@
	"There are two types of directory under <filename>doc/</filename>, each with "
	"very specific directory names and meanings."
	msgstr ""
	+"在 <filename>doc/</filename> 底下有兩種類型的目錄，兩種都有非常明確的目錄名稱"
	+"與意義。"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	#: book.translate.xml:961 book.translate.xml:1015
	msgid "Directory"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "目錄"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	#: book.translate.xml:962 book.translate.xml:1016
	msgid "Usage"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "用途"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	#: book.translate.xml:968
	@@ -1195,6 +1256,11 @@
	"extended DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym>) are in <filename>share/xml</"
	"filename>."
	msgstr ""
	+"含有未特定用於各說明文件翻譯與編碼的檔案。其子目錄更進一步將不同資訊的分類，"
	+"例如，構成 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
	+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 基礎設施的檔案放置於 <filename>share/mk</"
	+"filename>，而額外的 <acronym>XML</acronym> 支援檔 (如 FreeBSD 延伸的 DocBook "
	+"<acronym>DTD</acronym>) 則放在 <filename>share/xml</filename>。"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	#: book.translate.xml:983
	@@ -1214,6 +1280,10 @@
	"more than one encoding. This also avoids problems that might be caused by a "
	"future switch to Unicode."
	msgstr ""
	+"每一個目錄代表可用的說明文件翻譯與編碼，例如 <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/</"
	+"filename> 及 <filename>zh_TW.UTF-8/</filename>。名稱雖然長，但完整表達語言與"
	+"編碼可以避免未來當一個翻譯團隊要以不同編碼提供同一個語言的說明文件造成的問"
	+"題，這也同時避免往後要切換成萬國碼 (Unicode) 可能造成的問題。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1003
	@@ -1221,6 +1291,8 @@
	"The <filename><replaceable>lang</replaceable>.<replaceable>encoding</"
	"replaceable>/</filename> Directories"
	msgstr ""
	+"<filename><replaceable>lang</replaceable>.<replaceable>encoding</"
	+"replaceable>/</filename> 目錄"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1007
	@@ -1229,6 +1301,8 @@
	"split into up to three more categories at this level, indicated by the "
	"different directory names."
	msgstr ""
	+"這些目錄中含有說明文件。在此階層說明文件分成三個分類，使用不同的目錄名稱來代"
	+"表。"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	#: book.translate.xml:1022
	@@ -1242,6 +1316,8 @@
	"Reasonably short, and broken up into sections. Normally only available as "
	"one <acronym>XHTML</acronym> file."
	msgstr ""
	+"以 DocBook <tag>article</tag> (或同等級) 標記的說明文件。非常短，且會分成幾"
	+"個小節，通常取得時只會有一個 <acronym>XHTML</acronym> 檔案。"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	#: book.translate.xml:1032
	@@ -1257,6 +1333,9 @@
	"to print it easily from a browser) and as a collection of linked, smaller "
	"files."
	msgstr ""
	+"以 DocBook <tag>book</tag> (或同等級) 標記的說明文件。有跟書籍一樣的長度，會"
	+"分成數個章。通常取得時會包含一個大型的 <acronym>XHTML</acronym> 檔 (供有較快"
	+"連線速度的人使用，或者那些想直接在瀏覽器列印的人) 與數個連結的較小的檔案。"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	#: book.translate.xml:1044
	@@ -1271,6 +1350,9 @@
	"filename> directories, corresponding to the sections that have been "
	"translated."
	msgstr ""
	+"供系統操作手冊 (Manual page) 翻譯使用。這個目錄會包含一個或多個 <filename "
	+"role=\"directory\">man<replaceable>n</replaceable></filename> 目錄來對應已經"
	+"翻譯的章節。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1056
	@@ -1280,23 +1362,26 @@
	"these subdirectories. It depends on how much translation has been "
	"accomplished by that translation team."
	msgstr ""
	+"並非所有 <filename role=\"directory\"><replaceable>lang</replaceable>."
	+"<replaceable>encoding</replaceable></filename> 的目錄都會有這些子目錄，這要看"
	+"該翻譯團隊已經完成了多少翻譯來決定。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1063
	msgid "Document-Specific Information"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "文件特定資訊"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1065
	msgid ""
	"This section contains specific notes about particular documents managed by "
	"the FDP."
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "本節內含有關由 FDP 所管理的特定文件的特定注意事項。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1069
	msgid "The Handbook"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "使用手冊 (Handbook)"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/subtitle
	#: book.translate.xml:1071
	@@ -1309,6 +1394,8 @@
	"The Handbook is written in DocBook <acronym>XML</acronym> using the FreeBSD "
	"DocBook extended <acronym>DTD</acronym>."
	msgstr ""
	+"操作手冊是以使用 FreeBSD DocBook 擴充 <acronym>DTD</acronym> 的 DocBook "
	+"<acronym>XML</acronym> 所撰寫。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1076
	@@ -1318,18 +1405,22 @@
	"<tag>chapter</tag>s are further subdivided into sections (<tag>sect1</tag>) "
	"and subsections (<tag>sect2</tag>, <tag>sect3</tag>) and so on."
	msgstr ""
	+"使用手冊使用 DocBook <tag>book</tag> 來組織，整個手冊區分成數個部份 "
	+"(<tag>part</tag>)，每個部份中內含數個章 (<tag>chapter</tag>)，而章 "
	+"(<tag>chapter</tag>) 又更進一步的細分成數個節 (<tag>sect1</tag>) 與小節 "
	+"(<tag>sect2</tag>, <tag>sect3</tag>) 以此類推。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1085
	msgid "Physical Organization"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "實體組織結構"

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1087
	msgid ""
	"There are a number of files and directories within the <filename>handbook</"
	"filename> directory."
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "在 <filename>handbook</filename> 目錄中有數個檔案及目錄。"

	#. (itstool) path: note/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1091
	@@ -1339,6 +1430,10 @@
	"organization to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/"
	"listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD documentation project mailing list</link>."
	msgstr ""
	+"使用手冊的組織結構可能會隨時改變，本文件所詳述的組織結構可能會與現況不盡相"
	+"同。有關使用手冊組織結構的問題可張貼到 <link xlink:href=\"http://lists."
	+"FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD documentation project "
	+"mailing list</link>。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1098
	@@ -1354,6 +1449,9 @@
	"standard <filename>doc.project.mk</filename>, to bring in the rest of the "
	"code that handles converting documents from one format to another."
	msgstr ""
	+"<filename>Makefile</filename> 定義了一些會影響 <acronym>XML</acronym> 原始碼"
	+"要如何轉換至其他格式的變數，並列出產生使用手冊所需的各原始檔，接著會引用可處"
	+"理在各種文件格式轉換的標準 <filename>doc.project.mk</filename> 程式碼。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1110
	@@ -1367,6 +1465,8 @@
	"<link linkend=\"xml-primer-doctype-declaration\">DOCTYPE declaration</link>, "
	"as well as the elements that describe the Handbook's structure."
	msgstr ""
	+"此為使用手冊的最上層文件，其中包含了使用手冊的 <link linkend=\"xml-primer-"
	+"doctype-declaration\">DOCTYPE 宣告</link>以及用來描述使用手冊結構的元素。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1117
	@@ -1377,6 +1477,10 @@
	"define <link linkend=\"xml-primer-general-entities\">general entities</link> "
	"that are used throughout the rest of the Handbook."
	msgstr ""
	+"<filename>book.xml</filename> 會使用 <link linkend=\"xml-primer-parameter-"
	+"entities\">參數 Entities</link> 來載入 <filename>.ent</filename> 副檔名的檔"
	+"案。這些檔案 (稍後會詳述) 接著會定義使用手冊剩下篇幅會使用的 <link linkend="
	+"\"xml-primer-general-entities\">一般 Entities</link>。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1126
	@@ -1393,11 +1497,14 @@
	"directory is named after the value of the <literal>id</literal> attribute on "
	"the <tag>chapter</tag> element."
	msgstr ""
	+"每個在使用手冊的章會儲存成名稱為 <filename>chapter.xml</filename> 的檔案，分"
	+"別放在不同的目錄中。每個目錄均是以在 <tag>chapter</tag> 元素中 <literal>id</"
	+"literal> 屬性中的值來命名。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1135
	msgid "For example, if one of the chapter files contains:"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "例如，若有一章的檔案內容為："

	#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
	#: book.translate.xml:1138
	@@ -1415,6 +1522,8 @@
	"<filename>kernelconfig</filename> directory. In general, the entire contents "
	"of the chapter are in this one file."
	msgstr ""
	+"那麼放置這個 <filename>chapter.xml</filename> 的目錄則會命名為 "
	+"<filename>kernelconfig</filename>。一般來說一章的所有內容會存放在這一個檔案。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1148
	@@ -1423,6 +1532,9 @@
	"will yield <filename>kernelconfig.html</filename>. This is because of the "
	"<literal>id</literal> value, and is not related to the name of the directory."
	msgstr ""
	+"當有 <acronym>XHTML</acronym> 版本的使用手冊之後，也會用這個檔產出 "
	+"<filename>kernelconfig.html</filename>，這個名稱是根據 <literal>id</literal> "
	+"的值而定，與目錄名稱無關。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1154
	@@ -1438,6 +1550,13 @@
	"directories with a few files in them than it is to work with one directory "
	"that has many files in it."
	msgstr ""
	+"在早期版本的使用手冊，檔案皆儲存在與 <filename>book.xml</filename> 相同的目錄"
	+"中，而名稱會以 <tag>chapter</tag> 元素中的 <literal>id</literal> 屬性的值來命"
	+"名。現在可在每個章節之中引用圖片，每個使用手冊章節的圖片會儲存在 "
	+"<filename>share/images/books/handbook</filename>，而在地化版本的圖片應放在與"
	+"每個章節 <acronym>XML</acronym> 原始碼相同的目錄。命名空間會衝突是必然的，但"
	+"以目錄多、檔案少與目錄少、檔案多的結構相比，目錄多、檔案少會較容易處理命名空"
	+"間衝突的問題。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1168
	@@ -1447,6 +1566,9 @@
	"xml</filename>, <filename>introduction/chapter.xml</filename>, and "
	"<filename>printing/chapter.xml</filename>."
	msgstr ""
	+"簡單來說會有很多個內含 <filename>chapter.xml</filename> 檔案的目錄，例如 "
	+"<filename>basics/chapter.xml</filename>, <filename>introduction/chapter.xml</"
	+"filename> 以及 <filename>printing/chapter.xml</filename>。"

	#. (itstool) path: important/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1175
	@@ -1456,6 +1578,9 @@
	"reorganized. Reorganization should be possible without renaming files, "
	"unless entire chapters are being promoted or demoted within the hierarchy."
	msgstr ""
	+"請勿以在使用手冊中的章節順序來命名章節或目錄，因為順序是會隨使用手冊重新組織"
	+"後的內容改變的。重新組織結構應不需要去重新命名檔案，除非整個章節的階層被提升"
	+"或下降。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1183
	@@ -1464,11 +1589,13 @@
	"acronym> documents that can be built individually. They can only be built as "
	"parts of the whole Handbook."
	msgstr ""
	+"<filename>chapter.xml</filename> 檔案並不是可以被單獨建置的完整 "
	+"<acronym>XML</acronym> 文件，只能做為使用手冊的一部份來建置。"

	#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1226
	msgid "The Documentation Build Process"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "說明文件建置流程"

	#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1228
	@@ -1477,11 +1604,14 @@
	"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
	"citerefentry> is used to control it."
	msgstr ""
	+"本章內容涵蓋了說明文件建置流程以及如何使用 "
	+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
	+"citerefentry> 來控制如何建置。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1232
	msgid "Rendering DocBook into Output"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "繪製 Docbook 為其他格式"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1234
	@@ -1491,6 +1621,9 @@
	"variable. A list of known formats is stored in <varname>KNOWN_FORMATS</"
	"varname>:"
	msgstr ""
	+"從單一個 DocBook 原始檔可以產生各種不同類型的輸出，想要輸出的類型可用 "
	+"<varname>FORMATS</varname> 變數來設定。已知的格式清單列在 "
	+"<varname>KNOWN_FORMATS</varname> 中："

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
	#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#doc-build-rendering-known-formats
	@@ -1504,23 +1637,23 @@
	#. (itstool) path: table/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1243
	msgid "Common Output Formats"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "常見輸出格式"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	#: book.translate.xml:1248
	msgid "<varname>FORMATS</varname> Value"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<varname>FORMATS</varname> 值"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	#: book.translate.xml:1249
	msgid "File Type"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "檔案類型"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
	-#: book.translate.xml:1250 book.translate.xml:7223
	+#: book.translate.xml:1250 book.translate.xml:7206
	msgid "Description"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "說明"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
	@@ -1531,13 +1664,14 @@
	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	#: book.translate.xml:1257
	msgid "<acronym>HTML</acronym>, one file"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<acronym>HTML</acronym>，單檔"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	#: book.translate.xml:1258
	msgid ""
	"A single <filename>book.html</filename> or <filename>article.html</filename>."
	msgstr ""
	+"單一 <filename>book.html</filename> 或 <filename>article.html</filename>。"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	#: book.translate.xml:1263
	@@ -1547,7 +1681,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	#: book.translate.xml:1264
	msgid "<acronym>HTML</acronym>, multiple files"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<acronym>HTML</acronym>，多檔"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	#: book.translate.xml:1265
	@@ -1555,6 +1689,7 @@
	"Multiple <acronym>HTML</acronym> files, one for each chapter or section, for "
	"use on a typical web site."
	msgstr ""
	+"多個 <acronym>HTML</acronym> 檔案，每個章或節一個檔案，供一般網站使用。"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	#: book.translate.xml:1271
	@@ -1569,7 +1704,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	#: book.translate.xml:1273
	msgid "Portable Document Format"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "可攜的文件格式"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1279
	@@ -1579,11 +1714,14 @@
	"varname> to a specific value. Multiple output formats can be created at a "
	"single time by setting <varname>FORMATS</varname> to a list of formats."
	msgstr ""
	+"預設輸出的格式會依文件而有所不同，但同常是 <literal>html-split</literal>。其"
	+"他格式可設定 <varname>FORMATS</varname> 為特定值來選擇。在 <varname>FORMATS</"
	+"varname> 設定所需格式的清單可一次輸出多個格式。"

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1286
	msgid "Build a Single HTML Output File"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "建置單頁 HTML 輸出檔"

	#. (itstool) path: example/screen
	#: book.translate.xml:1288
	@@ -1596,7 +1734,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1293
	msgid "Build HTML-Split and <acronym>PDF</acronym> Output Files"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "建置分頁 HTML 及 <acronym>PDF</acronym> 輸出檔"

	#. (itstool) path: example/screen
	#: book.translate.xml:1296
	@@ -1609,14 +1747,14 @@
	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1302
	msgid "The FreeBSD Documentation Build Toolset"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "FreeBSD 說明文件建置工具集"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1304
	msgid ""
	"These are the tools used to build and install the <acronym>FDP</acronym> "
	"documentation."
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "建置與安裝 <acronym>FDP</acronym> 說明文件會使用到以下工具。"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1309
	@@ -1625,6 +1763,9 @@
	"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, specifically "
	"<application>Berkeley Make</application>."
	msgstr ""
	+"主要的建置工具為 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</"
	+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>，特別是 "
	+"<application>Berkeley Make</application>。"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1314
	@@ -1632,6 +1773,8 @@
	"Package building is handled by FreeBSD's <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-"
	"create</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
	msgstr ""
	+"套件建置會使用 FreeBSD 的 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-create</"
	+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> 來處理。"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1319
	@@ -1643,6 +1786,11 @@
	"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used for package "
	"building."
	msgstr ""
	+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
	+"citerefentry> 用來建立壓縮版的文件，也支援 "
	+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>bzip2</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
	+"citerefentry> 封存。<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tar</"
	+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 則用在套件建置。"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1325
	@@ -1650,11 +1798,13 @@
	"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>install</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
	"manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to install the documentation."
	msgstr ""
	+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>install</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
	+"manvolnum></citerefentry> 用來安裝說明文件。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1333
	msgid "Understanding <filename>Makefile</filename>s in the Documentation Tree"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "了解在說明文件樹中的 <filename>Makefile</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1336
	@@ -1662,6 +1812,8 @@
	"There are three main types of <filename>Makefile</filename>s in the FreeBSD "
	"Documentation Project tree."
	msgstr ""
	+"在 FreeBSD 說明文件計劃樹底下的 <filename>Makefile</filename> 主要有三個類"
	+"型。"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1341
	@@ -1669,6 +1821,8 @@
	"<link linkend=\"sub-make\">Subdirectory <filename>Makefile</filename>s</"
	"link> simply pass commands to those directories below them."
	msgstr ""
	+"<link linkend=\"sub-make\">子目錄的 <filename>Makefile</filename></link> 傳遞"
	+"指令給在其所在目錄底下的目錄。"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1347
	@@ -1676,6 +1830,8 @@
	"<link linkend=\"doc-make\">Documentation <filename>Makefile</filename>s</"
	"link> describe the documents that are produced from this directory."
	msgstr ""
	+"<link linkend=\"doc-make\">說明文件的 <filename>Makefile</filename>s</link> "
	+"用來描述要如何在其所在目錄產生文件。"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1354
	@@ -1684,11 +1840,14 @@
	"link> are the glue that perform the document production, and are usually of "
	"the form <filename>doc.<replaceable>xxx</replaceable>.mk</filename>."
	msgstr ""
	+"<link linkend=\"make-includes\"><application>Make</application> 引用檔</"
	+"link> 會連結一些產生文件所需的程式，通常為 <filename>doc.<replaceable>xxx</"
	+"replaceable>.mk</filename>。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1362
	msgid "Subdirectory <filename>Makefile</filename>s"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "子目錄的 <filename>Makefile</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1364
	@@ -1780,7 +1939,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1420
	msgid "Documentation <filename>Makefile</filename>s"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "說明文件的 <filename>Makefile</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1422
	@@ -1789,11 +1948,14 @@
	"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> variables that "
	"describe how to build the documentation contained in that directory."
	msgstr ""
	+"這些 <filename>Makefile</filename> 用來設定 "
	+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
	+"citerefentry> 變數來描述要如何建置在該目錄中的說明文件。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1426
	msgid "Here is an example:"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "這裡有一個例子："

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
	#: book.translate.xml:1428
	@@ -1823,6 +1985,8 @@
	"ownership of a document in the FreeBSD Documentation Project, and take "
	"responsibility for maintaining it."
	msgstr ""
	+"<varname>MAINTAINER</varname> 變數讓提交者可以聲明文件在 FreeBSD 說明文件計劃"
	+"中的所有權，並負責維護該文件。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1449
	@@ -1833,6 +1997,9 @@
	"should also include important files in which a change should result in a "
	"rebuild."
	msgstr ""
	+"<varname>DOC</varname> 是由此目錄會建立的主要文件的名稱 (不需要 <filename>."
	+"xml</filename> 副檔名)。<varname>SRCS</varname> 會列出產生文件所需的各別檔"
	+"案，此處也應引用要在重新建置 (Rebuild) 使用的重要的檔案。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1456
	@@ -1843,18 +2010,22 @@
	"build. <varname>INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESS</varname>, empty by default, should be "
	"non-empty if only compressed documents are desired in the build."
	msgstr ""
	+"<varname>FORMATS</varname> 用來指定此份文件建置時預設應採用的格式。"
	+"<varname>INSTALL_COMPRESSED</varname> 是為在文件建置時預設要使用的壓縮技術清"
	+"單。<varname>INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESS</varname> 預設為空值的，若在建置時只想要產"
	+"生壓縮後的文件則改成非空值。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1464
	msgid ""
	"The <varname>DOC_PREFIX</varname> and include statements should be familiar "
	"already."
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<varname>DOC_PREFIX</varname> 以及 include 敘述句應不需再說明了。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1470
	msgid "FreeBSD Documentation Project <application>Make</application> Includes"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "FreeBSD 說明文件計劃 <application>Make</application> 引用檔"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1473
	@@ -1925,7 +2096,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1523 book.translate.xml:1573
	msgid "Variables"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "變數"

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1525
	@@ -1961,7 +2132,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1548
	msgid "Conditionals"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "條件"

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1550
	@@ -2026,7 +2197,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1600
	msgid "Targets and Macros"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "目標與巨集"

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1602
	@@ -2097,7 +2268,7 @@

	#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
	#: book.translate.xml:1640 book.translate.xml:1644 book.translate.xml:1664
	-#: book.translate.xml:6091 book.translate.xml:6095 book.translate.xml:6099
	+#: book.translate.xml:6074 book.translate.xml:6078 book.translate.xml:6082
	msgid "clean"
	msgstr ""

	@@ -2114,7 +2285,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1650
	msgid "Provided Targets"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "已提供的目標"

	#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
	#: book.translate.xml:1654
	@@ -2160,7 +2331,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1675
	msgid "More on Conditionals"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "更多條件"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1679
	@@ -2184,7 +2355,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1697
	msgid "Looping Constructs in <command>make (.for)</command>"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "在 <command>make (.for)</command> 中的迴圈結構"

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1700
	@@ -2229,9 +2400,9 @@
	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1767
	msgid ""
	-"Several environment variables control which parts of the the web site are "
	-"built or installed, and to which directories."
	-msgstr "有些環境變數控制網站的建構或安裝，和裝到哪個目錄"
	+"Several environment variables control which parts of the web site are built "
	+"or installed, and to which directories."
	+msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: tip/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1772
	@@ -2343,7 +2514,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1850
	msgid "Building and Installing the Web Pages"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "建置並安裝網頁"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1852
	@@ -2383,7 +2554,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1875
	msgid "Build the Full Web Site and All Documents"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "建置完整網站與所有說明文件"

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1877
	@@ -2403,7 +2574,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1885
	msgid "Build Only the Web Site in English"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "只建置英文版網站"

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1887
	@@ -2529,7 +2700,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	#: book.translate.xml:1979
	msgid "Build and Install the Web Site"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "建置並安裝網站"

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	#: book.translate.xml:1981
	@@ -2570,7 +2741,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
	#: book.translate.xml:2039
	msgid "XML Primer"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "XML 入門"

	#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
	#: book.translate.xml:2041
	@@ -2766,7 +2937,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#: book.translate.xml:2176
	msgid "Elements, Tags, and Attributes"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "元素、標籤與屬性"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:2178
	@@ -2848,7 +3019,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	#: book.translate.xml:2232
	msgid "Using an Element (Start and End Tags)"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "使用元素 (開始與結束標籤)"

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	#: book.translate.xml:2234
	@@ -2880,7 +3051,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	#: book.translate.xml:2252
	msgid "Using an Element Without Content"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "使用沒有內容的元素"

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	#: book.translate.xml:2254
	@@ -2928,7 +3099,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	#: book.translate.xml:2279
	msgid "Elements Within Elements; <tag>em</tag>"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "在元素中的元素; <tag>em</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	#: book.translate.xml:2281
	@@ -3014,7 +3185,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	#: book.translate.xml:2335
	msgid "Using an Element with an Attribute"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "使用元素的屬性"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	#: book.translate.xml:2337
	@@ -3036,7 +3207,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	#: book.translate.xml:2348
	msgid "Single Quotes Around Attributes"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "屬性的單引號"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	#: book.translate.xml:2350
	@@ -3063,10 +3234,10 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:2366 book.translate.xml:2778 book.translate.xml:2912
	-#: book.translate.xml:3099 book.translate.xml:3392
	+#: book.translate.xml:2366 book.translate.xml:2761 book.translate.xml:2895
	+#: book.translate.xml:3082 book.translate.xml:3375
	msgid "To Do…"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "待辦事項..."

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	#: book.translate.xml:2368
	@@ -3177,7 +3348,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#: book.translate.xml:2449
	msgid "The DOCTYPE Declaration"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "DOCTYPE 宣告"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:2451
	@@ -3295,7 +3466,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	#: book.translate.xml:2538
	msgid "Formal Public Identifiers (<acronym>FPI</acronym>s)"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "正式公用識別碼 (<acronym>FPI</acronym>)"

	#. (itstool) path: note/para
	#: book.translate.xml:2546
	@@ -3420,7 +3591,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
	#: book.translate.xml:2648
	msgid "<filename>catalog</filename> Files"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<filename>catalog</filename> 檔案"

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	#: book.translate.xml:2650
	@@ -3459,7 +3630,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	#: book.translate.xml:2677
	msgid "Alternatives to <acronym>FPI</acronym>s"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<acronym>FPI</acronym> 的替代方案"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	#: book.translate.xml:2679
	@@ -3501,7 +3672,7 @@
	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#: book.translate.xml:2703
	msgid "Escaping Back to <acronym>XML</acronym>"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "跳脫回 <acronym>XML</acronym>"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:2705
	@@ -3526,107 +3697,76 @@
	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#: book.translate.xml:2723
	msgid "Comments"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "註解"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:2725
	msgid ""
	-"Comments are an <acronym>XML</acronym> construct, and are normally only "
	-"valid inside a <acronym>DTD</acronym>. However, as <xref linkend=\"xml-"
	-"primer-xml-escape\"/> shows, it is possible to use <acronym>XML</acronym> "
	-"syntax within the document."
	+"An <acronym>XML</acronym> document may contain comments. They may appear "
	+"anywhere as long as they are not inside tags. They are even allowed in some "
	+"locations inside the <acronym>DTD</acronym> (e.g., between <link linkend="
	+"\"xml-primer-entities\">entity declarations</link>)."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2730
	+#: book.translate.xml:2731
	msgid ""
	-"The delimiter for XML comments is the string <quote><literal>--</literal></"
	-"quote>. The first occurrence of this string opens a comment, and the second "
	-"closes it."
	+"<acronym>XML</acronym> comments start with the string <quote><literal><!--"
	+"</literal></quote> and end with the string <quote><literal>--></literal></"
	+"quote>."
	msgstr ""

	-#. (itstool) path: example/title
	+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	#: book.translate.xml:2735
	-msgid "<acronym>XML</acronym> Generic Comment"
	+msgid "Here are some examples of valid <acronym>XML</acronym> comments:"
	msgstr ""

	+#. (itstool) path: example/title
	+#: book.translate.xml:2739
	+msgid "<acronym>XML</acronym> Generic Comments"
	+msgstr "<acronym>XML</acronym> 通用註解"
	+
	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:2737
	+#: book.translate.xml:2741
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<!-- This is inside the comment -->\n"
	"\n"
	-"<!-- This is another comment -->\n"
	+"<!--This is another comment-->\n"
	"\n"
	-"<!-- This is one way\n"
	-" of doing multiline comments -->\n"
	+"<!-- This is how you\n"
	+" write multiline comments -->\n"
	"\n"
	-"<!-- This is another way of --\n"
	-" -- doing multiline comments -->"
	-msgstr ""
	-
	-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2748
	-msgid ""
	-"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> users may be familiar with different rules for "
	-"comments. In particular, it is often believed that the string "
	-"<literal><!--</literal> opens a comment, and it is only closed by "
	-"<literal>--></literal>."
	+"<p>A simple <!-- Comment inside an element's content --> paragraph.</p>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2753
	+#: book.translate.xml:2751
	msgid ""
	-"This is <emphasis>not</emphasis> correct. Many web browsers have broken "
	-"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> parsers, and will accept incorrect input as valid. "
	-"However, the <acronym>XML</acronym> parsers used by the Documentation "
	-"Project are more strict, and will reject documents with that error."
	+"<acronym>XML</acronym> comments may contain any strings except "
	+"<quote><literal>--</literal></quote>:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:2760
	-msgid "Erroneous <acronym>XML</acronym> Comments"
	-msgstr ""
	-
	-#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:2762
	-#, no-wrap
	-msgid ""
	-"<!-- This is in the comment --\n"
	-"\n"
	-" THIS IS OUTSIDE THE COMMENT!\n"
	-"\n"
	-" -- back inside the comment -->"
	-msgstr ""
	-
	-#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2768
	-msgid ""
	-"The <acronym>XML</acronym> parser will treat this as though it were actually:"
	-msgstr ""
	+#: book.translate.xml:2755
	+msgid "Erroneous <acronym>XML</acronym> Comment"
	+msgstr "錯誤的<acronym>XML</acronym> 註解"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:2771
	+#: book.translate.xml:2757
	#, no-wrap
	-msgid "<!THIS IS OUTSIDE THE COMMENT>"
	-msgstr ""
	-
	-#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2773
	-msgid ""
	-"That is not valid <acronym>XML</acronym>, and may give confusing error "
	-"messages."
	+msgid "<!-- This comment--is wrong -->"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2782
	+#: book.translate.xml:2765
	msgid ""
	"Add some comments to <filename>example.xml</filename>, and check that the "
	"file still validates using <command>xmllint</command>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2788
	+#: book.translate.xml:2771
	msgid ""
	"Add some invalid comments to <filename>example.xml</filename>, and see the "
	"error messages that <command>xmllint</command> gives when it encounters an "
	@@ -3634,12 +3774,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:2798
	+#: book.translate.xml:2781
	msgid "Entities"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "Entities"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2800
	+#: book.translate.xml:2783
	msgid ""
	"Entities are a mechanism for assigning names to chunks of content. As an "
	"<acronym>XML</acronym> parser processes a document, any entities it finds "
	@@ -3647,7 +3787,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2805
	+#: book.translate.xml:2788
	msgid ""
	"This is a good way to have re-usable, easily changeable chunks of content in "
	"<acronym>XML</acronym> documents. It is also the only way to include one "
	@@ -3655,7 +3795,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2810
	+#: book.translate.xml:2793
	msgid ""
	"There are two types of entities for two different situations: "
	"<emphasis>general entities</emphasis> and <emphasis>parameter entities</"
	@@ -3663,12 +3803,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:2815
	+#: book.translate.xml:2798
	msgid "General Entities"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "一般 Entities"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2817
	+#: book.translate.xml:2800
	msgid ""
	"General entities are used to assign names to reusable chunks of text. These "
	"entities can only be used in the document. They cannot be used in an "
	@@ -3676,7 +3816,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2822
	+#: book.translate.xml:2805
	msgid ""
	"To include the text of a general entity in the document, include "
	"<literal>&<replaceable>entity-name</replaceable>;</literal> in the text. "
	@@ -3686,7 +3826,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:2830
	+#: book.translate.xml:2813
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The current version of our product is\n"
	@@ -3694,14 +3834,14 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2833
	+#: book.translate.xml:2816
	msgid ""
	"When the version number changes, edit the definition of the general entity, "
	"replacing the value. Then reprocess the document."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2837
	+#: book.translate.xml:2820
	msgid ""
	"General entities can also be used to enter characters that could not "
	"otherwise be included in an <acronym>XML</acronym> document. For example, "
	@@ -3713,14 +3853,14 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2846
	+#: book.translate.xml:2829
	msgid ""
	"These symbols can be included by using two predefined general entities: "
	"<literal>&lt;</literal> and <literal>&amp;</literal>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2850
	+#: book.translate.xml:2833
	msgid ""
	"General entities can only be defined within an <acronym>XML</acronym> "
	"context. Such definitions are usually done immediately after the DOCTYPE "
	@@ -3728,12 +3868,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:2855
	+#: book.translate.xml:2838
	msgid "Defining General Entities"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "定義一般 Entities"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:2857
	+#: book.translate.xml:2840
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
	@@ -3744,7 +3884,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2863
	+#: book.translate.xml:2846
	msgid ""
	"The DOCTYPE declaration has been extended by adding a square bracket at the "
	"end of the first line. The two entities are then defined over the next two "
	@@ -3753,19 +3893,19 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2869
	+#: book.translate.xml:2852
	msgid ""
	"The square brackets are necessary to indicate that the DTD indicated by the "
	"DOCTYPE declaration is being extended."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:2876
	+#: book.translate.xml:2859
	msgid "Parameter Entities"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "參數 Entities"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2878
	+#: book.translate.xml:2861
	msgid ""
	"Parameter entities, like <link linkend=\"xml-primer-general-entities"
	"\">general entities</link>, are used to assign names to reusable chunks of "
	@@ -3774,7 +3914,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2885
	+#: book.translate.xml:2868
	msgid ""
	"Parameter entity definitions are similar to those for general entities. "
	"However, parameter entries are included with <literal>%<replaceable>entity-"
	@@ -3784,19 +3924,19 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2893
	+#: book.translate.xml:2876
	msgid ""
	"For a mnemonic, think <quote><emphasis>P</emphasis>arameter entities use the "
	"<emphasis>P</emphasis>ercent symbol</quote>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:2898
	+#: book.translate.xml:2881
	msgid "Defining Parameter Entities"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "定義參數 Entities"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:2900
	+#: book.translate.xml:2883
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
	@@ -3810,12 +3950,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2916
	+#: book.translate.xml:2899
	msgid "Add a general entity to <filename>example.xml</filename>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:2919
	+#: book.translate.xml:2902
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
	@@ -3843,12 +3983,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2944
	+#: book.translate.xml:2927
	msgid "Validate the document using <command>xmllint</command>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2949
	+#: book.translate.xml:2932
	msgid ""
	"Load <filename>example.xml</filename> into a web browser. It may have to be "
	"copied to <filename>example.html</filename> before the browser recognizes it "
	@@ -3856,7 +3996,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2955
	+#: book.translate.xml:2938
	msgid ""
	"Older browsers with simple parsers may not render this file as expected. The "
	"entity reference <literal>&version;</literal> may not be replaced by the "
	@@ -3865,7 +4005,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2964
	+#: book.translate.xml:2947
	msgid ""
	"The solution is to <emphasis>normalize</emphasis> the document with an "
	"<acronym>XML</acronym> normalizer. The normalizer reads valid <acronym>XML</"
	@@ -3876,7 +4016,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2973
	+#: book.translate.xml:2956
	msgid ""
	"<command>xmllint</command> can be used for this. It also has an option to "
	"drop the initial <acronym>DTD</acronym> section so that the closing "
	@@ -3884,25 +4024,25 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:2978
	+#: book.translate.xml:2961
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xmllint --noent --dropdtd example.xml > example.html</userinput>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2980
	+#: book.translate.xml:2963
	msgid ""
	"A normalized copy of the document with entities expanded is produced in "
	"<filename>example.html</filename>, ready to load into a web browser."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:2989
	+#: book.translate.xml:2972
	msgid "Using Entities to Include Files"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "在引用檔使用 Entities"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:2991
	+#: book.translate.xml:2974
	msgid ""
	"Both <link linkend=\"xml-primer-general-entities\">general</link> and <link "
	"linkend=\"xml-primer-parameter-entities\">parameter</link> entities are "
	@@ -3911,12 +4051,12 @@

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:2998 book.translate.xml:3014
	+#: book.translate.xml:2981 book.translate.xml:2997
	msgid "Using General Entities to Include Files"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "在引用檔使用一般 Entities"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3000
	+#: book.translate.xml:2983
	msgid ""
	"Consider some content for an <acronym>XML</acronym> book organized into "
	"files, one file per chapter, called <filename>chapter1.xml</filename>, "
	@@ -3925,7 +4065,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3007
	+#: book.translate.xml:2990
	msgid ""
	"In order to use the contents of these files as the values for entities, they "
	"are declared with the <literal>SYSTEM</literal> keyword. This directs the "
	@@ -3934,7 +4074,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3016
	+#: book.translate.xml:2999
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
	@@ -3955,7 +4095,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: warning/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3034
	+#: book.translate.xml:3017
	msgid ""
	"When using general entities to include other files within a document, the "
	"files being included (<filename>chapter1.xml</filename>, <filename>chapter2."
	@@ -3966,12 +4106,12 @@

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3046 book.translate.xml:3065
	+#: book.translate.xml:3029 book.translate.xml:3048
	msgid "Using Parameter Entities to Include Files"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "在引用檔使用參數 Entities"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3048
	+#: book.translate.xml:3031
	msgid ""
	"Parameter entities can only be used inside an <acronym>XML</acronym> "
	"context. Including a file in an <acronym>XML</acronym> context can be used "
	@@ -3979,7 +4119,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3053
	+#: book.translate.xml:3036
	msgid ""
	"Suppose that there are many chapters in the document, and these chapters "
	"were reused in two different books, each book organizing the chapters in a "
	@@ -3987,28 +4127,28 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3057
	+#: book.translate.xml:3040
	msgid ""
	"The entities could be listed at the top of each book, but that quickly "
	"becomes cumbersome to manage."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3060
	+#: book.translate.xml:3043
	msgid ""
	"Instead, place the general entity definitions inside one file, and use a "
	"parameter entity to include that file within the document."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3067
	+#: book.translate.xml:3050
	msgid ""
	"Place the entity definitions in a separate file called <filename>chapters."
	"ent</filename> and containing this text:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3071
	+#: book.translate.xml:3054
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<!ENTITY chapter.1 SYSTEM \"chapter1.xml\">\n"
	@@ -4017,7 +4157,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3075
	+#: book.translate.xml:3058
	msgid ""
	"Create a parameter entity to refer to the contents of the file. Then use the "
	"parameter entity to load the file into the document, which will then make "
	@@ -4026,7 +4166,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3081
	+#: book.translate.xml:3064
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
	@@ -4046,35 +4186,35 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3102
	+#: book.translate.xml:3085
	msgid "Use General Entities to Include Files"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "在引用檔使用一般 Entities"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3106
	+#: book.translate.xml:3089
	msgid ""
	"Create three files, <filename>para1.xml</filename>, <filename>para2.xml</"
	"filename>, and <filename>para3.xml</filename>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3110
	+#: book.translate.xml:3093
	msgid "Put content like this in each file:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3112
	+#: book.translate.xml:3095
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is the first paragraph.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3116 book.translate.xml:3169
	+#: book.translate.xml:3099 book.translate.xml:3152
	msgid "Edit <filename>example.xml</filename> so that it looks like this:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3119
	+#: book.translate.xml:3102
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
	@@ -4101,20 +4241,20 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3143 book.translate.xml:3204
	+#: book.translate.xml:3126 book.translate.xml:3187
	msgid ""
	"Produce <filename>example.html</filename> by normalizing <filename>example."
	"xml</filename>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:3146 book.translate.xml:3207
	+#: book.translate.xml:3129 book.translate.xml:3190
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xmllint --dropdtd --noent example.xml > example.html</userinput>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3150 book.translate.xml:3211
	+#: book.translate.xml:3133 book.translate.xml:3194
	msgid ""
	"Load <filename>example.html</filename> into the web browser and confirm that "
	"the <filename>para<replaceable>n</replaceable>.xml</filename> files have "
	@@ -4122,17 +4262,17 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3160
	+#: book.translate.xml:3143
	msgid "Use Parameter Entities to Include Files"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "在引用檔使用參數 Entities"

	#. (itstool) path: note/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3163
	+#: book.translate.xml:3146
	msgid "The previous steps must have completed before this step."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3172
	+#: book.translate.xml:3155
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
	@@ -4156,13 +4296,13 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3193
	+#: book.translate.xml:3176
	msgid ""
	"Create a new file called <filename>entities.ent</filename> with this content:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3197
	+#: book.translate.xml:3180
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<!ENTITY version \"1.1\">\n"
	@@ -4172,12 +4312,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3223
	+#: book.translate.xml:3206
	msgid "Marked Sections"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "已標記小節"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3225
	+#: book.translate.xml:3208
	msgid ""
	"<acronym>XML</acronym> provides a mechanism to indicate that particular "
	"pieces of the document should be processed in a special way. These are "
	@@ -4185,12 +4325,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3231
	+#: book.translate.xml:3214
	msgid "Structure of a Marked Section"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "已標記的結構"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3233
	+#: book.translate.xml:3216
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<![<replaceable>KEYWORD</replaceable>[\n"
	@@ -4199,33 +4339,33 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3238
	+#: book.translate.xml:3221
	msgid ""
	"As expected of an <acronym>XML</acronym> construct, a marked section starts "
	"with <literal><!</literal>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3241
	+#: book.translate.xml:3224
	msgid "The first square bracket begins the marked section."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3243
	+#: book.translate.xml:3226
	msgid ""
	"<replaceable>KEYWORD</replaceable> describes how this marked section is to "
	"be processed by the parser."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3246
	+#: book.translate.xml:3229
	msgid ""
	"The second square bracket indicates the start of the marked section's "
	"content."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3249
	+#: book.translate.xml:3232
	msgid ""
	"The marked section is finished by closing the two square brackets, and then "
	"returning to the document context from the <acronym>XML</acronym> context "
	@@ -4233,43 +4373,43 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3255
	+#: book.translate.xml:3238
	msgid "Marked Section Keywords"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "已標記關鍵字"

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3258
	+#: book.translate.xml:3241
	msgid "<literal>CDATA</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3260
	+#: book.translate.xml:3243
	msgid ""
	"These keywords denote the marked sections <emphasis>content model</"
	"emphasis>, and allow you to change it from the default."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3264
	+#: book.translate.xml:3247
	msgid ""
	"When an <acronym>XML</acronym> parser is processing a document, it keeps "
	"track of the <quote>content model</quote>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3268
	+#: book.translate.xml:3251
	msgid ""
	"The content model describes the content the parser is expecting to see and "
	"what it will do with that content."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3272
	+#: book.translate.xml:3255
	msgid "The <literal>CDATA</literal> content model is one of the most useful."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3275
	+#: book.translate.xml:3258
	msgid ""
	"<literal>CDATA</literal> is for <quote>Character Data</quote>. When the "
	"parser is in this content model, it expects to see only characters. In this "
	@@ -4278,7 +4418,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: note/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3283
	+#: book.translate.xml:3266
	msgid ""
	"When using <literal>CDATA</literal> in examples of text marked up in "
	"<acronym>XML</acronym>, remember that the content of <literal>CDATA</"
	@@ -4288,12 +4428,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3293
	+#: book.translate.xml:3276
	msgid "Using a <literal>CDATA</literal> Marked Section"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "使用 <literal>CDATA</literal> 已標記小節"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3296
	+#: book.translate.xml:3279
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Here is an example of how to include some text that contains\n"
	@@ -4318,12 +4458,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3319
	+#: book.translate.xml:3302
	msgid "<literal>INCLUDE</literal> and <literal>IGNORE</literal>"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<literal>INCLUDE</literal> 與 <literal>IGNORE</literal>"

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3322
	+#: book.translate.xml:3305
	msgid ""
	"When the keyword is <literal>INCLUDE</literal>, then the contents of the "
	"marked section will be processed. When the keyword is <literal>IGNORE</"
	@@ -4332,14 +4472,15 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3329
	+#: book.translate.xml:3312
	msgid ""
	"Using <literal>INCLUDE</literal> and <literal>IGNORE</literal> in Marked "
	"Sections"
	msgstr ""
	+"在已標記小節中使用 <literal>INCLUDE</literal> 及 <literal>IGNORE</literal>"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3332
	+#: book.translate.xml:3315
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<![INCLUDE[\n"
	@@ -4352,14 +4493,14 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3341
	+#: book.translate.xml:3324
	msgid ""
	"By itself, this is not too useful. Text to be removed from the document "
	"could be cut out, or wrapped in comments."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3345
	+#: book.translate.xml:3328
	msgid ""
	"It becomes more useful when controlled by <link linkend=\"xml-primer-"
	"parameter-entities\">parameter entities</link>, yet this usage is limited to "
	@@ -4367,7 +4508,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3350
	+#: book.translate.xml:3333
	msgid ""
	"For example, suppose that documentation was produced in a hard-copy version "
	"and an electronic version. Some extra text is desired in the electronic "
	@@ -4375,7 +4516,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3355
	+#: book.translate.xml:3338
	msgid ""
	"Create an entity file that defines general entities to include each chapter "
	"and guard these definitions with a parameter entity that can be set to "
	@@ -4392,12 +4533,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3372
	+#: book.translate.xml:3355
	msgid "Using a Parameter Entity to Control a Marked Section"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "使用參數 Entities 來控制已標記小節"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3375
	+#: book.translate.xml:3358
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<!ENTITY % electronic.copy \"INCLUDE\">\n"
	@@ -4410,25 +4551,25 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3383
	+#: book.translate.xml:3366
	msgid ""
	"When producing the hard-copy version, change the parameter entity's "
	"definition to:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3386
	+#: book.translate.xml:3369
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "<!ENTITY % electronic.copy \"IGNORE\">"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3396
	+#: book.translate.xml:3379
	msgid "Modify <filename>entities.ent</filename> to contain the following:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3399
	+#: book.translate.xml:3382
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<!ENTITY version \"1.1\">\n"
	@@ -4445,7 +4586,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3413
	+#: book.translate.xml:3396
	msgid ""
	"Normalize <filename>example.xml</filename> and notice that the conditional "
	"text is not present in the output document. Set the parameter entity guard "
	@@ -4456,12 +4597,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3428
	+#: book.translate.xml:3411
	msgid "Conclusion"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "結論"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3430
	+#: book.translate.xml:3413
	msgid ""
	"That is the conclusion of this <acronym>XML</acronym> primer. For reasons of "
	"space and complexity, several things have not been covered in depth (or at "
	@@ -4470,24 +4611,24 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3472
	+#: book.translate.xml:3455
	msgid "<acronym>XHTML</acronym> Markup"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<acronym>XHTML</acronym> 標籤"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3475 book.translate.xml:4078 book.translate.xml:7325
	+#: book.translate.xml:3458 book.translate.xml:4061 book.translate.xml:7308
	msgid "Introduction"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "簡介"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3477
	+#: book.translate.xml:3460
	msgid ""
	"This chapter describes usage of the <acronym>XHTML</acronym> markup language "
	"used for the FreeBSD web site."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3480
	+#: book.translate.xml:3463
	msgid ""
	"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> is the <acronym>XML</acronym> version of the "
	"HyperText Markup Language, the markup language of choice on the World Wide "
	@@ -4496,7 +4637,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3485
	+#: book.translate.xml:3468
	msgid ""
	"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> is used to mark up pages on the FreeBSD web site. "
	"It is usually not used to mark up other documentation, since DocBook offers "
	@@ -4506,7 +4647,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3492
	+#: book.translate.xml:3475
	msgid ""
	"<acronym>HTML</acronym> has gone through a number of versions. The "
	"<acronym>XML</acronym>-compliant version described here is called "
	@@ -4516,7 +4657,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3499
	+#: book.translate.xml:3482
	msgid ""
	"The <acronym>XHTML</acronym> <acronym>DTDs</acronym> are available from the "
	"Ports Collection in <package>textproc/xhtml</package>. They are "
	@@ -4524,7 +4665,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: note/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3505
	+#: book.translate.xml:3488
	msgid ""
	"This is <emphasis>not</emphasis> an exhaustive list of elements, since that "
	"would just repeat the documentation for <acronym>XHTML</acronym>. The aim is "
	@@ -4535,12 +4676,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: note/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3513 book.translate.xml:4117
	+#: book.translate.xml:3496 book.translate.xml:4100
	msgid "Inline Versus Block"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: note/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3515 book.translate.xml:4119
	+#: book.translate.xml:3498 book.translate.xml:4102
	msgid ""
	"In the remainder of this document, when describing elements, "
	"<emphasis>inline</emphasis> means that the element can occur within a block "
	@@ -4550,12 +4691,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3525
	+#: book.translate.xml:3508
	msgid "Formal Public Identifier (<acronym>FPI</acronym>)"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "正式公用識別碼 (<acronym>FPI</acronym>)"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3527
	+#: book.translate.xml:3510
	msgid ""
	"There are a number of <acronym>XHTML</acronym> <acronym>FPI</acronym>s, "
	"depending upon the version, or <emphasis>level</emphasis> of <acronym>XHTML</"
	@@ -4565,18 +4706,18 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3534
	+#: book.translate.xml:3517
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\""
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3538
	+#: book.translate.xml:3521
	msgid "Sectional Elements"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "分節元素"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3540
	+#: book.translate.xml:3523
	msgid ""
	"An <acronym>XHTML</acronym> document is normally split into two sections. "
	"The first section, called the <emphasis>head</emphasis>, contains meta-"
	@@ -4586,7 +4727,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3548
	+#: book.translate.xml:3531
	msgid ""
	"These sections are indicated with <tag>head</tag> and <tag>body</tag> "
	"elements respectively. These elements are contained within the top-level "
	@@ -4594,12 +4735,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3554
	+#: book.translate.xml:3537
	msgid "Normal <acronym>XHTML</acronym> Document Structure"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "一般的 <acronym>XHTML</acronym> 文件結構"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3557
	+#: book.translate.xml:3540
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
	@@ -4616,59 +4757,59 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3572 book.translate.xml:4717
	+#: book.translate.xml:3555 book.translate.xml:4700
	msgid "Block Elements"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "區塊元素"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3575
	+#: book.translate.xml:3558
	msgid "Headings"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "標題"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3577
	+#: book.translate.xml:3560
	msgid ""
	"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> has tags to denote headings in the document at up "
	"to six different levels."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3580
	+#: book.translate.xml:3563
	msgid ""
	"The largest and most prominent heading is <tag>h1</tag>, then <tag>h2</tag>, "
	"continuing down to <tag>h6</tag>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3584
	+#: book.translate.xml:3567
	msgid "The element's content is the text of the heading."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3587
	+#: book.translate.xml:3570
	msgid "<tag>h1</tag>, <tag>h2</tag>, and Other Header Tags"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>h1</tag>, <tag>h2</tag>, 以及其他標題標籤"

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3590 book.translate.xml:3625 book.translate.xml:3641
	-#: book.translate.xml:3686 book.translate.xml:3718 book.translate.xml:3795
	-#: book.translate.xml:3823 book.translate.xml:3845 book.translate.xml:3867
	-#: book.translate.xml:3923 book.translate.xml:3940 book.translate.xml:3970
	-#: book.translate.xml:3995 book.translate.xml:4736 book.translate.xml:4762
	-#: book.translate.xml:4843 book.translate.xml:4877 book.translate.xml:4924
	-#: book.translate.xml:4984 book.translate.xml:5046 book.translate.xml:5126
	-#: book.translate.xml:5260 book.translate.xml:5421 book.translate.xml:5480
	-#: book.translate.xml:5507 book.translate.xml:5537 book.translate.xml:5576
	-#: book.translate.xml:5684 book.translate.xml:5741 book.translate.xml:5792
	-#: book.translate.xml:5911 book.translate.xml:5979 book.translate.xml:6008
	-#: book.translate.xml:6029 book.translate.xml:6071 book.translate.xml:6126
	-#: book.translate.xml:6159 book.translate.xml:6176 book.translate.xml:6210
	-#: book.translate.xml:6234 book.translate.xml:6714 book.translate.xml:6730
	+#: book.translate.xml:3573 book.translate.xml:3608 book.translate.xml:3624
	+#: book.translate.xml:3669 book.translate.xml:3701 book.translate.xml:3778
	+#: book.translate.xml:3806 book.translate.xml:3828 book.translate.xml:3850
	+#: book.translate.xml:3906 book.translate.xml:3923 book.translate.xml:3953
	+#: book.translate.xml:3978 book.translate.xml:4719 book.translate.xml:4745
	+#: book.translate.xml:4826 book.translate.xml:4860 book.translate.xml:4907
	+#: book.translate.xml:4967 book.translate.xml:5029 book.translate.xml:5109
	+#: book.translate.xml:5243 book.translate.xml:5404 book.translate.xml:5463
	+#: book.translate.xml:5490 book.translate.xml:5520 book.translate.xml:5559
	+#: book.translate.xml:5667 book.translate.xml:5724 book.translate.xml:5775
	+#: book.translate.xml:5894 book.translate.xml:5962 book.translate.xml:5991
	+#: book.translate.xml:6012 book.translate.xml:6054 book.translate.xml:6109
	+#: book.translate.xml:6142 book.translate.xml:6159 book.translate.xml:6193
	+#: book.translate.xml:6217 book.translate.xml:6697 book.translate.xml:6713
	msgid "Usage:"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "用法："

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3592
	+#: book.translate.xml:3575
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">h1</tag>First section<tag class=\"endtag\">h1</tag>\n"
	@@ -4689,7 +4830,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3609
	+#: book.translate.xml:3592
	msgid ""
	"Generally, an <acronym>XHTML</acronym> page should have one first level "
	"heading (<tag>h1</tag>). This can contain many second level headings "
	@@ -4698,23 +4839,23 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3617 book.translate.xml:4720
	+#: book.translate.xml:3600 book.translate.xml:4703
	msgid "Paragraphs"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "段落"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3619
	+#: book.translate.xml:3602
	msgid ""
	"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> supports a single paragraph element, <tag>p</tag>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3623
	+#: book.translate.xml:3606
	msgid "<tag>p</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>p</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3627
	+#: book.translate.xml:3610
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a paragraph. It can contain just about any\n"
	@@ -4722,24 +4863,24 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3633 book.translate.xml:4749
	+#: book.translate.xml:3616 book.translate.xml:4732
	msgid "Block Quotations"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "區塊引言"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3635
	+#: book.translate.xml:3618
	msgid ""
	"A block quotation is an extended quotation from another document that will "
	"appear in a separate paragraph."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3639 book.translate.xml:4760
	+#: book.translate.xml:3622 book.translate.xml:4743
	msgid "<tag>blockquote</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>blockquote</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3643
	+#: book.translate.xml:3626
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>A small excerpt from the US Constitution:<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
	@@ -4753,19 +4894,19 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3655
	+#: book.translate.xml:3638
	msgid "Lists"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "清單"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3657
	+#: book.translate.xml:3640
	msgid ""
	"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> can present the user with three types of lists: "
	"ordered, unordered, and definition."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3660
	+#: book.translate.xml:3643
	msgid ""
	"Entries in an ordered list will be numbered, while entries in an unordered "
	"list will be preceded by bullet points. Definition lists have two sections "
	@@ -4774,14 +4915,14 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3666
	+#: book.translate.xml:3649
	msgid ""
	"Ordered lists are indicated by the <tag>ol</tag> element, unordered lists by "
	"the <tag>ul</tag> element, and definition lists by the <tag>dl</tag> element."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3671
	+#: book.translate.xml:3654
	msgid ""
	"Ordered and unordered lists contain listitems, indicated by the <tag>li</"
	"tag> element. A listitem can contain textual content, or it may be further "
	@@ -4789,7 +4930,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3676
	+#: book.translate.xml:3659
	msgid ""
	"Definition lists contain definition terms (<tag>dt</tag>) and definition "
	"descriptions (<tag>dd</tag>). A definition term can only contain inline "
	@@ -4797,12 +4938,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3683
	+#: book.translate.xml:3666
	msgid "<tag>ul</tag> and <tag>ol</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>ul</tag> 與 <tag>ol</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3688
	+#: book.translate.xml:3671
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>An unordered list. Listitems will probably be\n"
	@@ -4833,12 +4974,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3716
	+#: book.translate.xml:3699
	msgid "Definition Lists with <tag>dl</tag>"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "使用 <tag>dl</tag> 列定義清單"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3720
	+#: book.translate.xml:3703
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">dl</tag>\n"
	@@ -4859,12 +5000,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3739
	+#: book.translate.xml:3722
	msgid "Pre-formatted Text"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "已預排文字"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3741
	+#: book.translate.xml:3724
	msgid ""
	"Pre-formatted text is shown to the user exactly as it is in the file. Text "
	"is shown in a fixed font. Multiple spaces and line breaks are shown exactly "
	@@ -4872,24 +5013,24 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3746
	+#: book.translate.xml:3729
	msgid "Wrap pre-formatted text in the <tag>pre</tag> element."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3750
	+#: book.translate.xml:3733
	msgid "<tag>pre</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>pre</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3752
	+#: book.translate.xml:3735
	msgid ""
	"For example, the <tag>pre</tag> tags could be used to mark up an email "
	"message:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3755
	+#: book.translate.xml:3738
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">pre</tag> From: nik@FreeBSD.org\n"
	@@ -4907,7 +5048,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3768
	+#: book.translate.xml:3751
	msgid ""
	"Keep in mind that <literal><</literal> and <literal>&</literal> still "
	"are recognized as special characters in pre-formatted text. This is why the "
	@@ -4919,12 +5060,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3781 book.translate.xml:5233
	+#: book.translate.xml:3764 book.translate.xml:5216
	msgid "Tables"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "表格"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3783
	+#: book.translate.xml:3766
	msgid ""
	"Mark up tabular information using the <tag>table</tag> element. A table "
	"consists of one or more table rows (<tag>tr</tag>), each containing one or "
	@@ -4935,12 +5076,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3793
	+#: book.translate.xml:3776
	msgid "Simple Use of <tag>table</tag>"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>table</tag> 的簡單用法"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3797
	+#: book.translate.xml:3780
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a simple 2x2 table.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
	@@ -4961,7 +5102,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3814
	+#: book.translate.xml:3797
	msgid ""
	"A cell can span multiple rows and columns by adding the <tag class="
	"\"attribute\">rowspan</tag> or <tag class=\"attribute\">colspan</tag> "
	@@ -4969,12 +5110,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3820
	+#: book.translate.xml:3803
	msgid "Using <tag class=\"attribute\">rowspan</tag>"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "使用 <tag class=\"attribute\">rowspan</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3825
	+#: book.translate.xml:3808
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>One tall thin cell on the left, two short cells next to\n"
	@@ -4994,12 +5135,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3842
	+#: book.translate.xml:3825
	msgid "Using <tag class=\"attribute\">colspan</tag>"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "使用 <tag class=\"attribute\">colspan</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3847
	+#: book.translate.xml:3830
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>One long cell on top, two short cells below it.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
	@@ -5018,14 +5159,16 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3863
	+#: book.translate.xml:3846
	msgid ""
	"Using <tag class=\"attribute\">rowspan</tag> and <tag class=\"attribute"
	"\">colspan</tag> Together"
	msgstr ""
	+"<tag class=\"attribute\">rowspan</tag> 與 <tag class=\"attribute\">colspan</"
	+"tag> 一起使用"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3869
	+#: book.translate.xml:3852
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>On a 3x3 grid, the top left block is a 2x2 set of\n"
	@@ -5057,17 +5200,17 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3900 book.translate.xml:5459
	+#: book.translate.xml:3883 book.translate.xml:5442
	msgid "In-line Elements"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "行內元素"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3903 book.translate.xml:5462
	+#: book.translate.xml:3886 book.translate.xml:5445
	msgid "Emphasizing Information"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "強調資訊"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3905
	+#: book.translate.xml:3888
	msgid ""
	"Two levels of emphasis are available in <acronym>XHTML</acronym>, <tag>em</"
	"tag> and <tag>strong</tag>. <tag>em</tag> is for a normal level of emphasis "
	@@ -5075,7 +5218,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3911
	+#: book.translate.xml:3894
	msgid ""
	"<tag>em</tag> is typically rendered in italic and <tag>strong</tag> is "
	"rendered in bold. This is not always the case, and should not be relied "
	@@ -5085,12 +5228,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3920
	+#: book.translate.xml:3903
	msgid "<tag>em</tag> and <tag>strong</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>em</tag> 與 <tag>strong</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3925
	+#: book.translate.xml:3908
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">em</tag>This<tag class=\"endtag\">em</tag> has been emphasized, while\n"
	@@ -5098,24 +5241,24 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3931
	+#: book.translate.xml:3914
	msgid "Indicating Fixed-Pitch Text"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "標示等寬文字"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3933
	+#: book.translate.xml:3916
	msgid ""
	"Content that should be rendered in a fixed pitch (typewriter) typeface is "
	"tagged with <tag>tt</tag> (for <quote>teletype</quote>)."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3938
	+#: book.translate.xml:3921
	msgid "<tag>tt</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>tt</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3942
	+#: book.translate.xml:3925
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>Many system settings are stored in\n"
	@@ -5124,23 +5267,23 @@

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3948 book.translate.xml:6552
	+#: book.translate.xml:3931 book.translate.xml:6535
	msgid "Links"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "連結"

	#. (itstool) path: note/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3951
	+#: book.translate.xml:3934
	msgid "Links are also inline elements."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3955 book.translate.xml:6647
	+#: book.translate.xml:3938 book.translate.xml:6630
	msgid "Linking to Other Documents on the Web"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "連結在網站上的其他文件"

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3957
	+#: book.translate.xml:3940
	msgid ""
	"A link points to the <acronym>URL</acronym> of a document on the web. The "
	"link is indicated with <tag>a</tag>, and the <tag class=\"attribute\">href</"
	@@ -5150,12 +5293,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3967
	+#: book.translate.xml:3950
	msgid "Using <tag class=\"starttag\">a href=\"...\"</tag>"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "使用 <tag class=\"starttag\">a href=\"...\"</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3972
	+#: book.translate.xml:3955
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>More information is available at the\n"
	@@ -5163,17 +5306,17 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3976
	+#: book.translate.xml:3959
	msgid "This link always takes the user to the top of the linked document."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3981
	+#: book.translate.xml:3964
	msgid "Linking to Specific Parts of Documents"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "連結說明文件的特定章節"

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:3983
	+#: book.translate.xml:3966
	msgid ""
	"To link to a specific point within a document, that document must include an "
	"<emphasis>anchor</emphasis> at the desired point. Anchors are included by "
	@@ -5183,12 +5326,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:3993
	+#: book.translate.xml:3976
	msgid "Creating an Anchor"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "建立錨點"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:3997
	+#: book.translate.xml:3980
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">p id=\"samplepara\"</tag>This paragraph can be referenced\n"
	@@ -5196,7 +5339,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4001
	+#: book.translate.xml:3984
	msgid ""
	"Links to anchors are similar to plain links, but include a <literal>#</"
	"literal> symbol and the anchor's <acronym>ID</acronym> at the end of the "
	@@ -5204,12 +5347,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4007
	+#: book.translate.xml:3990
	msgid "Linking to a Named Part of a Different Document"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "連結到另一份文件中已命名的段落"

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4010
	+#: book.translate.xml:3993
	msgid ""
	"The <literal>samplepara</literal> example is part of a document called "
	"<filename>foo.html</filename>. A link to that specific paragraph in the "
	@@ -5217,7 +5360,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:4015
	+#: book.translate.xml:3998
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>More information can be found in the\n"
	@@ -5226,7 +5369,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4020
	+#: book.translate.xml:4003
	msgid ""
	"To link to a named anchor within the same document, omit the document's "
	"<acronym>URL</acronym>, and just use the <literal>#</literal> symbol "
	@@ -5234,19 +5377,19 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4026
	+#: book.translate.xml:4009
	msgid "Linking to a Named Part of the Same Document"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "連結到同一份文件已命名的段茖"

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4028
	+#: book.translate.xml:4011
	msgid ""
	"The <literal>samplepara</literal> example resides in this document. To link "
	"to it:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:4031
	+#: book.translate.xml:4014
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>More information can be found in the\n"
	@@ -5255,12 +5398,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4075
	+#: book.translate.xml:4058
	msgid "DocBook Markup"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "DocBook 標籤"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4080
	+#: book.translate.xml:4063
	msgid ""
	"This chapter is an introduction to DocBook as it is used for FreeBSD "
	"documentation. DocBook is a large and complex markup system, but the subset "
	@@ -5272,7 +5415,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: footnote/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4091
	+#: book.translate.xml:4074
	msgid ""
	"A short history can be found under <link xlink:href=\"http://www.oasis-open."
	"org/docbook/intro.shtml#d0e41\">http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/intro."
	@@ -5280,7 +5423,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4088
	+#: book.translate.xml:4071
	msgid ""
	"DocBook was originally developed by HaL Computer Systems and O'Reilly & "
	"Associates to be a Document Type Definition (<acronym>DTD</acronym>) for "
	@@ -5293,7 +5436,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4099
	+#: book.translate.xml:4082
	msgid ""
	"The DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym> is available from the Ports Collection in "
	"the <package>textproc/docbook-xml</package> port. It is automatically "
	@@ -5301,12 +5444,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: note/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4107
	+#: book.translate.xml:4090
	msgid "Formal Versus Informal"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: note/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4109
	+#: book.translate.xml:4092
	msgid ""
	"Some elements may exist in two forms, <emphasis>formal</emphasis> and "
	"<emphasis>informal</emphasis>. Typically, the formal version of the element "
	@@ -5315,12 +5458,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4129
	+#: book.translate.xml:4112
	msgid "FreeBSD Extensions"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "FreeBSD 擴充項目"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4131
	+#: book.translate.xml:4114
	msgid ""
	"The FreeBSD Documentation Project has extended the DocBook <acronym>DTD</"
	"acronym> with additional elements and entities. These additions serve to "
	@@ -5328,14 +5471,14 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4136
	+#: book.translate.xml:4119
	msgid ""
	"Throughout the rest of this document, the term <quote>DocBook</quote> is "
	"used to mean the FreeBSD-extended DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: note/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4141
	+#: book.translate.xml:4124
	msgid ""
	"Most of these extensions are not unique to FreeBSD, it was just felt that "
	"they were useful enhancements for this particular project. Should anyone "
	@@ -5345,12 +5488,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4150
	+#: book.translate.xml:4133
	msgid "FreeBSD Elements"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "FreeBSD 元素"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4152
	+#: book.translate.xml:4135
	msgid ""
	"The additional FreeBSD elements are not (currently) in the Ports Collection. "
	"They are stored in the FreeBSD Subversion tree, as <link xlink:href=\"http://"
	@@ -5359,18 +5502,18 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4156
	+#: book.translate.xml:4139
	msgid ""
	"FreeBSD-specific elements used in the examples below are clearly marked."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4161
	+#: book.translate.xml:4144
	msgid "FreeBSD Entities"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "FreeBSD Entities"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4163
	+#: book.translate.xml:4146
	msgid ""
	"This table shows some of the most useful entities available in the "
	"<acronym>FDP</acronym>. For a complete list, see the <filename>*.ent</"
	@@ -5378,155 +5521,155 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4183
	+#: book.translate.xml:4166
	msgid "<emphasis>FreeBSD Name Entities</emphasis>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4188
	+#: book.translate.xml:4171
	msgid "<literal>&os;</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4189
	+#: book.translate.xml:4172
	msgid "<literal>FreeBSD</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4194
	+#: book.translate.xml:4177
	msgid "<literal>&os.stable;</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4195
	+#: book.translate.xml:4178
	msgid "<literal>FreeBSD-STABLE</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4200
	+#: book.translate.xml:4183
	msgid "<literal>&os.current;</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4201
	+#: book.translate.xml:4184
	msgid "<literal>FreeBSD-CURRENT</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4212
	+#: book.translate.xml:4195
	msgid "Manual Page Entities"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4217
	+#: book.translate.xml:4200
	msgid "<literal>&man.ls.1;</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4218
	+#: book.translate.xml:4201
	msgid ""
	"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
	"citerefentry>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4219
	+#: book.translate.xml:4202
	msgid ""
	"Usage: <literal>&man.ls.1; is the manual page for <command>ls</"
	"command>.</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4225
	+#: book.translate.xml:4208
	msgid "<literal>&man.cp.1;</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4226
	+#: book.translate.xml:4209
	msgid ""
	"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
	"citerefentry>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4227
	+#: book.translate.xml:4210
	msgid ""
	"Usage: <literal>The manual page for <command>cp</command> is "
	"&man.cp.1;.</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4233
	+#: book.translate.xml:4216
	msgid ""
	"<literal>&man.<replaceable>command</replaceable>."
	"<replaceable>sectionnumber</replaceable>;</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4234
	+#: book.translate.xml:4217
	msgid ""
	"<emphasis>link to <replaceable>command</replaceable> manual page in section "
	"<replaceable>sectionnumber</replaceable></emphasis>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4238
	+#: book.translate.xml:4221
	msgid ""
	"Entities are defined for all the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/cgi/"
	"man.cgi\">FreeBSD manual pages</link>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4250
	+#: book.translate.xml:4233
	msgid "FreeBSD Mailing List Entities"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4255
	+#: book.translate.xml:4238
	msgid "<literal>&a.doc;</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4256
	+#: book.translate.xml:4239
	msgid ""
	"<literal><link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/"
	"freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD documentation project mailing list</link></literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4257
	+#: book.translate.xml:4240
	msgid "Usage: <literal>A link to the &a.doc;.</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4262
	+#: book.translate.xml:4245
	msgid "<literal>&a.questions;</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4263
	+#: book.translate.xml:4246
	msgid ""
	"<literal><link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/"
	"freebsd-questions\">FreeBSD general questions mailing list</link></literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4264
	+#: book.translate.xml:4247
	msgid "Usage: <literal>A link to the &a.questions;.</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4269
	+#: book.translate.xml:4252
	msgid "<literal>&a.<replaceable>listname</replaceable>;</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4270
	+#: book.translate.xml:4253
	msgid "<emphasis>link to <replaceable>listname</replaceable></emphasis>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4272
	+#: book.translate.xml:4255
	msgid ""
	"Entities are defined for all the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/"
	"en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/eresources.html#eresources-mail\">FreeBSD "
	@@ -5534,22 +5677,22 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4283
	+#: book.translate.xml:4266
	msgid "FreeBSD Document Link Entities"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4288
	+#: book.translate.xml:4271
	msgid "<literal>&url.books.handbook;</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4289
	+#: book.translate.xml:4272
	msgid "<literal>@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4290
	+#: book.translate.xml:4273
	msgid ""
	"Usage: <literal>A link to the <link xlink:href=\"&url.books.handbook;/"
	"advanced-networking.html\">Advanced Networking</link> chapter of "
	@@ -5557,191 +5700,191 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4297
	+#: book.translate.xml:4280
	msgid "<literal>&url.books.<replaceable>bookname</replaceable>;</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4298
	+#: book.translate.xml:4281
	msgid ""
	"<emphasis>relative path to <replaceable>bookname</replaceable></emphasis>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4300
	+#: book.translate.xml:4283
	msgid ""
	"Entities are defined for all the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/"
	"en_US.ISO8859-1/books/\">FreeBSD books</link>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4305
	+#: book.translate.xml:4288
	msgid "<literal>&url.articles.committers-guide;</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4306
	+#: book.translate.xml:4289
	msgid ""
	"<literal>@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/committers-guide</"
	"literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4307
	+#: book.translate.xml:4290
	msgid ""
	"Usage: <literal>A link to the <link xlink:href=\"&url.articles."
	"committers-guide;\">Committer's Guide</link> article.</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4314
	+#: book.translate.xml:4297
	msgid ""
	"<literal>&url.articles.<replaceable>articlename</replaceable>;</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4315
	+#: book.translate.xml:4298
	msgid ""
	"<emphasis>relative path to <replaceable>articlename</replaceable></emphasis>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4317
	+#: book.translate.xml:4300
	msgid ""
	"Entities are defined for all the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/"
	"en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/\">FreeBSD articles</link>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4328
	+#: book.translate.xml:4311
	msgid "Other Operating System Name Entities"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4333
	+#: book.translate.xml:4316
	msgid "<literal>&linux;</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4334
	+#: book.translate.xml:4317
	msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4335
	+#: book.translate.xml:4318
	msgid "The <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> operating system."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4339 book.translate.xml:8833
	+#: book.translate.xml:4322 book.translate.xml:8816
	msgid "<literal>&unix;</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4340 book.translate.xml:8832
	+#: book.translate.xml:4323 book.translate.xml:8815
	msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4341
	+#: book.translate.xml:4324
	msgid "The <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> operating system."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4345
	+#: book.translate.xml:4328
	msgid "<literal>&windows;</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4346
	+#: book.translate.xml:4329
	msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4347
	+#: book.translate.xml:4330
	msgid ""
	"The <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> operating system."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4357
	+#: book.translate.xml:4340
	msgid "Miscellaneous Entities"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4362
	+#: book.translate.xml:4345
	msgid "<literal>&prompt.root;</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4364
	+#: book.translate.xml:4347
	msgid "The <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user prompt."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4369
	+#: book.translate.xml:4352
	msgid "<literal>&prompt.user;</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4371
	+#: book.translate.xml:4354
	msgid "A prompt for an unprivileged user."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4375
	+#: book.translate.xml:4358
	msgid "<literal>&postscript;</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4376
	+#: book.translate.xml:4359
	msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4377
	+#: book.translate.xml:4360
	msgid ""
	"The <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> programming "
	"language."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4382
	+#: book.translate.xml:4365
	msgid "<literal>&tex;</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4383
	+#: book.translate.xml:4366
	msgid "<application>TeX</application>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4384
	+#: book.translate.xml:4367
	msgid "The <application>TeX</application> typesetting language."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4389
	+#: book.translate.xml:4372
	msgid "<literal>&xorg;</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4390
	+#: book.translate.xml:4373
	msgid "Xorg"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:4391
	+#: book.translate.xml:4374
	msgid "The Xorg open source X Window System."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4401
	+#: book.translate.xml:4384
	msgid "Formal Public Identifier (FPI)"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "正式公用識別碼 (FPI)"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4403
	+#: book.translate.xml:4386
	msgid ""
	"In compliance with the DocBook guidelines for writing <acronym>FPI</"
	"acronym>s for DocBook customizations, the <acronym>FPI</acronym> for the "
	@@ -5749,18 +5892,18 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:4408
	+#: book.translate.xml:4391
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook V4.2-Based Extension//EN\""
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4412
	+#: book.translate.xml:4395
	msgid "Document Structure"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "文件結構"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4414
	+#: book.translate.xml:4397
	msgid ""
	"DocBook allows structuring documentation in several ways. The FreeBSD "
	"Documentation Project uses two primary types of DocBook document: the book "
	@@ -5768,7 +5911,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4418
	+#: book.translate.xml:4401
	msgid ""
	"Books are organized into <tag>chapter</tag>s. This is a mandatory "
	"requirement. There may be <tag>part</tag>s between the book and the chapter "
	@@ -5777,7 +5920,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4424
	+#: book.translate.xml:4407
	msgid ""
	"A chapter may (or may not) contain one or more sections. These are indicated "
	"with the <tag>sect1</tag> element. If a section contains another section "
	@@ -5785,12 +5928,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4430
	+#: book.translate.xml:4413
	msgid "Chapters and sections contain the remainder of the content."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4433
	+#: book.translate.xml:4416
	msgid ""
	"An article is simpler than a book, and does not use chapters. Instead, the "
	"content of an article is organized into one or more sections, using the same "
	@@ -5799,7 +5942,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4439
	+#: book.translate.xml:4422
	msgid ""
	"The nature of the document being written should be used to determine whether "
	"it is best marked up as a book or an article. Articles are well suited to "
	@@ -5810,7 +5953,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4448
	+#: book.translate.xml:4431
	msgid ""
	"The <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/docs.html\">FreeBSD tutorials</"
	"link> are all marked up as articles, while this document, the <link xlink:"
	@@ -5821,12 +5964,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4455
	+#: book.translate.xml:4438
	msgid "Starting a Book"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "開始撰寫書籍"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4457
	+#: book.translate.xml:4440
	msgid ""
	"The content of a book is contained within the <tag>book</tag> element. As "
	"well as containing structural markup, this element can contain elements that "
	@@ -5836,17 +5979,18 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4464 book.translate.xml:4519
	+#: book.translate.xml:4447 book.translate.xml:4502
	msgid "This additional information is contained within <tag>info</tag>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4468
	+#: book.translate.xml:4451
	msgid "Boilerplate <tag>book</tag> with <tag>info</tag>"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "使用 <tag>info</tag> 的 <tag>book</tag> 樣板"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:4474
	+#: book.translate.xml:4457
	+#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">book</tag>\n"
	" <tag class=\"starttag\">info</tag>\n"
	@@ -5881,59 +6025,14 @@
	"\n"
	"<tag class=\"endtag\">book</tag>"
	msgstr ""
	-"<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook XML V5.0-Based Extension//EN\"\n"
	-"\t\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/XML/share/xml/freebsd50.dtd\">\n"
	-"\n"
	-"<tag class=\"starttag\">article xmlns=\"http://docbook.org/ns/docbook\"\n"
	-" xmlns:xlink=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink\" version=\"5.0\"\n"
	-" xml:lang=\"en\"</tag>\n"
	-"\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">info</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example Article<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
	-"\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">author</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">personname</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">firstname</tag>Your first name<tag class=\"endtag\">firstname</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">surname</tag>Your surname<tag class=\"endtag\">surname</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"endtag\">personname</tag>\n"
	-"\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
	-"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">address</tag>\n"
	-"\t <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag>foo@example.com<tag class=\"endtag\">email</tag>\n"
	-"\t<tag class=\"endtag\">address</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"endtag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"endtag\">author</tag>\n"
	-"\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">copyright</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">year</tag>2000<tag class=\"endtag\">year</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">holder</tag>Copyright string here<tag class=\"endtag\">holder</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"endtag\">copyright</tag>\n"
	-"\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>If your article has an abstract then it should go here。<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"endtag\">info</tag>\n"
	-"\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>My First Section<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
	-"\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first section in my article。<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
	-"\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect2</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>My First Sub-Section<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
	-"\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first sub-section in my article。<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect2</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
	-"<tag class=\"endtag\">article</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4510
	+#: book.translate.xml:4493
	msgid "Starting an Article"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "開始撰寫文章"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4512
	+#: book.translate.xml:4495
	msgid ""
	"The content of the article is contained within the <tag>article</tag> "
	"element. As well as containing structural markup, this element can contain "
	@@ -5943,12 +6042,13 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4523
	+#: book.translate.xml:4506
	msgid "Boilerplate <tag>article</tag> with <tag>info</tag>"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "使用 <tag>info</tag> 的 <tag>article</tag> 樣板"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:4529
	+#: book.translate.xml:4512
	+#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">article</tag>\n"
	" <tag class=\"starttag\">info</tag>\n"
	@@ -5983,59 +6083,14 @@
	"\n"
	"<tag class=\"endtag\">article</tag>"
	msgstr ""
	-"<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook XML V5.0-Based Extension//EN\"\n"
	-"\t\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/XML/share/xml/freebsd50.dtd\">\n"
	-"\n"
	-"<tag class=\"starttag\">article xmlns=\"http://docbook.org/ns/docbook\"\n"
	-" xmlns:xlink=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink\" version=\"5.0\"\n"
	-" xml:lang=\"en\"</tag>\n"
	-"\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">info</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example Article<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
	-"\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">author</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">personname</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">firstname</tag>Your first name<tag class=\"endtag\">firstname</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">surname</tag>Your surname<tag class=\"endtag\">surname</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"endtag\">personname</tag>\n"
	-"\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
	-"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">address</tag>\n"
	-"\t <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag>foo@example.com<tag class=\"endtag\">email</tag>\n"
	-"\t<tag class=\"endtag\">address</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"endtag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"endtag\">author</tag>\n"
	-"\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">copyright</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">year</tag>2000<tag class=\"endtag\">year</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">holder</tag>Copyright string here<tag class=\"endtag\">holder</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"endtag\">copyright</tag>\n"
	-"\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>If your article has an abstract then it should go here。<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"endtag\">info</tag>\n"
	-"\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>My First Section<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
	-"\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first section in my article。<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
	-"\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect2</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>My First Sub-Section<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
	-"\n"
	-" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first sub-section in my article。<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect2</tag>\n"
	-" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
	-"<tag class=\"endtag\">article</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4565
	+#: book.translate.xml:4548
	msgid "Indicating Chapters"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "標示章節"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4567
	+#: book.translate.xml:4550
	msgid ""
	"Use <tag>chapter</tag> to mark up your chapters. Each chapter has a "
	"mandatory <tag>title</tag>. Articles do not contain chapters, they are "
	@@ -6043,12 +6098,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4573
	+#: book.translate.xml:4556
	msgid "A Simple Chapter"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "簡單的章節"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:4575
	+#: book.translate.xml:4558
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
	@@ -6059,7 +6114,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4582
	+#: book.translate.xml:4565
	msgid ""
	"A chapter cannot be empty; it must contain elements in addition to "
	"<tag>title</tag>. If you need to include an empty chapter then just use an "
	@@ -6067,12 +6122,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4588
	+#: book.translate.xml:4571
	msgid "Empty Chapters"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "空白章節"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:4590
	+#: book.translate.xml:4573
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
	@@ -6083,12 +6138,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4599
	+#: book.translate.xml:4582
	msgid "Sections Below Chapters"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "章底下的小節"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4601
	+#: book.translate.xml:4584
	msgid ""
	"In books, chapters may (but do not need to) be broken up into sections, "
	"subsections, and so on. In articles, sections are the main structural "
	@@ -6099,7 +6154,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4609
	+#: book.translate.xml:4592
	msgid ""
	"The first <tag>sect<replaceable>n</replaceable></tag> is <tag>sect1</tag>. "
	"You can have one or more of these in a chapter. They can contain one or more "
	@@ -6107,12 +6162,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4617
	+#: book.translate.xml:4600
	msgid "Sections in Chapters"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "章中的小節"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:4619
	+#: book.translate.xml:4602
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
	@@ -6149,7 +6204,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: note/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4653
	+#: book.translate.xml:4636
	msgid ""
	"Section numbers are automatically generated and prepended to titles when the "
	"document is rendered to an output format. The generated section numbers and "
	@@ -6157,37 +6212,37 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4660
	+#: book.translate.xml:4643
	msgid "1.1. First Section"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4664
	+#: book.translate.xml:4647
	msgid "1.2. Second Section"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4668
	+#: book.translate.xml:4651
	msgid "1.2.1. First Sub-Section"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4672
	+#: book.translate.xml:4655
	msgid "1.2.1.1. First Sub-Sub-Section"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4676
	+#: book.translate.xml:4659
	msgid "1.2.2. Second Sub-Section"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4683
	+#: book.translate.xml:4666
	msgid "Subdividing Using <tag>part</tag> Elements"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "使用 <tag>part</tag> 元素來分部"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4686
	+#: book.translate.xml:4669
	msgid ""
	"<tag>part</tag>s introduce another level of organization between <tag>book</"
	"tag> and <tag>chapter</tag> with one or more <tag>part</tag>s. This cannot "
	@@ -6195,7 +6250,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:4692
	+#: book.translate.xml:4675
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">part</tag>\n"
	@@ -6222,14 +6277,14 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4722
	+#: book.translate.xml:4705
	msgid ""
	"DocBook supports three types of paragraphs: <tag>formalpara</tag>, "
	"<tag>para</tag>, and <tag>simpara</tag>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4726
	+#: book.translate.xml:4709
	msgid ""
	"Almost all paragraphs in FreeBSD documentation use <tag>para</tag>. "
	"<tag>formalpara</tag> includes a <tag>title</tag> element, and <tag>simpara</"
	@@ -6238,12 +6293,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4734
	+#: book.translate.xml:4717
	msgid "<tag>para</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>para</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:4738
	+#: book.translate.xml:4721
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is a paragraph. It can contain just about any\n"
	@@ -6252,41 +6307,41 @@

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4741 book.translate.xml:4779 book.translate.xml:4856
	-#: book.translate.xml:4887 book.translate.xml:4946 book.translate.xml:5008
	-#: book.translate.xml:5076 book.translate.xml:5143 book.translate.xml:5201
	-#: book.translate.xml:5285 book.translate.xml:5325 book.translate.xml:5434
	-#: book.translate.xml:5486 book.translate.xml:5515 book.translate.xml:5543
	-#: book.translate.xml:5591 book.translate.xml:5703 book.translate.xml:5753
	-#: book.translate.xml:5800 book.translate.xml:5937 book.translate.xml:5985
	-#: book.translate.xml:6014 book.translate.xml:6035 book.translate.xml:6087
	-#: book.translate.xml:6133 book.translate.xml:6163 book.translate.xml:6186
	-#: book.translate.xml:6216 book.translate.xml:6238 book.translate.xml:6690
	-#: book.translate.xml:6704 book.translate.xml:6719 book.translate.xml:6737
	+#: book.translate.xml:4724 book.translate.xml:4762 book.translate.xml:4839
	+#: book.translate.xml:4870 book.translate.xml:4929 book.translate.xml:4991
	+#: book.translate.xml:5059 book.translate.xml:5126 book.translate.xml:5184
	+#: book.translate.xml:5268 book.translate.xml:5308 book.translate.xml:5417
	+#: book.translate.xml:5469 book.translate.xml:5498 book.translate.xml:5526
	+#: book.translate.xml:5574 book.translate.xml:5686 book.translate.xml:5736
	+#: book.translate.xml:5783 book.translate.xml:5920 book.translate.xml:5968
	+#: book.translate.xml:5997 book.translate.xml:6018 book.translate.xml:6070
	+#: book.translate.xml:6116 book.translate.xml:6146 book.translate.xml:6169
	+#: book.translate.xml:6199 book.translate.xml:6221 book.translate.xml:6673
	+#: book.translate.xml:6687 book.translate.xml:6702 book.translate.xml:6720
	msgid "Appearance:"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "輸出結果："

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4743
	+#: book.translate.xml:4726
	msgid "This is a paragraph. It can contain just about any other element."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4751
	+#: book.translate.xml:4734
	msgid ""
	"A block quotation is an extended quotation from another document that should "
	"not appear within the current paragraph. These are rarely needed."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4755
	+#: book.translate.xml:4738
	msgid ""
	"Blockquotes can optionally contain a title and an attribution (or they can "
	"be left untitled and unattributed)."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:4764
	+#: book.translate.xml:4747
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>A small excerpt from the US Constitution:<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
	@@ -6306,22 +6361,22 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4781
	+#: book.translate.xml:4764
	msgid "A small excerpt from the US Constitution:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: blockquote/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4784
	+#: book.translate.xml:4767
	msgid "Preamble to the Constitution of the United States"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: blockquote/attribution
	-#: book.translate.xml:4787
	+#: book.translate.xml:4770
	msgid "Copied from a web site somewhere"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4790
	+#: book.translate.xml:4773
	msgid ""
	"We the People of the United States, in Order to form a more perfect Union, "
	"establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility, provide for the common "
	@@ -6331,12 +6386,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4802
	+#: book.translate.xml:4785
	msgid "Tips, Notes, Warnings, Cautions, and Important Information"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "提示、注意、警告、注意事項及重要資訊"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4805
	+#: book.translate.xml:4788
	msgid ""
	"Extra information may need to be separated from the main body of the text. "
	"Typically this is <quote>meta</quote> information of which the user should "
	@@ -6344,49 +6399,49 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4810
	+#: book.translate.xml:4793
	msgid ""
	"Several types of admonitions are available: <tag>tip</tag>, <tag>note</tag>, "
	"<tag>warning</tag>, <tag>caution</tag>, and <tag>important</tag>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4815
	+#: book.translate.xml:4798
	msgid ""
	"Which admonition to choose depends on the situation. The DocBook "
	"documentation suggests:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4821
	+#: book.translate.xml:4804
	msgid "Note is for information that should be heeded by all readers."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4826
	+#: book.translate.xml:4809
	msgid "Important is a variation on Note."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4830
	+#: book.translate.xml:4813
	msgid ""
	"Caution is for information regarding possible data loss or software damage."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4835
	+#: book.translate.xml:4818
	msgid ""
	"Warning is for information regarding possible hardware damage or injury to "
	"life or limb."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4841
	+#: book.translate.xml:4824
	msgid "<tag>tip</tag> and <tag>important</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>tip</tag> 與 <tag>important</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:4845
	+#: book.translate.xml:4828
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">tip</tag>\n"
	@@ -6401,29 +6456,29 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: tip/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4859
	+#: book.translate.xml:4842
	msgid "FreeBSD may reduce stress."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: important/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4863
	+#: book.translate.xml:4846
	msgid ""
	"Please use admonitions sparingly. Too many admonitions are visually jarring "
	"and can have the opposite of the intended effect."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4872
	+#: book.translate.xml:4855
	msgid "Examples can be shown with <tag>example</tag>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4875
	+#: book.translate.xml:4858
	msgid "<tag>example</tag> Source"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>example</tag> 原始碼"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:4879
	+#: book.translate.xml:4862
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">example</tag>\n"
	@@ -6434,35 +6489,35 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4890
	+#: book.translate.xml:4873
	msgid "Rendered <tag>example</tag>"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>example</tag> 的結果"

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4892
	+#: book.translate.xml:4875
	msgid "Empty files can be created easily:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:4894
	+#: book.translate.xml:4877
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>touch file1 file2 file3</userinput>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4899
	+#: book.translate.xml:4882
	msgid "Lists and Procedures"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "清單與步驟"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4901
	+#: book.translate.xml:4884
	msgid ""
	"Information often needs to be presented as lists, or as a number of steps "
	"that must be carried out in order to accomplish a particular goal."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4905
	+#: book.translate.xml:4888
	msgid ""
	"To do this, use <tag>itemizedlist</tag>, <tag>orderedlist</tag>, "
	"<tag>variablelist</tag>, or <tag>procedure</tag>. There are other types of "
	@@ -6470,7 +6525,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4910
	+#: book.translate.xml:4893
	msgid ""
	"<tag>itemizedlist</tag> and <tag>orderedlist</tag> are similar to their "
	"counterparts in <acronym>HTML</acronym>, <tag>ul</tag> and <tag>ol</tag>. "
	@@ -6481,12 +6536,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4921
	+#: book.translate.xml:4904
	msgid "<tag>itemizedlist</tag> and <tag>orderedlist</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>itemizedlist</tag> 與 <tag>orderedlist</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:4926
	+#: book.translate.xml:4909
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">itemizedlist</tag>\n"
	@@ -6511,28 +6566,28 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4950
	+#: book.translate.xml:4933
	msgid "This is the first itemized item."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4954
	+#: book.translate.xml:4937
	msgid "This is the second itemized item."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4960
	+#: book.translate.xml:4943
	msgid "This is the first ordered item."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4964
	+#: book.translate.xml:4947
	msgid "This is the second ordered item."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#docbook-markup-varlist
	-#: book.translate.xml:4969
	+#: book.translate.xml:4952
	msgid ""
	"An alternate and often useful way of presenting information is the "
	"<tag>variablelist</tag>. These are lists where each entry has a term and a "
	@@ -6542,19 +6597,19 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:4977
	+#: book.translate.xml:4960
	msgid ""
	"A <tag>variablelist</tag> has a <tag>title</tag>, and then pairs of "
	"<tag>term</tag> and <tag>listitem</tag> entries."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:4982
	+#: book.translate.xml:4965
	msgid "<tag>variablelist</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>variablelist</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:4986
	+#: book.translate.xml:4969
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">variablelist</tag>\n"
	@@ -6581,31 +6636,31 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
	-#: book.translate.xml:5012
	+#: book.translate.xml:4995
	msgid "Parallel"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5015
	+#: book.translate.xml:4998
	msgid ""
	"In parallel communications, groups of bits arrive at the same time over "
	"multiple communications channels."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
	-#: book.translate.xml:5022
	+#: book.translate.xml:5005
	msgid "Serial"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5025
	+#: book.translate.xml:5008
	msgid ""
	"In serial communications, bits arrive one at a time over a single "
	"communications channel."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5032
	+#: book.translate.xml:5015
	msgid ""
	"A <tag>procedure</tag> shows a series of <tag>step</tag>s, which may in turn "
	"consist of more <tag>step</tag>s or <tag>substep</tag>s. Each <tag>step</"
	@@ -6613,7 +6668,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5038
	+#: book.translate.xml:5021
	msgid ""
	"Sometimes, steps are not sequential, but present a choice: do "
	"<emphasis>this</emphasis> or do <emphasis>that</emphasis>, but not both. For "
	@@ -6621,12 +6676,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5044
	+#: book.translate.xml:5027
	msgid "<tag>procedure</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>procedure</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:5048
	+#: book.translate.xml:5031
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">procedure</tag>\n"
	@@ -6659,49 +6714,49 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5080
	+#: book.translate.xml:5063
	msgid "Do this."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5084
	+#: book.translate.xml:5067
	msgid "Then do this."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5088
	+#: book.translate.xml:5071
	msgid "And now do this."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5092
	+#: book.translate.xml:5075
	msgid "Finally, do one of these:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5096
	+#: book.translate.xml:5079
	msgid "Go left."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5100
	+#: book.translate.xml:5083
	msgid "Go right."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5109
	+#: book.translate.xml:5092
	msgid "Showing File Samples"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "顯示檔案範本"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5111
	+#: book.translate.xml:5094
	msgid ""
	"Fragments of a file (or perhaps a complete file) are shown by wrapping them "
	"in the <tag>programlisting</tag> element."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5115
	+#: book.translate.xml:5098
	msgid ""
	"White space and line breaks within <tag>programlisting</tag> <emphasis>are</"
	"emphasis> significant. In particular, this means that the opening tag should "
	@@ -6711,12 +6766,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5124
	+#: book.translate.xml:5107
	msgid "<tag>programlisting</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>programlisting</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:5128
	+#: book.translate.xml:5111
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>When finished, the program will look like\n"
	@@ -6732,19 +6787,19 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5139
	+#: book.translate.xml:5122
	msgid ""
	"Notice how the angle brackets in the <literal>#include</literal> line need "
	"to be referenced by their entities instead of being included literally."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5145 book.translate.xml:5203
	+#: book.translate.xml:5128 book.translate.xml:5186
	msgid "When finished, the program will look like this:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:5147
	+#: book.translate.xml:5130
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"#include <stdio.h>\n"
	@@ -6757,19 +6812,19 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5158
	+#: book.translate.xml:5141
	msgid "Callouts"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "標註"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5160
	+#: book.translate.xml:5143
	msgid ""
	"A callout is a visual marker for referring to a piece of text or specific "
	"position within an example."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5164
	+#: book.translate.xml:5147
	msgid ""
	"Callouts are marked with the <tag>co</tag> element. Each element must have a "
	"unique <literal>id</literal> assigned to it. After the example, include a "
	@@ -6777,12 +6832,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5171
	+#: book.translate.xml:5154
	msgid "<tag>co</tag> and <tag>calloutlist</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>co</tag> 與 <tag>calloutlist</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:5174
	+#: book.translate.xml:5157
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>When finished, the program will look like\n"
	@@ -6814,7 +6869,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:5205
	+#: book.translate.xml:5188
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"#include <stdio.h> <co xml:id=\"co-ex-include\"/>\n"
	@@ -6827,24 +6882,24 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: callout/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5215
	+#: book.translate.xml:5198
	msgid "Includes the standard IO header file."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: callout/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5219
	+#: book.translate.xml:5202
	msgid "Specifies that <function>main()</function> returns an int."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: callout/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5224
	+#: book.translate.xml:5207
	msgid ""
	"The <function>printf()</function> call that writes <literal>hello, world</"
	"literal> to standard output."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5235
	+#: book.translate.xml:5218
	msgid ""
	"Unlike <acronym>HTML</acronym>, DocBook does not need tables for layout "
	"purposes, as the stylesheet handles those issues. Instead, just use tables "
	@@ -6852,7 +6907,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5240
	+#: book.translate.xml:5223
	msgid ""
	"In general terms (and see the DocBook documentation for more detail) a table "
	"(which can be either formal or informal) consists of a <tag>table</tag> "
	@@ -6864,7 +6919,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5251
	+#: book.translate.xml:5234
	msgid ""
	"Both <tag>tgroup</tag> and <tag>thead</tag> contain <tag>row</tag> elements, "
	"which in turn contain <tag>entry</tag> elements. Each <tag>entry</tag> "
	@@ -6872,12 +6927,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5258
	+#: book.translate.xml:5241
	msgid "<tag>informaltable</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>informaltable</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:5262
	+#: book.translate.xml:5245
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">informaltable pgwide=\"1\"</tag>\n"
	@@ -6905,37 +6960,37 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:5291 book.translate.xml:5331
	+#: book.translate.xml:5274 book.translate.xml:5314
	msgid "This is Column Head 1"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:5292 book.translate.xml:5332
	+#: book.translate.xml:5275 book.translate.xml:5315
	msgid "This is Column Head 2"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:5298 book.translate.xml:5338
	+#: book.translate.xml:5281 book.translate.xml:5321
	msgid "Row 1, column 1"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:5299 book.translate.xml:5339
	+#: book.translate.xml:5282 book.translate.xml:5322
	msgid "Row 1, column 2"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:5303 book.translate.xml:5343
	+#: book.translate.xml:5286 book.translate.xml:5326
	msgid "Row 2, column 1"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:5304 book.translate.xml:5344
	+#: book.translate.xml:5287 book.translate.xml:5327
	msgid "Row 2, column 2"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5311
	+#: book.translate.xml:5294
	msgid ""
	"Always use the <literal>pgwide</literal> attribute with a value of "
	"<literal>1</literal> with the <tag>informaltable</tag> element. A bug in "
	@@ -6944,7 +6999,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5317
	+#: book.translate.xml:5300
	msgid ""
	"Table borders can be suppressed by setting the <literal>frame</literal> "
	"attribute to <literal>none</literal> in the <tag>informaltable</tag> "
	@@ -6952,17 +7007,17 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5323
	+#: book.translate.xml:5306
	msgid "Table with <literal>frame=\"none\"</literal> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "表格使用 <literal>frame=\"none\"</literal> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5353
	+#: book.translate.xml:5336
	msgid "Examples for the User to Follow"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "給使用者遵循的範例"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5355
	+#: book.translate.xml:5338
	msgid ""
	"Examples for the user to follow are often necessary. Typically, these will "
	"consist of dialogs with the computer; the user types in a command, the user "
	@@ -6970,36 +7025,36 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5360
	+#: book.translate.xml:5343
	msgid "A number of distinct elements and entities come into play here."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
	-#: book.translate.xml:5365
	+#: book.translate.xml:5348
	msgid "<tag>screen</tag>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5368
	+#: book.translate.xml:5351
	msgid ""
	"Everything the user sees in this example will be on the computer screen, so "
	"the next element is <tag>screen</tag>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5372
	+#: book.translate.xml:5355
	msgid "Within <tag>screen</tag>, white space is significant."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
	-#: book.translate.xml:5378
	+#: book.translate.xml:5361
	msgid ""
	"<tag>prompt</tag>, <literal>&prompt.root;</literal> and <literal>&"
	"prompt.user;</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5383
	+#: book.translate.xml:5366
	msgid ""
	"Some of the things the user will be seeing on the screen are prompts from "
	"the computer (either from the operating system, command shell, or "
	@@ -7007,7 +7062,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5389
	+#: book.translate.xml:5372
	msgid ""
	"As a special case, the two shell prompts for the normal user and the root "
	"user have been provided as entities. To indicate the user is at a shell "
	@@ -7017,7 +7072,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: note/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5398
	+#: book.translate.xml:5381
	msgid ""
	"<literal>&prompt.root;</literal> and <literal>&prompt.user;</"
	"literal> are FreeBSD extensions to DocBook, and are not part of the original "
	@@ -7025,12 +7080,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
	-#: book.translate.xml:5407
	+#: book.translate.xml:5390
	msgid "<tag>userinput</tag>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5410
	+#: book.translate.xml:5393
	msgid ""
	"When displaying text that the user should type in, wrap it in "
	"<tag>userinput</tag> tags. It will be displayed differently than system "
	@@ -7038,12 +7093,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5418
	+#: book.translate.xml:5401
	msgid "<tag>screen</tag>, <tag>prompt</tag>, and <tag>userinput</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>screen</tag>, <tag>prompt</tag> 與 <tag>userinput</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:5423
	+#: book.translate.xml:5406
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag>&prompt.user; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>ls -1<tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</tag>\n"
	@@ -7059,7 +7114,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:5436
	+#: book.translate.xml:5419
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -1</userinput>\n"
	@@ -7075,7 +7130,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: note/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5449
	+#: book.translate.xml:5432
	msgid ""
	"Even though we are displaying the contents of the file <filename>foo2</"
	"filename>, it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked up as <tag>programlisting</"
	@@ -7084,7 +7139,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5464
	+#: book.translate.xml:5447
	msgid ""
	"To emphasize a particular word or phrase, use <tag>emphasis</tag>. This may "
	"be presented as italic, or bold, or might be spoken differently with a text-"
	@@ -7092,7 +7147,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5469
	+#: book.translate.xml:5452
	msgid ""
	"There is no way to change the presentation of the emphasis within the "
	"document, no equivalent of <acronym>HTML</acronym>'s <tag>b</tag> and "
	@@ -7101,12 +7156,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5478
	+#: book.translate.xml:5461
	msgid "<tag>emphasis</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>emphasis</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:5482
	+#: book.translate.xml:5465
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>&os; is without doubt <tag class=\"starttag\">emphasis</tag>the<tag class=\"endtag\">emphasis</tag>\n"
	@@ -7115,7 +7170,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5488
	+#: book.translate.xml:5471
	msgid ""
	"FreeBSD is without doubt <emphasis>the</emphasis> premiere <trademark class="
	"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-like operating system for the Intel "
	@@ -7123,12 +7178,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5495 book.translate.xml:8529
	+#: book.translate.xml:5478 book.translate.xml:8512
	msgid "Acronyms"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "縮寫"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5497
	+#: book.translate.xml:5480
	msgid ""
	"Many computer terms are <emphasis>acronyms</emphasis>, words formed from the "
	"first letter of each word in a phrase. Acronyms are marked up into "
	@@ -7137,12 +7192,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5505
	+#: book.translate.xml:5488
	msgid "<tag>acronym</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>acronym</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:5509
	+#: book.translate.xml:5492
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Request For Comments (<tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>RFC<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag>) 1149\n"
	@@ -7153,7 +7208,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5517
	+#: book.translate.xml:5500
	msgid ""
	"Request For Comments (<acronym>RFC</acronym>) 1149 defined the use of avian "
	"carriers for transmission of Internet Protocol (<acronym>IP</acronym>) data. "
	@@ -7162,12 +7217,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5526
	+#: book.translate.xml:5509
	msgid "Quotations"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "引言"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5528
	+#: book.translate.xml:5511
	msgid ""
	"To quote text from another document or source, or to denote a phrase that is "
	"used figuratively, use <tag>quote</tag>. Most of the markup tags available "
	@@ -7175,12 +7230,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5535
	+#: book.translate.xml:5518
	msgid "<tag>quote</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>quote</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:5539
	+#: book.translate.xml:5522
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>However, make sure that the search does not go beyond the\n"
	@@ -7189,7 +7244,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5545
	+#: book.translate.xml:5528
	msgid ""
	"However, make sure that the search does not go beyond the <quote>boundary "
	"between local and public administration</quote>, as <acronym>RFC</acronym> "
	@@ -7197,12 +7252,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5553
	+#: book.translate.xml:5536
	msgid "Keys, Mouse Buttons, and Combinations"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "鍵盤按鍵、滑鼠按鍵及組合鍵"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5555
	+#: book.translate.xml:5538
	msgid ""
	"To refer to a specific key on the keyboard, use <tag>keycap</tag>. To refer "
	"to a mouse button, use <tag>mousebutton</tag>. And to refer to combinations "
	@@ -7210,7 +7265,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5561
	+#: book.translate.xml:5544
	msgid ""
	"<tag>keycombo</tag> has an attribute called <literal>action</literal>, which "
	"may be one of <literal>click</literal>, <literal>double-click</literal>, "
	@@ -7220,19 +7275,19 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5569
	+#: book.translate.xml:5552
	msgid ""
	"The stylesheets automatically add any connecting symbols, such as <literal>"
	"+</literal>, between the key names, when wrapped in <tag>keycombo</tag>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5574
	+#: book.translate.xml:5557
	msgid "Keys, Mouse Buttons, and Combinations Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "鍵盤按鍵、滑鼠案件及組合鍵範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:5578
	+#: book.translate.xml:5561
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>To switch to the second virtual terminal, press\n"
	@@ -7250,14 +7305,14 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5593
	+#: book.translate.xml:5576
	msgid ""
	"To switch to the second virtual terminal, press <keycombo action=\"simul"
	"\"><keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5597
	+#: book.translate.xml:5580
	msgid ""
	"To exit <command>vi</command> without saving changes, type <keycombo action="
	"\"seq\"> <keycap>Esc</keycap> <keycap>:</keycap> <keycap>q</keycap> <keycap>!"
	@@ -7265,7 +7320,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5604
	+#: book.translate.xml:5587
	msgid ""
	"My window manager is configured so that <keycombo action=\"simul\"> "
	"<keycap>Alt</keycap> <mousebutton>right</mousebutton></keycombo> mouse "
	@@ -7273,12 +7328,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5613
	+#: book.translate.xml:5596
	msgid "Applications, Commands, Options, and Cites"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "應用程式、指令、選項與引用"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5615
	+#: book.translate.xml:5598
	msgid ""
	"Both applications and commands are frequently referred to when writing "
	"documentation. The distinction between them is that an application is the "
	@@ -7288,13 +7343,13 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5622
	+#: book.translate.xml:5605
	msgid ""
	"It is often necessary to show some of the options that a command might take."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5625
	+#: book.translate.xml:5608
	msgid ""
	"Finally, it is often useful to list a command with its manual section "
	"number, in the <quote>command(number)</quote> format so common in Unix "
	@@ -7302,12 +7357,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5629
	+#: book.translate.xml:5612
	msgid "Mark up application names with <tag>application</tag>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5632
	+#: book.translate.xml:5615
	msgid ""
	"To list a command with its manual section number (which should be most of "
	"the time) the DocBook element is <tag>citerefentry</tag>. This will contain "
	@@ -7317,7 +7372,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5642
	+#: book.translate.xml:5625
	msgid ""
	"This can be cumbersome to write, and so a series of <link linkend=\"xml-"
	"primer-general-entities\">general entities</link> have been created to make "
	@@ -7327,27 +7382,27 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5648
	+#: book.translate.xml:5631
	msgid ""
	"The file that contains these entities is in <filename>doc/share/xml/man-refs."
	"ent</filename>, and can be referred to using this <acronym>FPI</acronym>:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:5652
	+#: book.translate.xml:5635
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//ENTITIES DocBook Manual Page Entities//EN\""
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5654
	+#: book.translate.xml:5637
	msgid ""
	"Therefore, the introduction to FreeBSD documentation will usually include "
	"this:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:5657
	+#: book.translate.xml:5640
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook V4.1-Based Extension//EN\" [\n"
	@@ -7361,21 +7416,21 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5666
	+#: book.translate.xml:5649
	msgid ""
	"Use <tag>command</tag> to include a command name <quote>in-line</quote> but "
	"present it as something the user should type."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5670
	+#: book.translate.xml:5653
	msgid ""
	"Use <tag>option</tag> to mark up the options which will be passed to a "
	"command."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5673
	+#: book.translate.xml:5656
	msgid ""
	"When referring to the same command multiple times in close proximity, it is "
	"preferred to use the <literal>&man.<replaceable>command</replaceable>."
	@@ -7386,12 +7441,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5682
	+#: book.translate.xml:5665
	msgid "Applications, Commands, and Options Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "應用程式、指令、選項範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:5686
	+#: book.translate.xml:5669
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">application</tag>Sendmail<tag class=\"endtag\">application</tag> is the most\n"
	@@ -7413,14 +7468,14 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5705
	+#: book.translate.xml:5688
	msgid ""
	"<application>Sendmail</application> is the most widely used Unix mail "
	"application."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5708
	+#: book.translate.xml:5691
	msgid ""
	"<application>Sendmail</application> includes the <citerefentry> "
	"<refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
	@@ -7431,7 +7486,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5715
	+#: book.translate.xml:5698
	msgid ""
	"One of the command line parameters to <citerefentry> "
	"<refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
	@@ -7441,31 +7496,31 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: note/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5726
	+#: book.translate.xml:5709
	msgid ""
	"Notice how the <literal>&man.<replaceable>command</replaceable>."
	"<replaceable>section</replaceable>;</literal> notation is easier to follow."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5733
	+#: book.translate.xml:5716
	msgid "Files, Directories, Extensions, Device Names"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "檔案、目錄、副檔名、裝置名稱"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5735
	+#: book.translate.xml:5718
	msgid ""
	"To refer to the name of a file, a directory, a file extension, or a device "
	"name, use <tag>filename</tag>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5739
	+#: book.translate.xml:5722
	msgid "<tag>filename</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>filename</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:5743
	+#: book.translate.xml:5726
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The source for the Handbook in English is found in\n"
	@@ -7480,7 +7535,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5755
	+#: book.translate.xml:5738
	msgid ""
	"The source for the Handbook in English is found in <filename>/usr/doc/en_US."
	"ISO8859-1/books/handbook/</filename>. The main file is called <filename>book."
	@@ -7489,31 +7544,31 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5761
	+#: book.translate.xml:5744
	msgid ""
	"<filename>kbd0</filename> is the first keyboard detected by the system, and "
	"appears in <filename>/dev</filename>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5768
	+#: book.translate.xml:5751
	msgid "The Name of Ports"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "Port 名稱"

	#. (itstool) path: note/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5771 book.translate.xml:5815 book.translate.xml:6047
	+#: book.translate.xml:5754 book.translate.xml:5798 book.translate.xml:6030
	msgid "FreeBSD Extension"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: note/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5773 book.translate.xml:5817 book.translate.xml:6049
	+#: book.translate.xml:5756 book.translate.xml:5800 book.translate.xml:6032
	msgid ""
	"These elements are part of the FreeBSD extension to DocBook, and do not "
	"exist in the original DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5778
	+#: book.translate.xml:5761
	msgid ""
	"To include the name of a program from the FreeBSD Ports Collection in the "
	"document, use the <tag>package</tag> tag. Since the Ports Collection can be "
	@@ -7522,7 +7577,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5784
	+#: book.translate.xml:5767
	msgid ""
	"By default, <tag>package</tag> refers to a binary package. To refer to a "
	"port that will be built from source, set the <literal>role</literal> "
	@@ -7530,12 +7585,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5790
	+#: book.translate.xml:5773
	msgid "<tag>package</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>package</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:5794
	+#: book.translate.xml:5777
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Install the <tag class=\"starttag\">package</tag>net/wireshark<tag class=\"endtag\">package</tag> binary\n"
	@@ -7546,27 +7601,27 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5802
	+#: book.translate.xml:5785
	msgid ""
	"Install the <package>net/wireshark</package> binary package to view network "
	"traffic."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5805
	+#: book.translate.xml:5788
	msgid ""
	"<package role=\"port\">net/wireshark</package> can also be built and "
	"installed from the Ports Collection."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5811
	+#: book.translate.xml:5794
	msgid ""
	"Hosts, Domains, IP Addresses, User Names, Group Names, and Other System Items"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "主機、網域、IP 位址、使用名稱、群組名稱及其他系統項目"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5822
	+#: book.translate.xml:5805
	msgid ""
	"Information for <quote>system items</quote> is marked up with "
	"<tag>systemitem</tag>. The <literal>class</literal> attribute is used to "
	@@ -7574,60 +7629,60 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
	-#: book.translate.xml:5829
	+#: book.translate.xml:5812
	msgid "<literal>class=\"domainname\"</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5832
	+#: book.translate.xml:5815
	msgid ""
	"The text is a domain name, such as <literal>FreeBSD.org</literal> or "
	"<literal>ngo.org.uk</literal>. There is no hostname component."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
	-#: book.translate.xml:5840
	+#: book.translate.xml:5823
	msgid "<literal>class=\"etheraddress\"</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5843
	+#: book.translate.xml:5826
	msgid ""
	"The text is an Ethernet <acronym>MAC</acronym> address, expressed as a "
	"series of 2 digit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
	-#: book.translate.xml:5850
	+#: book.translate.xml:5833
	msgid "<literal>class=\"fqdomainname\"</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5853
	+#: book.translate.xml:5836
	msgid ""
	"The text is a Fully Qualified Domain Name, with both hostname and domain "
	"name parts."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
	-#: book.translate.xml:5859
	+#: book.translate.xml:5842
	msgid "<literal>class=\"ipaddress\"</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5862
	+#: book.translate.xml:5845
	msgid ""
	"The text is an <acronym>IP</acronym> address, probably expressed as a dotted "
	"quad."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
	-#: book.translate.xml:5868
	+#: book.translate.xml:5851
	msgid "<literal>class=\"netmask\"</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5871
	+#: book.translate.xml:5854
	msgid ""
	"The text is a network mask, which might be expressed as a dotted quad, a "
	"hexadecimal string, or as a <literal>/</literal> followed by a number "
	@@ -7635,12 +7690,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
	-#: book.translate.xml:5879
	+#: book.translate.xml:5862
	msgid "<literal>class=\"systemname\"</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5882
	+#: book.translate.xml:5865
	msgid ""
	"With <literal>class=\"systemname\"</literal> the marked up information is "
	"the simple hostname, such as <literal>freefall</literal> or "
	@@ -7648,32 +7703,32 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
	-#: book.translate.xml:5890
	+#: book.translate.xml:5873
	msgid "<literal>class=\"username\"</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5893
	+#: book.translate.xml:5876
	msgid "The text is a username, like <literal>root</literal>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
	-#: book.translate.xml:5899
	+#: book.translate.xml:5882
	msgid "<literal>class=\"groupname\"</literal>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5902
	+#: book.translate.xml:5885
	msgid "The text is a groupname, like <literal>wheel</literal>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5909
	+#: book.translate.xml:5892
	msgid "<tag>systemitem</tag> and Classes Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>systemitem</tag> 與類別 (Class) 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:5913
	+#: book.translate.xml:5896
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The local machine can always be referred to by the\n"
	@@ -7702,7 +7757,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5939
	+#: book.translate.xml:5922
	msgid ""
	"The local machine can always be referred to by the name "
	"<systemitem>localhost</systemitem>, which will have the IP address "
	@@ -7710,7 +7765,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5944
	+#: book.translate.xml:5927
	msgid ""
	"The <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">FreeBSD.org</systemitem> domain "
	"contains a number of different hosts, including <systemitem class="
	@@ -7719,7 +7774,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5950
	+#: book.translate.xml:5933
	msgid ""
	"When adding an <acronym>IP</acronym> alias to an interface (using "
	"<command>ifconfig</command>) <emphasis>always</emphasis> use a netmask of "
	@@ -7728,7 +7783,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5957
	+#: book.translate.xml:5940
	msgid ""
	"The <acronym>MAC</acronym> address uniquely identifies every network card in "
	"existence. A typical <acronym>MAC</acronym> address looks like <systemitem "
	@@ -7736,19 +7791,19 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5961
	+#: book.translate.xml:5944
	msgid ""
	"To carry out most system administration functions requires logging in as "
	"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5968
	+#: book.translate.xml:5951
	msgid "Uniform Resource Identifiers (<acronym>URI</acronym>s)"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "統一資源識別碼 (<acronym>URI</acronym>)"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5971
	+#: book.translate.xml:5954
	msgid ""
	"Occasionally it is useful to show a Uniform Resource Identifier "
	"(<acronym>URI</acronym>) without making it an active hyperlink. The "
	@@ -7756,12 +7811,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5977
	+#: book.translate.xml:5960
	msgid "<tag>uri</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>uri</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:5981
	+#: book.translate.xml:5964
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This <acronym>URL</acronym> shows only as text:\n"
	@@ -7770,24 +7825,24 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5987
	+#: book.translate.xml:5970
	msgid ""
	"This <acronym>URL</acronym> shows only as text: <uri>https://www.FreeBSD."
	"org</uri>. It does not create a link."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5992
	+#: book.translate.xml:5975
	msgid "To create links, see <xref linkend=\"docbook-markup-links\"/>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:5997
	+#: book.translate.xml:5980
	msgid "Email Addresses"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "郵件地址"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:5999
	+#: book.translate.xml:5982
	msgid ""
	"Email addresses are marked up as <tag>email</tag> elements. In the "
	"<acronym>HTML</acronym> output format, the wrapped text becomes a hyperlink "
	@@ -7796,12 +7851,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6006
	+#: book.translate.xml:5989
	msgid "<tag>email</tag> with a Hyperlink Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "有超連結的 <tag>email</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:6010
	+#: book.translate.xml:5993
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>An email address that does not actually exist, like\n"
	@@ -7810,14 +7865,14 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6016
	+#: book.translate.xml:5999
	msgid ""
	"An email address that does not actually exist, like <email>notreal@example."
	"com</email>, can be used as an example."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6021
	+#: book.translate.xml:6004
	msgid ""
	"A FreeBSD-specific extension allows setting the <literal>role</literal> "
	"attribute to <literal>nolink</literal> to prevent the creation of the "
	@@ -7825,12 +7880,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6027
	+#: book.translate.xml:6010
	msgid "<tag>email</tag> Without a Hyperlink Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "沒有超連結的 <tag>email</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:6031
	+#: book.translate.xml:6014
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Sometimes a link to an email address like\n"
	@@ -7839,26 +7894,26 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6037
	+#: book.translate.xml:6020
	msgid ""
	"Sometimes a link to an email address like <email role=\"nolink"
	"\">notreal@example.com</email> is not desired."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6044
	+#: book.translate.xml:6027
	msgid "Describing <filename>Makefile</filename>s"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "說明 <filename>Makefile</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6054
	+#: book.translate.xml:6037
	msgid ""
	"Two elements exist to describe parts of <filename>Makefile</filename>s, "
	"<tag>buildtarget</tag> and <tag>varname</tag>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6058
	+#: book.translate.xml:6041
	msgid ""
	"<tag>buildtarget</tag> identifies a build target exported by a "
	"<filename>Makefile</filename> that can be given as a parameter to "
	@@ -7869,12 +7924,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6068
	+#: book.translate.xml:6051
	msgid "<tag>buildtarget</tag> and <tag>varname</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>buildtarget</tag> 與 <tag>varname</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:6073
	+#: book.translate.xml:6056
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Two common targets in a <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>Makefile<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag>\n"
	@@ -7893,19 +7948,19 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
	-#: book.translate.xml:6090 book.translate.xml:6093
	+#: book.translate.xml:6073 book.translate.xml:6076
	msgid "all"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6089
	+#: book.translate.xml:6072
	msgid ""
	"Two common targets in a <filename>Makefile</filename> are <_:buildtarget-1/> "
	"and <_:buildtarget-2/>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6093
	+#: book.translate.xml:6076
	msgid ""
	"Typically, invoking <_:buildtarget-1/> will rebuild the application, and "
	"invoking <_:buildtarget-2/> will remove the temporary files (<filename>.o</"
	@@ -7913,19 +7968,19 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6099
	+#: book.translate.xml:6082
	msgid ""
	"<_:buildtarget-1/> may be controlled by a number of variables, including "
	"<varname>CLOBBER</varname> and <varname>RECURSE</varname>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6106
	+#: book.translate.xml:6089
	msgid "Literal Text"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "實際文字 (Literal)"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6108
	+#: book.translate.xml:6091
	msgid ""
	"Literal text, or text which should be entered verbatim, is often needed in "
	"documentation. This is text that is excerpted from another file, or which "
	@@ -7933,7 +7988,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6113
	+#: book.translate.xml:6096
	msgid ""
	"Some of the time, <tag>programlisting</tag> will be sufficient to denote "
	"this text. But <tag>programlisting</tag> is not always appropriate, "
	@@ -7942,17 +7997,17 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6120
	+#: book.translate.xml:6103
	msgid "On these occasions, use <tag>literal</tag>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6124
	+#: book.translate.xml:6107
	msgid "<tag>literal</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>literal</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:6128
	+#: book.translate.xml:6111
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The <tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>maxusers 10<tag class=\"endtag\">literal</tag> line in the kernel\n"
	@@ -7962,7 +8017,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6135
	+#: book.translate.xml:6118
	msgid ""
	"The <literal>maxusers 10</literal> line in the kernel configuration file "
	"determines the size of many system tables, and is a rough guide to how many "
	@@ -7970,12 +8025,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6143
	+#: book.translate.xml:6126
	msgid "Showing Items That the User <emphasis>Must</emphasis> Fill In"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "顯示使用者<emphasis>必填</emphasis>的項目"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6146
	+#: book.translate.xml:6129
	msgid ""
	"There will often be times when the user is shown what to do, or referred to "
	"a file or command line, but cannot simply copy the example provided. "
	@@ -7983,7 +8038,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6151
	+#: book.translate.xml:6134
	msgid ""
	"<tag>replaceable</tag> is designed for this eventuality. Use it "
	"<emphasis>inside</emphasis> other elements to indicate parts of that "
	@@ -7991,24 +8046,24 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6157
	+#: book.translate.xml:6140
	msgid "<tag>replaceable</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>replaceable</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:6161
	+#: book.translate.xml:6144
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag>&prompt.user; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>man <tag class=\"starttag\">replaceable</tag>command<tag class=\"endtag\">replaceable</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">screen</tag>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: informalexample/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:6166
	+#: book.translate.xml:6149
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man <replaceable>command</replaceable></userinput>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6169
	+#: book.translate.xml:6152
	msgid ""
	"<tag>replaceable</tag> can be used in many different elements, including "
	"<tag>literal</tag>. This example also shows that <tag>replaceable</tag> "
	@@ -8017,7 +8072,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:6178
	+#: book.translate.xml:6161
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The <tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>maxusers <tag class=\"starttag\">replaceable</tag>n<tag class=\"endtag\">replaceable</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">literal</tag>\n"
	@@ -8030,7 +8085,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6188
	+#: book.translate.xml:6171
	msgid ""
	"The <literal>maxusers <replaceable>n</replaceable></literal> line in the "
	"kernel configuration file determines the size of many system tables, and is "
	@@ -8038,19 +8093,19 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6194
	+#: book.translate.xml:6177
	msgid ""
	"For a desktop workstation, <literal>32</literal> is a good value for "
	"<replaceable>n</replaceable>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6200
	+#: book.translate.xml:6183
	msgid "Showing <acronym>GUI</acronym> Buttons"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "顯示 <acronym>GUI</acronym> 按鈕"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6202
	+#: book.translate.xml:6185
	msgid ""
	"Buttons presented by a graphical user interface are marked with "
	"<tag>guibutton</tag>. To make the text look more like a graphical button, "
	@@ -8058,12 +8113,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6208
	+#: book.translate.xml:6191
	msgid "<tag>guibutton</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>guibutton</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:6212
	+#: book.translate.xml:6195
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Edit the file, then click\n"
	@@ -8072,55 +8127,55 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6218
	+#: book.translate.xml:6201
	msgid ""
	"Edit the file, then click <guibutton>[ Save ]</guibutton> to save the "
	"changes."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6225
	+#: book.translate.xml:6208
	msgid "Quoting System Errors"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "引用系統錯誤"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6227
	+#: book.translate.xml:6210
	msgid ""
	"System errors generated by FreeBSD are marked with <tag>errorname</tag>. "
	"This indicates the exact error that appears."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6232
	+#: book.translate.xml:6215
	msgid "<tag>errorname</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>errorname</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:6236
	+#: book.translate.xml:6219
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">errorname</tag>Panic: cannot mount root<tag class=\"endtag\">errorname</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">screen</tag>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: informalexample/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:6241
	+#: book.translate.xml:6224
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "<errorname>Panic: cannot mount root</errorname>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6248
	+#: book.translate.xml:6231
	msgid "Images"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "圖片"

	#. (itstool) path: important/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6251
	+#: book.translate.xml:6234
	msgid ""
	"Image support in the documentation is somewhat experimental. The mechanisms "
	"described here are unlikely to change, but that is not guaranteed."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: important/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6255
	+#: book.translate.xml:6238
	msgid ""
	"To provide conversion between different image formats, the <package>graphics/"
	"ImageMagick</package> port must be installed. This port is not included in "
	@@ -8129,7 +8184,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: important/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6261
	+#: book.translate.xml:6244
	msgid ""
	"A good example of the use of images is the <filename>doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/"
	"articles/vm-design/</filename> document. Examine the files in that directory "
	@@ -8139,12 +8194,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6270
	+#: book.translate.xml:6253
	msgid "Image Formats"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "圖片格式"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6272
	+#: book.translate.xml:6255
	msgid ""
	"The following image formats are currently supported. An image file will "
	"automatically be converted to bitmap or vector image depending on the output "
	@@ -8152,19 +8207,19 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6276
	+#: book.translate.xml:6259
	msgid ""
	"These are the <emphasis>only</emphasis> formats in which images should be "
	"committed to the documentation repository."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
	-#: book.translate.xml:6282
	+#: book.translate.xml:6265
	msgid "<acronym>EPS</acronym> (Encapsulated Postscript)"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6286
	+#: book.translate.xml:6269
	msgid ""
	"Images that are primarily vector based, such as network diagrams, time "
	"lines, and similar, should be in this format. These images have a <filename>."
	@@ -8172,24 +8227,24 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
	-#: book.translate.xml:6294
	+#: book.translate.xml:6277
	msgid "<acronym>PNG</acronym> (Portable Network Graphic)"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6298
	+#: book.translate.xml:6281
	msgid ""
	"For bitmaps, such as screen captures, use this format. These images have the "
	"<filename>.png</filename> extension."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
	-#: book.translate.xml:6305
	+#: book.translate.xml:6288
	msgid "<acronym>PIC</acronym> (PIC graphics language)"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6308
	+#: book.translate.xml:6291
	msgid ""
	"<acronym>PIC</acronym> is a language for drawing simple vector-based figures "
	"used in the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pic</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
	@@ -8198,12 +8253,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
	-#: book.translate.xml:6316
	+#: book.translate.xml:6299
	msgid "<acronym>SCR</acronym> (SCReen capture)"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6319
	+#: book.translate.xml:6302
	msgid ""
	"This format is specific to screenshots of console output. The following "
	"command generates an SCR file <filename>shot.scr</filename> from video "
	@@ -8211,13 +8266,13 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:6324
	+#: book.translate.xml:6307
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput><command>vidcontrol -p</command> < <filename><replaceable>/dev/ttyv0</replaceable></filename> > <filename><replaceable>shot.scr</replaceable></filename></userinput>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6326
	+#: book.translate.xml:6309
	msgid ""
	"This is preferable to <acronym>PNG</acronym> format for screenshots because "
	"the <acronym>SCR</acronym> file contains plain text of the command lines so "
	@@ -8226,7 +8281,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6336
	+#: book.translate.xml:6319
	msgid ""
	"Use the appropriate format for each image. Documentation will often have a "
	"mix of <acronym>EPS</acronym> and <acronym>PNG</acronym> images. The "
	@@ -8236,7 +8291,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: important/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6345
	+#: book.translate.xml:6328
	msgid ""
	"The Documentation Project may eventually switch to using the <acronym>SVG</"
	"acronym> (Scalable Vector Graphic) format for vector images. However, the "
	@@ -8245,33 +8300,33 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6354
	+#: book.translate.xml:6337
	msgid "Image File Locations"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "圖片檔案位置"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6356
	+#: book.translate.xml:6339
	msgid ""
	"Image files can be stored in one of several locations, depending on the "
	"document and image:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6361
	+#: book.translate.xml:6344
	msgid ""
	"In the same directory as the document itself, usually done for articles and "
	"small books that keep all their files in a single directory."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6367
	+#: book.translate.xml:6350
	msgid ""
	"In a subdirectory of the main document. Typically done when a large book "
	"uses separate subdirectories to organize individual chapters."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6371
	+#: book.translate.xml:6354
	msgid ""
	"When images are stored in a subdirectory of the main document directory, the "
	"subdirectory name must be included in their paths in the <filename>Makefile</"
	@@ -8279,7 +8334,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6379
	+#: book.translate.xml:6362
	msgid ""
	"In a subdirectory of <filename>doc/share/images</filename> named after the "
	"document. For example, images for the Handbook are stored in <filename>doc/"
	@@ -8290,12 +8345,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6392
	+#: book.translate.xml:6375
	msgid "Image Markup"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "圖片標籤"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6394
	+#: book.translate.xml:6377
	msgid ""
	"Images are included as part of a <tag>mediaobject</tag>. The "
	"<tag>mediaobject</tag> can contain other, more specific objects. We are "
	@@ -8303,7 +8358,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6399
	+#: book.translate.xml:6382
	msgid ""
	"Include one <tag>imageobject</tag>, and two <tag>textobject</tag> elements. "
	"The <tag>imageobject</tag> will point to the name of the image file without "
	@@ -8312,7 +8367,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6406
	+#: book.translate.xml:6389
	msgid ""
	"Text elements are shown to the reader in several situations. When the "
	"document is viewed in <acronym>HTML</acronym>, text elements are shown while "
	@@ -8323,14 +8378,14 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6414
	+#: book.translate.xml:6397
	msgid ""
	"This example shows how to include an image called <filename>fig1.png</"
	"filename> in a document. The image is a rectangle with an A inside it:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:6418
	+#: book.translate.xml:6401
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">mediaobject</tag>\n"
	@@ -8351,7 +8406,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: callout/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6436
	+#: book.translate.xml:6419
	msgid ""
	"Include an <tag>imagedata</tag> element inside the <tag>imageobject</tag> "
	"element. The <literal>fileref</literal> attribute should contain the "
	@@ -8360,7 +8415,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: callout/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6446
	+#: book.translate.xml:6429
	msgid ""
	"The first <tag>textobject</tag> contains a <tag>literallayout</tag> element, "
	"where the <literal>class</literal> attribute is set to <literal>monospaced</"
	@@ -8369,7 +8424,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: callout/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6454
	+#: book.translate.xml:6437
	msgid ""
	"Notice how the first and last lines of the content of the "
	"<tag>literallayout</tag> element butt up next to the element's tags. This "
	@@ -8377,7 +8432,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: callout/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6461
	+#: book.translate.xml:6444
	msgid ""
	"The second <tag>textobject</tag> contains a single <tag>phrase</tag> "
	"element. The contents of this phrase will become the <literal>alt</literal> "
	@@ -8386,12 +8441,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6471
	+#: book.translate.xml:6454
	msgid "Image <filename>Makefile</filename> Entries"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "圖片 <filename>Makefile</filename> 項目"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6473
	+#: book.translate.xml:6456
	msgid ""
	"Images must be listed in the <filename>Makefile</filename> in the "
	"<varname>IMAGES</varname> variable. This variable must contain the names of "
	@@ -8402,7 +8457,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:6482
	+#: book.translate.xml:6465
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"…\n"
	@@ -8412,12 +8467,12 @@

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	#. (itstool) path: question/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6486 book.translate.xml:7074
	+#: book.translate.xml:6469 book.translate.xml:7057
	msgid "or"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:6488
	+#: book.translate.xml:6471
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"…\n"
	@@ -8428,7 +8483,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6494
	+#: book.translate.xml:6477
	msgid ""
	"Again, the <filename>Makefile</filename> will work out the complete list of "
	"images it needs to build the source document, you only need to list the "
	@@ -8436,19 +8491,19 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6501
	+#: book.translate.xml:6484
	msgid "Images and Chapters in Subdirectories"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "在子目錄中的圖片與章節"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6503
	+#: book.translate.xml:6486
	msgid ""
	"Be careful when separating documentation into smaller files in different "
	"directories (see <xref linkend=\"xml-primer-include-using-gen-entities\"/>)."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6506
	+#: book.translate.xml:6489
	msgid ""
	"Suppose there is a book with three chapters, and the chapters are stored in "
	"their own directories, called <filename>chapter1/chapter.xml</filename>, "
	@@ -8459,7 +8514,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6516
	+#: book.translate.xml:6499
	msgid ""
	"However, doing this requires including the directory names in the "
	"<varname>IMAGES</varname> variable in the <filename>Makefile</filename>, "
	@@ -8468,14 +8523,14 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6522
	+#: book.translate.xml:6505
	msgid ""
	"For example, if the book has <filename>chapter1/fig1.png</filename>, then "
	"<filename>chapter1/chapter.xml</filename> should contain:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:6527
	+#: book.translate.xml:6510
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">mediaobject</tag>\n"
	@@ -8489,19 +8544,19 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: callout/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6538
	+#: book.translate.xml:6521
	msgid ""
	"The directory name must be included in the <literal>fileref</literal> "
	"attribute."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6543
	+#: book.translate.xml:6526
	msgid "The <filename>Makefile</filename> must contain:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:6545
	+#: book.translate.xml:6528
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"…\n"
	@@ -8510,19 +8565,19 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: note/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6555
	+#: book.translate.xml:6538
	msgid ""
	"Links are also in-line elements. To show a <acronym>URI</acronym> without "
	"creating a link, see <xref linkend=\"docbook-markup-uri\"/>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6561
	+#: book.translate.xml:6544
	msgid "<literal>xml:id</literal> Attributes"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<literal>xml:id</literal> 屬性"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6563
	+#: book.translate.xml:6546
	msgid ""
	"Most DocBook elements accept an <literal>xml:id</literal> attribute to give "
	"that part of the document a unique name. The <literal>xml:id</literal> can "
	@@ -8530,7 +8585,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6568
	+#: book.translate.xml:6551
	msgid ""
	"Any portion of the document that will be a link target must have an "
	"<literal>xml:id</literal> attribute. Assigning an <literal>xml:id</literal> "
	@@ -8541,12 +8596,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6577
	+#: book.translate.xml:6560
	msgid "<literal>xml:id</literal> on Chapters and Sections Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "在章與節上加 <literal>xml:id</literal> 的範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:6580
	+#: book.translate.xml:6563
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter xml:id=\"introduction\"</tag>\n"
	@@ -8564,7 +8619,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6594
	+#: book.translate.xml:6577
	msgid ""
	"Use descriptive values for <literal>xml:id</literal> names. The values must "
	"be unique within the entire document, not just in a single file. In the "
	@@ -8576,12 +8631,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6606
	+#: book.translate.xml:6589
	msgid "Crossreferences with <literal>xref</literal>"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "使用 <literal>xref</literal> 交叉參照"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6608
	+#: book.translate.xml:6591
	msgid ""
	"<tag>xref</tag> provides the reader with a link to jump to another section "
	"of the document. The target <literal>xml:id</literal> is specified in the "
	@@ -8590,19 +8645,19 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6615
	+#: book.translate.xml:6598
	msgid "<tag>xref</tag> Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>xref</tag> 範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6617
	+#: book.translate.xml:6600
	msgid ""
	"Assume that this fragment appears somewhere in a document that includes the "
	"<literal>xml:id</literal> example shown above:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:6621
	+#: book.translate.xml:6604
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>More information can be found\n"
	@@ -8613,35 +8668,35 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6627
	+#: book.translate.xml:6610
	msgid ""
	"The link text will be generated automatically, looking like "
	"(<emphasis>emphasized</emphasis> text indicates the link text):"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6632
	+#: book.translate.xml:6615
	msgid ""
	"More information can be found in <emphasis>Chapter 1, Introduction</"
	"emphasis>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6635
	+#: book.translate.xml:6618
	msgid ""
	"More specific information can be found in <emphasis>Section 1.1, <quote>More "
	"Details</quote></emphasis>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6641
	+#: book.translate.xml:6624
	msgid ""
	"The link text is generated automatically from the chapter and section number "
	"and <literal>title</literal> elements."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6650
	+#: book.translate.xml:6633
	msgid ""
	"The link element described here allows the writer to define the link text. "
	"When link text is used, it is very important to be descriptive to give the "
	@@ -8653,7 +8708,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6659
	+#: book.translate.xml:6642
	msgid ""
	"The <literal>xlink:href</literal> attribute is the <acronym>URL</acronym> of "
	"the page, and the content of the element is the text that will be displayed "
	@@ -8661,7 +8716,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6664
	+#: book.translate.xml:6647
	msgid ""
	"In many situations, it is preferable to show the actual <acronym>URL</"
	"acronym> rather than text. This can be done by leaving out the element text "
	@@ -8669,12 +8724,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6669
	+#: book.translate.xml:6652
	msgid "<tag>link</tag> to a FreeBSD Documentation Web Page Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>link</tag> 到 FreeBSD 說明文件網頁範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6672
	+#: book.translate.xml:6655
	msgid ""
	"Link to the book or article <acronym>URL</acronym> entity. To link to a "
	"specific chapter in a book, add a slash and the chapter file name, followed "
	@@ -8685,12 +8740,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6681
	+#: book.translate.xml:6664
	msgid "Usage for FreeBSD book links:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:6683
	+#: book.translate.xml:6666
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Read the <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
	@@ -8702,7 +8757,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6692
	+#: book.translate.xml:6675
	msgid ""
	"Read the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/"
	"handbook/svn.html#svn-intro\">SVN introduction</link>, then pick the nearest "
	@@ -8712,12 +8767,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6697
	+#: book.translate.xml:6680
	msgid "Usage for FreeBSD article links:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:6699
	+#: book.translate.xml:6682
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Read this\n"
	@@ -8727,7 +8782,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6706
	+#: book.translate.xml:6689
	msgid ""
	"Read this <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/"
	"bsdl-gpl\">article about the BSD license</link>, or just the <link xlink:"
	@@ -8736,12 +8791,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6712
	+#: book.translate.xml:6695
	msgid "<tag>link</tag> to a FreeBSD Web Page Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>link</tag> 到 FreeBSD 網頁範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:6716
	+#: book.translate.xml:6699
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Of course, you could stop reading this document and go to the\n"
	@@ -8749,19 +8804,19 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6721
	+#: book.translate.xml:6704
	msgid ""
	"Of course, you could stop reading this document and go to the <link xlink:"
	"href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/index.html\">FreeBSD home page</link> instead."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6727
	+#: book.translate.xml:6710
	msgid "<tag>link</tag> to an External Web Page Example"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<tag>link</tag> 到外部網頁範例"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:6732
	+#: book.translate.xml:6715
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Wikipedia has an excellent reference on\n"
	@@ -8771,19 +8826,19 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6739
	+#: book.translate.xml:6722
	msgid ""
	"Wikipedia has an excellent reference on <link xlink:href=\"http://en."
	"wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\">GUID Partition Tables</link>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6742
	+#: book.translate.xml:6725
	msgid "The link text can be omitted to show the actual URL:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:6745
	+#: book.translate.xml:6728
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Wikipedia has an excellent reference on\n"
	@@ -8792,14 +8847,14 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6749
	+#: book.translate.xml:6732
	msgid ""
	"The same link can be entered using shorter notation instead of a separate "
	"ending tag:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:6752
	+#: book.translate.xml:6735
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Wikipedia has an excellent reference on\n"
	@@ -8808,12 +8863,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6756
	+#: book.translate.xml:6739
	msgid "The two methods are equivalent. Appearance:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6758
	+#: book.translate.xml:6741
	msgid ""
	"Wikipedia has an excellent reference on GUID Partition Tables: <uri xlink:"
	"href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\">http://en."
	@@ -8821,12 +8876,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6798
	+#: book.translate.xml:6781
	msgid "Style Sheets"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "樣式表"

	#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6800
	+#: book.translate.xml:6783
	msgid ""
	"<acronym>XML</acronym> is concerned with content, and says nothing about how "
	"that content should be presented to the reader or rendered on paper. "
	@@ -8838,7 +8893,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6809
	+#: book.translate.xml:6792
	msgid ""
	"The <acronym>FDP</acronym> documents use <acronym>XSLT</acronym> stylesheets "
	"to transform DocBook into <acronym>XHTML</acronym>, and then <acronym>CSS</"
	@@ -8848,12 +8903,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6818
	+#: book.translate.xml:6801
	msgid "<acronym>CSS</acronym>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6820
	+#: book.translate.xml:6803
	msgid ""
	"Cascading Style Sheets (<acronym>CSS</acronym>) are a mechanism for "
	"attaching style information (font, weight, size, color, and so forth) to "
	@@ -8862,12 +8917,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6827
	+#: book.translate.xml:6810
	msgid "The DocBook Documents"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "DocBook 文件"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6829
	+#: book.translate.xml:6812
	msgid ""
	"The FreeBSD <acronym>XSLT</acronym> and <acronym>DSSSL</acronym> stylesheets "
	"refer to <filename>docbook.css</filename>, which is expected to be present "
	@@ -8878,56 +8933,58 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:6874
	+#: book.translate.xml:6857
	msgid "Translations"
	msgstr "翻譯"

	#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6876
	+#: book.translate.xml:6859
	msgid ""
	"This is the FAQ for people translating the FreeBSD documentation (FAQ, "
	"Handbook, tutorials, manual pages, and others) to different languages."
	msgstr ""
	-"本章是翻譯 FreeBSD 文件(包含：FAQ, Handbook, tutorials, manual pages等)的常見"
	-"問題(FAQ)。"
	+"本章節是供要翻譯 FreeBSD 說明文件 (常見問答集 (FAQ)、使用手冊 (Handbook)、教"
	+"學 (Tutorial)、操作手冊 (Manual page) 等) 到各種語言的常見問答集 (FAQ)。"

	#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6880
	+#: book.translate.xml:6863
	msgid ""
	"It is <emphasis>very</emphasis> heavily based on the translation FAQ from "
	"the FreeBSD German Documentation Project, originally written by Frank "
	"Gründer <email>elwood@mc5sys.in-berlin.de</email> and translated back to "
	"English by Bernd Warken <email>bwarken@mayn.de</email>."
	msgstr ""
	-"本文件 <emphasis>主要</emphasis> 是以 FreeBSD 德文翻譯計劃的翻譯 FAQ 為母本"
	-"而來的，原始撰稿者為 Frank Gründer <email>elwood@mc5sys.in-berlin.de</"
	-"email>，並由 Bernd Warken <email>bwarken@mayn.de</email> 再翻譯回英文版。"
	+"本文件 <emphasis>主要</emphasis> 是以 FreeBSD 德文說明文件計劃的翻譯常見問答"
	+"集為母本而來的，原始撰稿者為 Frank Gründer <email>elwood@mc5sys.in-berlin."
	+"de</email>，並由 Bernd Warken <email>bwarken@mayn.de</email> 再翻譯回英文版。"

	#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6886
	+#: book.translate.xml:6869
	msgid ""
	"The FAQ is maintained by the Documentation Engineering Team "
	"<email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email>."
	-msgstr "本 FAQ 是由文件工程團隊 <email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email> 所維護。"
	+msgstr ""
	+"本常見問答集是由文件工程團隊 Documentation Engineering Team "
	+"<email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email> 所維護。"

	#. (itstool) path: question/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6891
	+#: book.translate.xml:6874
	msgid "What do <phrase>i18n</phrase> and <phrase>l10n</phrase> mean?"
	-msgstr "<phrase>i18n</phrase> 跟 <phrase>l10n</phrase> 是什麼呢？"
	+msgstr "<phrase>i18n</phrase> 與 <phrase>l10n</phrase> 代表的是什麼意思？"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6896
	+#: book.translate.xml:6879
	msgid ""
	"<phrase>i18n</phrase> means <phrase>internationalization</phrase> and "
	"<phrase>l10n</phrase> means <phrase>localization</phrase>. They are just a "
	"convenient shorthand."
	msgstr ""
	-"<phrase>i18n</phrase> 是 <phrase>internationalization</phrase> 而 "
	-"<phrase>l10n</phrase> 是 <phrase>localization</phrase>。這些都是為了書寫方便"
	-"而用的簡寫。"
	+"<phrase>i18n</phrase> 指的是國際化 (<phrase>Internationalization</phrase>) "
	+"而 <phrase>l10n</phrase> 指的是在地化 (<phrase>Localization</phrase>)。這些都"
	+"是為了書寫方便而用的簡寫。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6901
	+#: book.translate.xml:6884
	msgid ""
	"<phrase>i18n</phrase> can be read as <quote>i</quote> followed by 18 "
	"letters, followed by <quote>n</quote>. Similarly, <phrase>l10n</phrase> is "
	@@ -8938,12 +8995,12 @@
	"面有 10 個字母，最後接 <quote>n</quote>。"

	#. (itstool) path: question/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6910
	+#: book.translate.xml:6893
	msgid "Is there a mailing list for translators?"
	-msgstr "有專門給譯者參與討論的 mailing list 嗎？"
	+msgstr "有給翻譯人員參與討論的郵遞論壇 (Mailing list) 嗎？"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6914
	+#: book.translate.xml:6897
	msgid ""
	"Yes. Different translation groups have their own mailing lists. The <link "
	"xlink:href=\"http://www.freebsd.org/docproj/translations.html\">list of "
	@@ -8952,38 +9009,38 @@
	"<email>freebsd-translators@freebsd.org</email> for general translation "
	"discussion."
	msgstr ""
	-"有的，不同的語系翻譯者都各自有自屬的 mailing lists。這份 <link xlink:href="
	+"有的，不同的語系翻譯人員都各自有自屬的郵遞論壇。這份 <link xlink:href="
	"\"http://www.freebsd.org/docproj/translations.html\"> 翻譯計劃清單</link> 有"
	"列出各翻譯計劃的詳細 mailing lists 及相關網站。此外，有一般翻譯討論的"
	"<email>freebsd-translators@freebsd.org</email>郵件論壇。"

	#. (itstool) path: question/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6926
	+#: book.translate.xml:6909
	msgid "Are more translators needed?"
	msgstr "需要更多人一起參與翻譯嗎？"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6930
	+#: book.translate.xml:6913
	msgid ""
	"Yes. The more people work on translation the faster it gets done, and the "
	"faster changes to the English documentation are mirrored in the translated "
	"documents."
	msgstr ""
	-"當然囉，越多人參與翻譯，那麼就能夠越快翻完，而且英文版文件若有增減、更新的"
	-"話，各翻譯版也可以儘快同步囉。"
	+"當然囉，越多人參與翻譯，那麼就能夠越快翻完，而且英文版說明文件若有增減、更新"
	+"的話，各翻譯版也可以儘快同步囉。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6935
	+#: book.translate.xml:6918
	msgid "You do not have to be a professional translator to be able to help."
	msgstr "不一定得是專業譯者，才能參與翻譯的。"

	#. (itstool) path: question/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6942
	+#: book.translate.xml:6925
	msgid "What languages do I need to know?"
	msgstr "有要求哪些語言能力呢"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6946
	+#: book.translate.xml:6929
	msgid ""
	"Ideally, you will have a good knowledge of written English, and obviously "
	"you will need to be fluent in the language you are translating to."
	@@ -8991,88 +9048,88 @@
	"理論上，必須要對英文非常熟稔，而且很明顯地，對想翻譯的語言必須要能運用自如。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6950
	+#: book.translate.xml:6933
	msgid ""
	"English is not strictly necessary. For example, you could do a Hungarian "
	"translation of the FAQ from the Spanish translation."
	msgstr ""
	-"英文也並非一定要會的。比如說，可以把西班牙文(Spanish)的 FAQ 翻譯為匈牙利文"
	+"英文也並非一定要會的。比如說，可以把西班牙文 (Spanish) 的 FAQ 翻譯為匈牙利文 "
	"(Hungarian)。"

	#. (itstool) path: question/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6958
	+#: book.translate.xml:6941
	msgid "What software do I need to know?"
	msgstr "該學會哪些程式的使用呢？"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6962
	+#: book.translate.xml:6945
	msgid ""
	"It is strongly recommended that you maintain a local copy of the FreeBSD "
	"Subversion repository (at least the documentation part). This can be done by "
	"running:"
	msgstr ""
	-"強烈建議在自己機器上也建立 FreeBSD Subversion repository 的備份(至少文件部"
	-"分)，這可以執行："
	+"強烈建議在自己機器上也建立 FreeBSD Subversion 檔案庫的備份 (至少要有說明文件"
	+"的部分)，這可以執行："

	#. (itstool) path: answer/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:6966
	+#: book.translate.xml:6949
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/head/ head</userinput>"
	msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/head/ head</userinput>"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6968
	+#: book.translate.xml:6951
	msgid ""
	"<link xlink:href=\"https://svn.FreeBSD.org/\">svn.FreeBSD.org</link> is a "
	"public <literal>SVN</literal> server. Verify the server certificate from the "
	"list of <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/"
	"handbook/svn.html#svn-mirrors\">Subversion mirror sites</link>."
	msgstr ""
	-"<link xlink:href=\"https://svn.FreeBSD.org/\">svn.FreeBSD.org</link>是公共的 "
	-"<literal>SVN</literal> 伺服器。可以從<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/"
	-"doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/svn.html#svn-mirrors\">Subversion 鏡相站</"
	-"link>清單檢查認證的伺服器。"
	+"<link xlink:href=\"https://svn.FreeBSD.org/\">svn.FreeBSD.org</link> 是公共"
	+"的 <literal>SVN</literal> 伺服器。可以從 <link xlink:href="
	+"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/svn.html#svn-mirrors"
	+"\">Subversion 鏡像站</link> 清單檢查認證的伺服器。"

	#. (itstool) path: note/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6975
	+#: book.translate.xml:6958
	msgid ""
	"This will require the <package>devel/subversion</package> package to be "
	"installed."
	-msgstr "這需要安裝<package>devel/subversion</package> 套件。"
	+msgstr "這需要安裝 <package>devel/subversion</package> 套件。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6979
	+#: book.translate.xml:6962
	msgid ""
	"You should be comfortable using <application>svn</application>. This will "
	"allow you to see what has changed between different versions of the files "
	"that make up the documentation."
	msgstr ""
	-"你可以很自在地使用<application>svn</application>。他可以讓你察看文件檔案不同"
	-"版本之間的修改差異。"
	+"你可以很自在地使用 <application>svn</application>。他可以讓你察看說明文件檔案"
	+"不同版本之間的修改差異。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6984
	+#: book.translate.xml:6967
	msgid ""
	"For example, to view the differences between revisions <literal>r33733</"
	"literal> and <literal>r33734</literal> of <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/books/"
	"fdp-primer/book.xml</filename>, run:"
	msgstr ""
	-"例如你要看<filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/book.xml</filename> 版本"
	-"<literal>r33733</literal> 和 <literal>r33734</literal> 的差異，請執行："
	+"例如你要看 <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/book.xml</filename> 版"
	+"本<literal>r33733</literal> 和 <literal>r33734</literal> 的差異，請執行："

	#. (itstool) path: answer/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:6989
	+#: book.translate.xml:6972
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn diff -r<replaceable>33733</replaceable>:<replaceable>33734</replaceable> en_US.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/book.xml</userinput>"
	msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn diff -r<replaceable>33733</replaceable>:<replaceable>33734</replaceable> en_US.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/book.xml</userinput>"

	#. (itstool) path: question/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:6995
	+#: book.translate.xml:6978
	msgid "How do I find out who else might be translating to the same language?"
	msgstr "要怎麼找出來還有誰要跟我一起翻譯的呢？"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7000
	+#: book.translate.xml:6983
	msgid ""
	"The <link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/docproj/translations.html"
	"\">Documentation Project translations page</link> lists the translation "
	@@ -9080,13 +9137,13 @@
	"translating documentation to your language, please do not duplicate their "
	"efforts. Instead, contact them to see how you can help."
	msgstr ""
	-"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/docproj/translations.html\">文件計"
	-"劃的翻譯 </link> 列了目前已知的各翻譯者成果，如果已經有其他人也在做跟你一樣"
	-"的翻譯工作，那麼請不要重複浪費人力，請與他們聯繫看看還有哪些地方可以幫上忙"
	-"的。"
	+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/docproj/translations.html\">說明文"
	+"件計劃翻譯頁 </link> 列了目前已知的各翻譯者成果，如果已經有其他人也在做跟你"
	+"一樣的翻譯工作，那麼請不要重複浪費人力，請與他們聯繫看看還有哪些地方可以幫上"
	+"忙的。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7007
	+#: book.translate.xml:6990
	msgid ""
	"If no one is listed on that page as translating for your language, then send "
	"a message to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/"
	@@ -9096,25 +9153,25 @@
	msgstr ""
	"若上面並未列出你母語的翻譯，或是也有人要翻譯但還未公開宣布的話，那麼就寄信到 "
	"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc"
	-"\">FreeBSD documentation project 郵遞論壇 </link>。"
	+"\">FreeBSD 說明文件計劃郵遞論壇 </link>。"

	#. (itstool) path: question/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7016
	+#: book.translate.xml:6999
	msgid "No one else is translating to my language. What do I do?"
	msgstr "都沒人翻譯為我所使用的語言，該怎麼辦？"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7021
	+#: book.translate.xml:7004
	msgid ""
	"Congratulations, you have just started the <quote>FreeBSD <replaceable>your-"
	"language-here</replaceable> Documentation Translation Project</quote>. "
	"Welcome aboard."
	msgstr ""
	-"恭喜啊，你剛好踏上 <quote>FreeBSD <replaceable>你的母語</replaceable> 文件翻"
	-"譯計劃</quote>的啟程之路，歡迎上船。"
	+"恭喜啊，你剛好踏上 <quote>FreeBSD <replaceable>您的語言</replaceable> 說明文"
	+"件翻譯計劃</quote>的啟程之路，歡迎登船。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7026
	+#: book.translate.xml:7009
	msgid ""
	"First, decide whether or not you have got the time to spare. Since you are "
	"the only person working on your language at the moment it is going to be "
	@@ -9125,28 +9182,28 @@
	"果的公布、與其他可能會幫忙的志工們聯繫這些工作都是你的職責所在。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7032
	+#: book.translate.xml:7015
	msgid ""
	"Write an email to the Documentation Project mailing list, announcing that "
	"you are going to translate the documentation, so the Documentation Project "
	"translations page can be maintained."
	msgstr ""
	-"寫信到 FreeBSD documentation project 郵遞論壇向大家宣布你正準備要翻譯，然後"
	-"文件計劃的翻譯部分就會更新相關資料"
	+"寫信到文件計劃郵遞論壇 (Documentation Project mailing list) 向大家宣布你正準"
	+"備要翻譯，然後文件計劃的翻譯部分就會更新相關資料。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7037
	+#: book.translate.xml:7020
	msgid ""
	"If there is already someone in your country providing FreeBSD mirroring "
	"services you should contact them and ask if you can have some webspace for "
	"your project, and possibly an email address or mailing list services."
	msgstr ""
	-"若你的國家已經有人提供 FreeBSD 的 mirror(映設) 服務的話，那麼就先跟他們聯"
	-"繫，並詢問你是否在上面可以有網頁空間來放相關計劃資料，以及是否可以有提供 "
	-"email 帳號或 mailing list 服務。"
	+"若你的國家已經有人提供 FreeBSD 的鏡像站 (Mirror) 服務的話，那麼就先跟他們聯"
	+"繫，並詢問你是否在上面可以有網頁空間來放相關計劃資料，以及是否可以有提供電子"
	+"郵件帳號或郵遞論壇服務。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7042
	+#: book.translate.xml:7025
	msgid ""
	"Then pick a document and start translating. It is best to start with "
	"something fairly small—either the FAQ, or one of the tutorials."
	@@ -9155,57 +9212,57 @@
	"像是 FAQ 啦，或是如何上手之類的說明文章。"

	#. (itstool) path: question/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7050
	+#: book.translate.xml:7033
	msgid "I have translated some documentation, where do I send it?"
	-msgstr "已經翻好一些文件了，該寄到哪呢？"
	+msgstr "已經翻好一些說明文件了，該寄到哪呢？"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7055
	+#: book.translate.xml:7038
	msgid ""
	"That depends. If you are already working with a translation team (such as "
	"the Japanese team, or the German team) then they will have their own "
	"procedures for handling submitted documentation, and these will be outlined "
	"on their web pages."
	msgstr ""
	-"這要看情況而定。若你是在翻譯團隊內做的話(像是日本、德國)，他們會有自己內部"
	-"流程來決定翻譯文件怎麼送，這些大致流程會在他們網頁上面有寫。"
	+"這要看情況而定。若你是在翻譯團隊內做的話 (像是日本團隊、德國團隊)，他們會有"
	+"自己內部流程來決定翻譯文件怎麼送，這些大致流程會在他們網頁上面有寫。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7061
	+#: book.translate.xml:7044
	msgid ""
	"If you are the only person working on a particular language (or you are "
	"responsible for a translation project and want to submit your changes back "
	"to the FreeBSD project) then you should send your translation to the FreeBSD "
	"project (see the next question)."
	msgstr ""
	-"若你是某語系的唯一翻譯者(或你是負責某翻譯計劃，並想把成果回饋給 FreeBSD 計"
	+"若你是某語系的唯一翻譯者 (或你是負責某翻譯計劃，並想把成果回饋給 FreeBSD 計"
	"劃) ，那麼你就應該把自己的翻譯成果寄給 FreeBSD 計劃。(細節請看下個問題)"

	#. (itstool) path: question/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7071
	+#: book.translate.xml:7054
	msgid ""
	"I am the only person working on translating to this language, how do I "
	"submit my translation?"
	msgstr "我是該語系的唯一翻譯者，該怎麼把翻譯成果寄出去呢？"

	#. (itstool) path: question/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7076
	+#: book.translate.xml:7059
	msgid ""
	"We are a translation team, and want to submit documentation that our members "
	"have translated for us."
	msgstr "我們是翻譯團隊，該怎麼把我們成員翻譯成果寄出去呢？"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7082
	+#: book.translate.xml:7065
	msgid ""
	"First, make sure your translation is organized properly. This means that it "
	"should drop into the existing documentation tree and build straight away."
	msgstr ""
	"首先，請先確定你的翻譯成果組織條理分明，並可正確編譯，也就是說：把它擺到現有"
	-"文件架構內是可以正確編譯成功的。"
	+"說明文件樹內是可以正確編譯成功的。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7086
	+#: book.translate.xml:7069
	msgid ""
	"Currently, the FreeBSD documentation is stored in a top level directory "
	"called <filename>head/</filename>. Directories below this are named "
	@@ -9213,32 +9270,32 @@
	"(<filename>/usr/share/misc/iso639</filename> on a version of FreeBSD newer "
	"than 20th January 1999)."
	msgstr ""
	-"目前，FreeBSD 文件都是放在最上層的 <filename>head/</filename> 目錄內。而該"
	-"目錄下的則依其語系來做分類命名的，依照 ISO639 定義(在比比 1999/01/20 還新的 "
	-"FreeBSD 版本的/usr/share/misc/iso639 )。"
	+"目前，FreeBSD 說明文件都是放在最上層的 <filename>head/</filename> 目錄內。而"
	+"該目錄下的則根據其 ISO639 所定義的語系代碼來做分類命名的 (在 1999/1/20 之後"
	+"的 FreeBSD 版本中的 <filename>/usr/share/misc/iso639</filename>)。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7093
	+#: book.translate.xml:7076
	msgid ""
	"If your language can be encoded in different ways (for example, Chinese) "
	"then there should be directories below this, one for each encoding format "
	"you have provided."
	msgstr ""
	-"若你這個語系可能會有不同編碼方式(像是：中文) 那麼就應該會像下面這樣，來依你所"
	-"使用的編碼方式細分"
	+"若你這個語系可能會有不同編碼方式 (像是：中文) 那麼就應該會像下面這樣，來依你"
	+"所使用的編碼方式細分。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7097
	+#: book.translate.xml:7080
	msgid "Finally, you should have directories for each document."
	msgstr "最後，你應該建立好各文件的目錄了。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7100
	+#: book.translate.xml:7083
	msgid "For example, a hypothetical Swedish translation might look like:"
	-msgstr "舉例來說，假設有瑞典文(Swedish)版的翻譯，那麼應該會長像："
	+msgstr "舉例來說，假設有瑞典文 (Swedish) 版的翻譯，那麼應該會長像："

	#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:7103
	+#: book.translate.xml:7086
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"head/\n"
	@@ -9262,19 +9319,19 @@
	" book.xml"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7113
	+#: book.translate.xml:7096
	msgid ""
	"<literal>sv_SE.ISO8859-1</literal> is the name of the translation, in "
	"<filename><replaceable>lang</replaceable>.<replaceable>encoding</"
	"replaceable></filename> form. Note the two Makefiles, which will be used to "
	"build the documentation."
	msgstr ""
	-"<literal>sv_SE.ISO8859-1</literal>是依照 <filename><replaceable>語系(lang)</"
	-"replaceable>.<replaceable>編碼(encoding)</replaceable></filename> 的規則來建"
	-"立的譯名。請注意：其中有兩個 Makefiles 檔，它們是用來建構文件的。"
	+"<literal>sv_SE.ISO8859-1</literal>是依照 <filename><replaceable>語系 (Lang)</"
	+"replaceable>.<replaceable>編碼 (Encoding)</replaceable></filename> 的規則來建"
	+"立的譯名。請注意：其中有兩個 Makefile 檔，它們是用來建置說明文件的。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7119
	+#: book.translate.xml:7102
	msgid ""
	"Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tar</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
	"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</"
	@@ -9283,11 +9340,11 @@
	msgstr ""
	"然後請用 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tar</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
	"manvolnum></citerefentry> 與 <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</"
	-"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 來把你的翻譯文件壓縮起"
	+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> 來把你的說明文件壓縮起"
	"來，並寄到本計劃來。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:7122
	+#: book.translate.xml:7105
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd doc</userinput>\n"
	@@ -9299,7 +9356,7 @@
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>gzip -9 swedish-docs.tar</userinput>"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7126
	+#: book.translate.xml:7109
	msgid ""
	"Put <filename>swedish-docs.tar.gz</filename> somewhere. If you do not have "
	"access to your own webspace (perhaps your ISP does not let you have any) "
	@@ -9307,40 +9364,40 @@
	"email>, and arrange to email the files when it is convenient."
	msgstr ""
	"接著，把 <filename>swedish-docs.tar.gz</filename> 放到網頁空間上，若你沒有自"
	-"己網頁空間的話(ISP不提供) ，那麼可以該檔寄到 Documentation Engineering Team "
	-"<email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email> 來。"
	+"己網頁空間的話(ISP不提供) ，那麼可以該檔寄到文件工程團隊 Documentation "
	+"Engineering Team <email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email> 來。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7132
	+#: book.translate.xml:7115
	msgid ""
	"Either way, you should use Bugzilla to submit a report indicating that you "
	"have submitted the documentation. It would be very helpful if you could get "
	"other people to look over your translation and double check it first, since "
	"it is unlikely that the person committing it will be fluent in the language."
	msgstr ""
	-"還有，記得用 Bugzilla 提交一個報告以通知大家；你已經寄出翻譯文件了，還有，"
	-"若有人可以幫忙檢閱、複審文件的話，對翻譯品質較好，因為這也有助於提升翻譯品質"
	-"的流暢度。"
	+"還有，記得用 Bugzilla 提交一個回報來通知大家你已經提交說明文件了，還有，若"
	+"有人可以幫忙檢閱、複審文件的話，對翻譯品質較好，因為這也有助於提升翻譯品質的"
	+"流暢度。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7139
	+#: book.translate.xml:7122
	msgid ""
	"Someone (probably the Documentation Project Manager, currently Documentation "
	"Engineering Team <email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email>) will then take your "
	"translation and confirm that it builds. In particular, the following things "
	"will be looked at:"
	msgstr ""
	-"最後，會有人(可能是文件計劃總管，或是 Documentation Engineering Team "
	-"<email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email> 成員) 會檢閱你的翻譯文件，並確認是否可正常"
	-"編譯。此外，他們會特別注意下列幾點："
	+"最後，會有人 (可能是文件計劃管理者，或是文件工程團隊 Documentation "
	+"Engineering Team <email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email> 成員) 會檢閱你的翻譯文件，"
	+"並確認是否可正常編譯。此外，他們會特別注意下列幾點："

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7146
	+#: book.translate.xml:7129
	msgid "Do all your files use RCS strings (such as \"ID\")?"
	msgstr "你的檔案是否都有用 RCS tag (像是 \"ID\" 之類的)？"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7151
	+#: book.translate.xml:7134
	msgid ""
	"Does <command>make all</command> in the <filename>sv_SE.ISO8859-1</filename> "
	"directory work correctly?"
	@@ -9349,45 +9406,45 @@
	"編譯呢？"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7157
	+#: book.translate.xml:7140
	msgid "Does <command>make install</command> work correctly?"
	msgstr "<command>make install</command> 是否結果有正確"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7162
	+#: book.translate.xml:7145
	msgid ""
	"If there are any problems then whoever is looking at the submission will get "
	"back to you to work them out."
	msgstr "若有問題的話，那麼檢閱者會叮嚀你，來讓這些翻譯成果可以正確使用。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7165
	+#: book.translate.xml:7148
	msgid ""
	"If there are no problems your translation will be committed as soon as "
	"possible."
	-msgstr "若沒問題的話，那麼就會很快把你的翻譯成果 commit 進去了。"
	+msgstr "若沒問題的話，那麼就會很快把你的翻譯成果提交。"

	#. (itstool) path: question/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7172
	+#: book.translate.xml:7155
	msgid "Can I include language or country specific text in my translation?"
	msgstr "可以加入某語系或某國家才有的東西到翻譯內容內嗎？"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7177
	+#: book.translate.xml:7160
	msgid "We would prefer that you did not."
	msgstr "我們希望不要這麼做。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7179
	+#: book.translate.xml:7162
	msgid ""
	"For example, suppose that you are translating the Handbook to Korean, and "
	"want to include a section about retailers in Korea in your Handbook."
	msgstr ""
	-"舉例來說，假設你正準備把 Handbook 翻譯為韓文版，並希望把韓國零售商也加到你翻"
	-"譯的 Handbook 韓文版內。"
	+"舉例來說，假設你正準備把使用手冊 (Handbook) 翻譯為韓文版，並希望把韓國零售商"
	+"也加到你翻譯的韓文版使用手冊內。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7183
	+#: book.translate.xml:7166
	msgid ""
	"There is no real reason why that information should not be in the English "
	"(or German, or Spanish, or Japanese, or …) versions as well. It is feasible "
	@@ -9400,127 +9457,128 @@
	"也可以提升 FreeBSD 的可見度，很顯然的，這並不是件壞事啊。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7191
	+#: book.translate.xml:7174
	msgid ""
	"If you have country specific information, please submit it as a change to "
	"the English Handbook (using Bugzilla) and then translate the change back to "
	"your language in the translated Handbook."
	msgstr ""
	-"若你有某國才有的資料，請(用 Bugzilla )提供給英文版 Handbook 以作為修訂，然"
	-"後再把英文版的修訂部分，翻為你要翻譯的 Handbook 吧。"
	+"若你有某國才有的資料，請提供給英文版使用手冊以作為修訂 (用 Bugzilla)，然後再"
	+"把英文版的修訂部分翻為你要翻譯的使用手冊吧。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7196
	+#: book.translate.xml:7179
	msgid "Thanks."
	msgstr "謝謝。"

	#. (itstool) path: question/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7202
	+#: book.translate.xml:7185
	msgid "How should language specific characters be included?"
	msgstr "要怎麼把該語系特有的字元寫進去翻譯內容呢？"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7207
	+#: book.translate.xml:7190
	msgid ""
	"Non-ASCII characters in the documentation should be included using SGML "
	"entities."
	msgstr ""
	-"文件內所有的非 ASCII(Non-ASCII) 字元，都要使用 SGML entities 才能寫進去。"
	+"說明文件內所有的非 ASCII (Non-ASCII) 的字元，都要使用 SGML entities 才能寫進"
	+"去。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7210
	+#: book.translate.xml:7193
	msgid ""
	"Briefly, these look like an ampersand (&), the name of the entity, and a "
	"semi-colon (;)."
	msgstr ""
	-"簡單來說，長相一開頭會是 and 符號(&)，然後是該 entity 名稱，最後接上分號"
	-"(;)。"
	+"簡單來說，長相一開頭會是 and 符號 (&)，然後是該 Entity 名稱，最後接上分"
	+"號 (;)。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7213
	+#: book.translate.xml:7196
	msgid ""
	"The entity names are defined in ISO8879, which is in the ports tree as "
	"<package>textproc/iso8879</package>."
	msgstr ""
	-"這些 entity 名稱都是 ISO8879 所制訂的，而 port tree 內則 <package>textproc/"
	+"這些 Entity 名稱都是 ISO8879 所制訂的，其在 Port 樹內的 <package>textproc/"
	"iso8879</package>。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7216
	+#: book.translate.xml:7199
	msgid "A few examples include:"
	msgstr "以下舉一些例子："

	#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
	-#: book.translate.xml:7219
	+#: book.translate.xml:7202
	msgid "Entity"
	-msgstr "Entity名稱"
	+msgstr "Entity 名稱"

	#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
	-#: book.translate.xml:7221
	+#: book.translate.xml:7204
	msgid "Appearance"
	-msgstr "實際樣子"
	+msgstr "外觀"

	#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
	-#: book.translate.xml:7226
	+#: book.translate.xml:7209
	msgid "&eacute;"
	msgstr "&eacute;"

	#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
	-#: book.translate.xml:7227
	+#: book.translate.xml:7210
	msgid "é"
	msgstr "é"

	#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
	-#: book.translate.xml:7228
	+#: book.translate.xml:7211
	msgid "Small <quote>e</quote> with an acute accent"
	-msgstr "小 <quote>e</quote>，並帶尖、重音(acute accent)"
	+msgstr "小 <quote>e</quote>，並帶尖、重音 (Acute accent)"

	#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
	-#: book.translate.xml:7232
	+#: book.translate.xml:7215
	msgid "&Eacute;"
	msgstr "&Eacute;"

	#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
	-#: book.translate.xml:7233
	+#: book.translate.xml:7216
	msgid "É"
	msgstr "É"

	#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
	-#: book.translate.xml:7234
	+#: book.translate.xml:7217
	msgid "Large <quote>E</quote> with an acute accent"
	-msgstr "大 <quote>E</quote>，並帶尖、重音(acute accent)"
	+msgstr "大 <quote>E</quote>，並帶尖、重音 (Acute accent)"

	#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
	-#: book.translate.xml:7238
	+#: book.translate.xml:7221
	msgid "&uuml;"
	msgstr "&uuml;"

	#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
	-#: book.translate.xml:7239
	+#: book.translate.xml:7222
	msgid "ü"
	msgstr "ü"

	#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
	-#: book.translate.xml:7240
	+#: book.translate.xml:7223
	msgid "Small <quote>u</quote> with an umlaut"
	-msgstr "小 <quote>u</quote>，並帶日耳曼語系中的母音變化(umlaut)"
	+msgstr "小 <quote>u</quote>，並帶日耳曼語系中的母音變化 (Umlaut)"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7244
	+#: book.translate.xml:7227
	msgid ""
	"After you have installed the iso8879 port, the files in <filename>/usr/local/"
	"share/xml/iso8879</filename> contain the complete list."
	msgstr ""
	-"在裝了 iso8879 這個 port 之後，就可以在 <filename>/usr/local/share/xml/"
	+"在裝了 iso8879 這個 Port 之後，就可以在 <filename>/usr/local/share/xml/"
	"iso8879</filename> 找到這些的詳細列表。"

	#. (itstool) path: question/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7252
	+#: book.translate.xml:7235
	msgid "Addressing the reader"
	msgstr "如何稱呼讀者呢？"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7256
	+#: book.translate.xml:7239
	msgid ""
	"In the English documents, the reader is addressed as <quote>you</quote>, "
	"there is no formal/informal distinction as there is in some languages."
	@@ -9529,34 +9587,35 @@
	"式的區隔。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7260
	+#: book.translate.xml:7243
	msgid ""
	"If you are translating to a language which does distinguish, use whichever "
	"form is typically used in other technical documentation in your language. If "
	"in doubt, use a mildly polite form."
	msgstr ""
	-"若你所要翻的語言可以區別這些差異，那麼請用該語系在一般技術文件上所使用的稱呼"
	-"吧。如果容易造成困惑的話，那麼請改用較中性的稱呼來取代。"
	+"若你所要翻的語言可以區別這些差異，那麼請用該語系在一般技術說明文件上所使用的"
	+"稱呼吧。如果容易造成困惑的話，那麼請改用較中性的稱呼來取代。"

	#. (itstool) path: question/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7269
	+#: book.translate.xml:7252
	msgid "Do I need to include any additional information in my translations?"
	msgstr "翻譯成果內要不要附上一些其他訊息呢？"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7274
	+#: book.translate.xml:7257
	msgid "Yes."
	msgstr "要。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7276
	+#: book.translate.xml:7259
	msgid ""
	"The header of the English version of each document will look something like "
	"this:"
	msgstr "每份英文版原稿的開頭，通常會有像下面的內容："

	#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:7279
	+#: book.translate.xml:7262
	+#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<!--\n"
	" The FreeBSD Documentation Project\n"
	@@ -9564,26 +9623,22 @@
	" $FreeBSD$\n"
	"-->"
	msgstr ""
	-"<!--\n"
	-" The FreeBSD Documentation Project\n"
	-"\n"
	-" $FreeBSD$\n"
	-"-->"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7285
	+#: book.translate.xml:7268
	msgid ""
	"The exact boilerplate may change, but it will always include a $FreeBSD$ "
	"line and the phrase <literal>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</literal>. "
	-"Note that the $FreeBSD$ part is expanded automatically by Subversion, so it "
	+"Note that the $FreeBSD part is expanded automatically by Subversion, so it "
	"should be empty (just <literal>$FreeBSD$</literal>) for new files."
	msgstr ""
	-"實際上的內容可能稍有不同，但每份原稿都會附上 &dollar;FreeBSD&dollar; 這一行以及"
	-"<literal>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</literal> 宣告。請注意：&dollar;FreeBSD&dollar; 開頭的這行是會由 Subversion 隨著每次異動而自動更改的，所以，新檔案的話請保持"
	-"原狀(也就是只要寫 &dollar;FreeBSD&dollar; 就好了)。"
	+"實際上的內容可能稍有不同，但每份原稿都會附上 $FreeBSD$ 這一行以及 "
	+"<literal>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</literal> 宣告。請注意：$FreeBSD"
	+"$ 開頭的這行是會由 Subversion 隨著每次異動而自動更改的，所以新檔案的話請保持"
	+"原狀 (也就是只要寫 $FreeBSD$ 就好了)。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7293
	+#: book.translate.xml:7276
	msgid ""
	"Your translated documents should include their own $FreeBSD$ line, and "
	"change the <literal>FreeBSD Documentation Project</literal> line to "
	@@ -9591,10 +9646,11 @@
	"Project</literal>."
	msgstr ""
	"翻譯文件中，必須都要有 $FreeBSD$ 這行，並且把 <literal>FreeBSD "
	-"Documentation Project</literal> 這行改為 <literal>The FreeBSD <replaceable>language</replaceable> Documentation Project</literal>。"
	+"Documentation Project</literal> 這行改為 <literal>The FreeBSD "
	+"<replaceable>language</replaceable> Documentation Project</literal>。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7299
	+#: book.translate.xml:7282
	msgid ""
	"In addition, you should add a third line which indicates which revision of "
	"the English text this is based on."
	@@ -9603,12 +9659,13 @@
	"做的翻譯。"

	#. (itstool) path: answer/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7302
	+#: book.translate.xml:7285
	msgid "So, the Spanish version of this file might start:"
	-msgstr "因此呢，西班牙文版(Spanish)的檔案開頭應該是長像這樣："
	+msgstr "因此呢，西班牙文版 (Spanish) 的檔案開頭應該是長像這樣："

	#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:7304
	+#: book.translate.xml:7287
	+#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<!--\n"
	" The FreeBSD Spanish Documentation Project\n"
	@@ -9617,20 +9674,14 @@
	" Original revision: r38674\n"
	"-->"
	msgstr ""
	-"<!--\n"
	-" The FreeBSD Spanish Documentation Project\n"
	-"\n"
	-" $FreeBSD$\n"
	-" Original revision: r38674\n"
	-"-->"

	#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:7322
	+#: book.translate.xml:7305
	msgid "<acronym>PO</acronym> Translations"
	msgstr "<acronym>PO</acronym> 翻譯"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7327
	+#: book.translate.xml:7310
	msgid ""
	"The <link xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/\"><acronym>GNU</"
	"acronym> <application>gettext</application></link> system offers translators "
	@@ -9642,12 +9693,12 @@
	msgstr ""
	"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/\"><acronym>GNU</"
	"acronym> <application>gettext</application></link> 系統提供翻譯者一個簡單的方"
	-"法來建立和維護文件的翻譯。翻譯的字串從原始文件題取出來到<acronym>PO</"
	+"法來建立和維護文件的翻譯。翻譯的字串從原始文件題取出來到 <acronym>PO</"
	"acronym> (Portable Object) 檔。字串的翻譯用另外的編輯器輸入。翻譯的字串可以"
	"直接使用，或是編譯成原始文件的完整翻譯版本。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7340
	+#: book.translate.xml:7323
	msgid ""
	"The procedure shown in <xref linkend=\"overview-quick-start\"/> is assumed "
	"to have already been performed, but the <literal>TRANSLATOR</literal> option "
	@@ -9655,12 +9706,13 @@
	"port. If that option was not enabled, display the options menu and enable "
	"it, then reinstall the port:"
	msgstr ""
	-"在 <xref linkend=\"overview-quick-start\"/> 的步驟還必須打開 <package role="
	-"\"port\">textproc/docproj</package> port <literal>TRANSLATOR</literal> 選項。"
	-"如果沒有打開這個選項，請打開選項後，重新安裝 port。"
	+"我們會假設您已做過在 <xref linkend=\"overview-quick-start\"/> 中的步驟，除此"
	+"之外還必須打開 <package role=\"port\">textproc/docproj</package> Port 中的 "
	+"<literal>TRANSLATOR</literal> 選項。如果沒有打開這個選項，請打開選項後重新安"
	+"裝 Port。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:7348
	+#: book.translate.xml:7331
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/textproc/docproj</userinput>\n"
	@@ -9672,31 +9724,31 @@
	"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make clean deinstall install clean</userinput>"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7352
	+#: book.translate.xml:7335
	msgid ""
	"This example shows the creation of a Spanish translation of the short <link "
	"xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds"
	"\">Leap Seconds</link> article."
	msgstr ""
	-"這個範例示範如何建立<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/"
	-"articles/leap-seconds\">Leap Seconds</link> 短文的西班牙文翻譯"
	+"這個範例示範如何建立 <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US."
	+"ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds\">Leap Seconds</link> 短文的西班牙文翻譯。"

	#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:7357
	+#: book.translate.xml:7340
	msgid "Install a <acronym>PO</acronym> Editor"
	msgstr "安裝 <acronym>PO</acronym> 編輯器"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7360
	+#: book.translate.xml:7343
	msgid ""
	"A <acronym>PO</acronym> editor is needed to edit translation files. This "
	"example uses <package role=\"ports\">editors/poedit</package>."
	msgstr ""
	-"編輯翻譯檔案需要<acronym>PO</acronym>編輯器。這個範例使用<package role="
	+"編輯翻譯檔案需要 <acronym>PO</acronym> 編輯器。這個範例使用 <package role="
	"\"ports\">editors/poedit</package>。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:7364
	+#: book.translate.xml:7347
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/poedit</userinput>\n"
	@@ -9706,12 +9758,12 @@
	"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"

	#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:7370
	+#: book.translate.xml:7353
	msgid "Initial Setup"
	msgstr "初始設定"

	#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7372
	+#: book.translate.xml:7355
	msgid ""
	"When a new translation is first created, the directory structure and "
	"<filename>Makefile</filename> must be created or copied from the English "
	@@ -9721,7 +9773,7 @@
	"英文版複製過來。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7377
	+#: book.translate.xml:7360
	msgid ""
	"Create a directory for the new translation. The English article source is in "
	"<filename>~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</filename>. The "
	@@ -9735,20 +9787,20 @@
	"他路徑相同。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:7385
	+#: book.translate.xml:7368
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn mkdir --parents ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</userinput>"
	msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn mkdir --parents ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</userinput>"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7389
	+#: book.translate.xml:7372
	msgid ""
	"Copy the <filename>Makefile</filename> from the original document into the "
	"translation directory:"
	msgstr "從原始文件處將 <filename>Makefile</filename> 複製到翻譯目錄。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:7392
	+#: book.translate.xml:7375
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn cp ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/Makefile \\\n"
	@@ -9758,12 +9810,12 @@
	" ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</userinput>"

	#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:7398
	+#: book.translate.xml:7381
	msgid "Translation"
	msgstr "翻譯"

	#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7400
	+#: book.translate.xml:7383
	msgid ""
	"Translating a document consists of two steps: extracting translatable "
	"strings from the original document, and entering translations for those "
	@@ -9774,14 +9826,14 @@
	"複這些步驟，直到翻譯者認為文件的翻譯部份已經足夠用來產生可讀的翻譯文件。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7408
	+#: book.translate.xml:7391
	msgid ""
	"Extract the translatable strings from the original English version into a "
	"<acronym>PO</acronym> file:"
	msgstr "從英文的原始文件提取字串到 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔："

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:7411
	+#: book.translate.xml:7394
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</userinput>\n"
	@@ -9791,7 +9843,7 @@
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make po</userinput>"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7416
	+#: book.translate.xml:7399
	msgid ""
	"Use a <acronym>PO</acronym> editor to enter translations in the <acronym>PO</"
	"acronym> file. There are several different editors available. "
	@@ -9803,7 +9855,7 @@
	"package> 的 <filename>poedit</filename> 。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7422
	+#: book.translate.xml:7405
	msgid ""
	"The <acronym>PO</acronym> file name is the two-character language code "
	"followed by an underline and a two-character region code. For Spanish, the "
	@@ -9813,23 +9865,23 @@
	"西班牙語來說，檔名是 <filename>es_ES.po</filename> 。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:7427 book.translate.xml:7891
	+#: book.translate.xml:7410 book.translate.xml:7874
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>poedit es_ES.po</userinput>"
	msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>poedit es_ES.po</userinput>"

	#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:7432
	+#: book.translate.xml:7415
	msgid "Generating a Translated Document"
	msgstr "產生翻譯文件"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7435
	+#: book.translate.xml:7418
	msgid "Generate the translated document:"
	msgstr "產生翻譯文件"

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:7437
	+#: book.translate.xml:7420
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</userinput>\n"
	@@ -9839,7 +9891,7 @@
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make tran</userinput>"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7440
	+#: book.translate.xml:7423
	msgid ""
	"The name of the generated document matches the name of the English original, "
	"usually <filename>article.xml</filename> for articles or <filename>book.xml</"
	@@ -9849,7 +9901,7 @@
	"filename> ，書籍是 <filename>book.xml</filename> 。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7447
	+#: book.translate.xml:7430
	msgid ""
	"Check the generated file by rendering it to <acronym>HTML</acronym> and "
	"viewing it with a web browser:"
	@@ -9857,7 +9909,7 @@
	"可以轉換成 <acronym>HTML</acronym> 來檢查產生的檔案，並用瀏覽器來察看。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:7451
	+#: book.translate.xml:7434
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make FORMATS=html</userinput>\n"
	@@ -9867,12 +9919,12 @@
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>firefox article.html</userinput>"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:7458
	+#: book.translate.xml:7441
	msgid "Creating New Translations"
	msgstr "建立新翻譯"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7460
	+#: book.translate.xml:7443
	msgid ""
	"The first step to creating a new translated document is locating or creating "
	"a directory to hold it. FreeBSD puts translated documents in a subdirectory "
	@@ -9883,500 +9935,501 @@
	"uppercase <replaceable>REGION</replaceable> code."
	msgstr ""
	"建立新翻譯文件的第一步是找到或建立一個目錄來放它。FreeBSD 將翻譯文件放在子目"
	-"錄，用語系和區域以<filename><replaceable>語系</replaceable>_<replaceable>區域"
	-"</replaceable></filename>來命名。<replaceable>語系</replaceable> 是小寫的兩個"
	-"字元碼。接著是底線和兩個字元的大寫 <replaceable>REGION</replaceable> 碼。"
	+"錄，用語系和區域以 <filename><replaceable>語系 (lang)</"
	+"replaceable>_<replaceable>區域 (REGION)</replaceable></filename> 來命名。"
	+"<replaceable>語系 (lang)</replaceable> 是小寫的兩個字元碼，接著是底線和兩個字"
	+"元的大寫 <replaceable>REGION</replaceable> 碼。"

	#. (itstool) path: table/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:7471
	+#: book.translate.xml:7454
	msgid "Language Names"
	msgstr "語系名稱"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7476
	+#: book.translate.xml:7459
	msgid "Language"
	msgstr "語言"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7477
	+#: book.translate.xml:7460
	msgid "Region"
	msgstr "地區"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7478
	+#: book.translate.xml:7461
	msgid "Translated Directory Name"
	msgstr "翻譯目錄名稱"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7479
	+#: book.translate.xml:7462
	msgid "<acronym>PO</acronym> File Name"
	msgstr "<acronym>PO</acronym> 檔名稱"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7480
	+#: book.translate.xml:7463
	msgid "Character Set"
	msgstr "字元集"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7486
	+#: book.translate.xml:7469
	msgid "English"
	msgstr "英文"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7487
	+#: book.translate.xml:7470
	msgid "United States"
	msgstr "美國"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7488
	+#: book.translate.xml:7471
	msgid "<filename>en_US.ISO8859-1</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>en_US.ISO8859-1</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7489
	+#: book.translate.xml:7472
	msgid "<filename>en_US.po</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>en_US.po</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7490 book.translate.xml:7506 book.translate.xml:7514
	-#: book.translate.xml:7530 book.translate.xml:7538 book.translate.xml:7586
	-#: book.translate.xml:7594 book.translate.xml:7610
	+#: book.translate.xml:7473 book.translate.xml:7489 book.translate.xml:7497
	+#: book.translate.xml:7513 book.translate.xml:7521 book.translate.xml:7569
	+#: book.translate.xml:7577 book.translate.xml:7593
	msgid "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-1"
	msgstr "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-1"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7494
	+#: book.translate.xml:7477
	msgid "Bengali"
	msgstr "孟加拉文"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7495
	+#: book.translate.xml:7478
	msgid "Bangladesh"
	msgstr "孟加拉"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7496
	+#: book.translate.xml:7479
	msgid "<filename>bn_BD.UTF-8</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>bn_BD.UTF-8</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7497
	+#: book.translate.xml:7480
	msgid "<filename>bn_BD.po</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>bn_BD.po</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7498 book.translate.xml:7570 book.translate.xml:7578
	-#: book.translate.xml:7642 book.translate.xml:7650
	+#: book.translate.xml:7481 book.translate.xml:7553 book.translate.xml:7561
	+#: book.translate.xml:7625 book.translate.xml:7633
	msgid "<acronym>UTF</acronym>-8"
	msgstr "<acronym>UTF</acronym>-8"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7502
	+#: book.translate.xml:7485
	msgid "Danish"
	msgstr "丹麥文"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7503
	+#: book.translate.xml:7486
	msgid "Denmark"
	msgstr "丹麥"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7504
	+#: book.translate.xml:7487
	msgid "<filename>da_DK.ISO8859-1</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>da_DK.ISO8859-1</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7505
	+#: book.translate.xml:7488
	msgid "<filename>da_DK.po</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>da_DK.po</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7510
	+#: book.translate.xml:7493
	msgid "German"
	msgstr "德文"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7511
	+#: book.translate.xml:7494
	msgid "Germany"
	msgstr "德國"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7512
	+#: book.translate.xml:7495
	msgid "<filename>de_DE.ISO8859-1</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>de_DE.ISO8859-1</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7513
	+#: book.translate.xml:7496
	msgid "<filename>de_DE.po</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>de_DE.po</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7518
	+#: book.translate.xml:7501
	msgid "Greek"
	msgstr "希臘文"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7519
	+#: book.translate.xml:7502
	msgid "Greece"
	msgstr "希臘"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7520
	+#: book.translate.xml:7503
	msgid "<filename>el_GR.ISO8859-7</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>el_GR.ISO8859-7</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7521
	+#: book.translate.xml:7504
	msgid "<filename>el_GR.po</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>el_GR.po</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7522
	+#: book.translate.xml:7505
	msgid "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-7"
	msgstr "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-7"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7526
	+#: book.translate.xml:7509
	msgid "Spanish"
	msgstr "西班牙文"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7527
	+#: book.translate.xml:7510
	msgid "Spain"
	msgstr "西班牙"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7528
	+#: book.translate.xml:7511
	msgid "<filename>es_ES.ISO8859-1</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>es_ES.ISO8859-1</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7529
	+#: book.translate.xml:7512
	msgid "<filename>es_ES.po</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>es_ES.po</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7534
	+#: book.translate.xml:7517
	msgid "French"
	msgstr "法文"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7535
	+#: book.translate.xml:7518
	msgid "France"
	msgstr "法國"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7536
	+#: book.translate.xml:7519
	msgid "<filename>fr_FR.ISO8859-1</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>fr_FR.ISO8859-1</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7537
	+#: book.translate.xml:7520
	msgid "<filename>fr_FR.po</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>fr_FR.po</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7542
	+#: book.translate.xml:7525
	msgid "Hungarian"
	msgstr "匈牙利文"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7543
	+#: book.translate.xml:7526
	msgid "Hungary"
	msgstr "匈牙利"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7544
	+#: book.translate.xml:7527
	msgid "<filename>hu_HU.ISO8859-2</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>hu_HU.ISO8859-2</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7545
	+#: book.translate.xml:7528
	msgid "<filename>hu_HU.po</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>hu_HU.po</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7546 book.translate.xml:7602 book.translate.xml:7626
	+#: book.translate.xml:7529 book.translate.xml:7585 book.translate.xml:7609
	msgid "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-2"
	msgstr "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-2"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7550
	+#: book.translate.xml:7533
	msgid "Italian"
	msgstr "義大利文"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7551
	+#: book.translate.xml:7534
	msgid "Italy"
	msgstr "義大利"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7552
	+#: book.translate.xml:7535
	msgid "<filename>it_IT.ISO8859-15</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>it_IT.ISO8859-15</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7553
	+#: book.translate.xml:7536
	msgid "<filename>it_IT.po</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>it_IT.po</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7554
	+#: book.translate.xml:7537
	msgid "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-15"
	msgstr "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-15"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7558
	+#: book.translate.xml:7541
	msgid "Japanese"
	msgstr "日文"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7559
	+#: book.translate.xml:7542
	msgid "Japan"
	msgstr "日本"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7560
	+#: book.translate.xml:7543
	msgid "<filename>ja_JP.eucJP</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>ja_JP.eucJP</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7561
	+#: book.translate.xml:7544
	msgid "<filename>ja_JP.po</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>ja_JP.po</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7562
	+#: book.translate.xml:7545
	msgid "<acronym>EUC</acronym> JP"
	msgstr "<acronym>EUC</acronym> JP"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7566
	+#: book.translate.xml:7549
	msgid "Korean"
	msgstr "韓文"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7567
	+#: book.translate.xml:7550
	msgid "Korea"
	msgstr "韓國"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7568
	+#: book.translate.xml:7551
	msgid "<filename>ko_KR.UTF-8</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>ko_KR.UTF-8</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7569
	+#: book.translate.xml:7552
	msgid "<filename>ko_KR.po</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>ko_KR.po</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7574
	+#: book.translate.xml:7557
	msgid "Mongolian"
	msgstr "蒙古文"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7575
	+#: book.translate.xml:7558
	msgid "Mongolia"
	msgstr "蒙古"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7576
	+#: book.translate.xml:7559
	msgid "<filename>mn_MN.UTF-8</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>mn_MN.UTF-8</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7577
	+#: book.translate.xml:7560
	msgid "<filename>mn_MN.po</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>mn_MN.po</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7582
	+#: book.translate.xml:7565
	msgid "Dutch"
	msgstr "荷蘭文"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7583
	+#: book.translate.xml:7566
	msgid "Netherlands"
	msgstr "荷蘭"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7584
	+#: book.translate.xml:7567
	msgid "<filename>nl_NL.ISO8859-1</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>nl_NL.ISO8859-1</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7585
	+#: book.translate.xml:7568
	msgid "<filename>nl_NL.po</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>nl_NL.po</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7590
	+#: book.translate.xml:7573
	msgid "Norwegian"
	msgstr "挪威文"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7591
	+#: book.translate.xml:7574
	msgid "Norway"
	msgstr "挪威"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7592
	+#: book.translate.xml:7575
	msgid "<filename>no_NO.ISO8859-1</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>no_NO.ISO8859-1</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7593
	+#: book.translate.xml:7576
	msgid "<filename>no_NO.po</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>no_NO.po</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7598
	+#: book.translate.xml:7581
	msgid "Polish"
	msgstr "波蘭文"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7599
	+#: book.translate.xml:7582
	msgid "Poland"
	msgstr "波蘭"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7600
	+#: book.translate.xml:7583
	msgid "<filename>pl_PL.ISO8859-2</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>pl_PL.ISO8859-2</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7601
	+#: book.translate.xml:7584
	msgid "<filename>pl_PL.po</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>pl_PL.po</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7606
	+#: book.translate.xml:7589
	msgid "Portuguese"
	msgstr "葡萄牙文"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7607
	+#: book.translate.xml:7590
	msgid "Brazil"
	msgstr "巴西"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7608
	+#: book.translate.xml:7591
	msgid "<filename>pt_BR.ISO8859-1</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>pt_BR.ISO8859-1</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7609
	+#: book.translate.xml:7592
	msgid "<filename>pt_BR.po</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>pt_BR.po</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7614
	+#: book.translate.xml:7597
	msgid "Russian"
	msgstr "俄文"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7615
	+#: book.translate.xml:7598
	msgid "Russia"
	msgstr "俄羅斯"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7616
	+#: book.translate.xml:7599
	msgid "<filename>ru_RU.KOI8-R</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>ru_RU.KOI8-R</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7617
	+#: book.translate.xml:7600
	msgid "<filename>ru_RU.po</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>ru_RU.po</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7618
	+#: book.translate.xml:7601
	msgid "<acronym>KOI</acronym>8-R"
	msgstr "<acronym>KOI</acronym>8-R"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7622
	+#: book.translate.xml:7605
	msgid "Serbian"
	msgstr "賽爾維亞"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7623
	+#: book.translate.xml:7606
	msgid "Serbia"
	msgstr "賽爾維亞文"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7624
	+#: book.translate.xml:7607
	msgid "<filename>sr_YU.ISO8859-2</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>sr_YU.ISO8859-2</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7625
	+#: book.translate.xml:7608
	msgid "<filename>sr_YU.po</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>sr_YU.po</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7630
	+#: book.translate.xml:7613
	msgid "Turkish"
	msgstr "土耳其文"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7631
	+#: book.translate.xml:7614
	msgid "Turkey"
	msgstr "土耳其"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7632
	+#: book.translate.xml:7615
	msgid "<filename>tr_TR.ISO8859-9</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>tr_TR.ISO8859-9</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7633
	+#: book.translate.xml:7616
	msgid "<filename>tr_TR.po</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>tr_TR.po</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7634
	+#: book.translate.xml:7617
	msgid "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-9"
	msgstr "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-9"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7638 book.translate.xml:7646
	+#: book.translate.xml:7621 book.translate.xml:7629
	msgid "Chinese"
	msgstr "中文"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7639
	+#: book.translate.xml:7622
	msgid "China"
	msgstr "中國"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7640
	+#: book.translate.xml:7623
	msgid "<filename>zh_CN.UTF-8</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>zh_CN.UTF-8</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7641
	+#: book.translate.xml:7624
	msgid "<filename>zh_CN.po</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>zh_CN.po</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7647
	+#: book.translate.xml:7630
	msgid "Taiwan"
	msgstr "台灣"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7648
	+#: book.translate.xml:7631
	msgid "<filename>zh_TW.UTF-8</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>zh_TW.UTF-8</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:7649
	+#: book.translate.xml:7632
	msgid "<filename>zh_TW.po</filename>"
	msgstr "<filename>zh_TW.po</filename>"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7656
	+#: book.translate.xml:7639
	msgid ""
	"The translations are in subdirectories of the main documentation directory, "
	"here assumed to be <filename>~/doc/</filename> as shown in <xref linkend="
	@@ -10384,13 +10437,13 @@
	"<filename>~/doc/de_DE.ISO8859-1/</filename>, and French translations are in "
	"<filename>~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/</filename>."
	msgstr ""
	-"翻譯位於主要文件目錄的子目錄，這裡假設如 <xref linkend=\"overview-quick-start"
	-"\"/> 所示，是 <filename>~/doc/</filename>。例如德文位於 <filename>~/doc/"
	+"翻譯位於主要說明文件目錄的子目錄，這裡假設如 <xref linkend=\"overview-quick-"
	+"start\"/> 所示，是 <filename>~/doc/</filename>。例如德文位於 <filename>~/doc/"
	"de_DE.ISO8859-1/</filename>，法文位於 <filename>~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/</"
	"filename>。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7665
	+#: book.translate.xml:7648
	msgid ""
	"Each language directory contains separate subdirectories named for the type "
	"of documents, usually <filename>articles/</filename> and <filename>books/</"
	@@ -10400,7 +10453,7 @@
	"和 <filename>books/</filename>。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7670
	+#: book.translate.xml:7653
	msgid ""
	"Combining these directory names gives the complete path to an article or "
	"book. For example, the French translation of the NanoBSD article is in "
	@@ -10413,7 +10466,7 @@
	"古文翻譯在<filename>~/doc/mn_MN.UTF-8/books/handbook/</filename> 。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7677
	+#: book.translate.xml:7660
	msgid ""
	"A new language directory must be created when translating a document to a "
	"new language. If the language directory already exists, only a subdirectory "
	@@ -10424,7 +10477,7 @@
	"有 <filename>articles/</filename> 或 <filename>books/</filename> 的子目錄。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7683
	+#: book.translate.xml:7666
	msgid ""
	"FreeBSD documentation builds are controlled by a <filename>Makefile</"
	"filename> in the same directory. With simple articles, the "
	@@ -10434,31 +10487,31 @@
	"files in books into a single file, so the <filename>Makefile</filename> for "
	"book translations must be copied and modified."
	msgstr ""
	-"FreeBSD 文件的編譯是由同一個目錄的 <filename>Makefile</filename> 控制。簡單的"
	-"文章可以從原始的英語目錄直接複製 <filename>Makefile</filename> 過來。書籍的翻"
	-"譯流程結合多個獨立的 <filename>book.xml</filename> 和 <filename>chapter.xml</"
	-"filename> 成為一個檔案，所以書籍翻譯的 <filename>Makefile</filename> 必須複"
	-"製並修改。"
	+"FreeBSD 說明文件的編譯是由同一個目錄的 <filename>Makefile</filename> 控制。簡"
	+"單的文章可以從原始的英語目錄直接複製 <filename>Makefile</filename> 過來。書籍"
	+"的翻譯流程結合多個獨立的 <filename>book.xml</filename> 和 <filename>chapter."
	+"xml</filename> 成為一個檔案，所以書籍翻譯的 <filename>Makefile</filename> 必"
	+"須複製並修改。"

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:7694
	+#: book.translate.xml:7677
	msgid "Creating a Spanish Translation of the Porter's Handbook"
	msgstr "建立 Porter 手冊的西班牙語翻譯"

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7697
	+#: book.translate.xml:7680
	msgid ""
	"Create a new Spanish translation of the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/"
	"doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook\">Porter's Handbook</link>. The "
	"original is a book in <filename>~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/"
	"</filename>."
	msgstr ""
	-"建立<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-"
	-"handbook\">Porter 手冊</link>的西班牙文翻譯。原文是位於 <filename>~/doc/"
	+"建立 <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-"
	+"handbook\">Porter 手冊</link> 的西班牙文翻譯。原文是位於 <filename>~/doc/"
	"en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/</filename> 的書籍。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7704
	+#: book.translate.xml:7687
	msgid ""
	"The Spanish language books directory <filename>~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/</"
	"filename> already exists, so only a new subdirectory for the Porter's "
	@@ -10468,7 +10521,7 @@
	"在，所以只要建立 Porter 手冊的子目錄："

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:7708
	+#: book.translate.xml:7691
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/</userinput>\n"
	@@ -10480,12 +10533,12 @@
	"A porters-handbook"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7714
	+#: book.translate.xml:7697
	msgid "Copy the <filename>Makefile</filename> from the original book:"
	msgstr "從原始文件的目錄複製 <filename>Makefile</filename> ："

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:7717
	+#: book.translate.xml:7700
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook</userinput>\n"
	@@ -10497,7 +10550,7 @@
	"A Makefile"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7721
	+#: book.translate.xml:7704
	msgid ""
	"Modify the contents of the <filename>Makefile</filename> to only expect a "
	"single <filename>book.xml</filename>:"
	@@ -10506,7 +10559,8 @@
	"filename>："

	#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:7725
	+#: book.translate.xml:7708
	+#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"#\n"
	"# $FreeBSD$\n"
	@@ -10554,54 +10608,9 @@
	"\n"
	".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\""
	msgstr ""
	-"#\n"
	-"# $FreeBSD$\n"
	-"#\n"
	-"# Build the FreeBSD Porter's Handbook。\n"
	-"#\n"
	-"\n"
	-"MAINTAINER=doc@FreeBSD.org\n"
	-"\n"
	-"DOC?= book\n"
	-"\n"
	-"FORMATS?= html-split\n"
	-"\n"
	-"INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz\n"
	-"INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=\n"
	-"\n"
	-"# XML content\n"
	-"SRCS= book.xml\n"
	-"\n"
	-"# Images from the cross-document image library\n"
	-"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/1.png\n"
	-"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/2.png\n"
	-"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/3.png\n"
	-"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/4.png\n"
	-"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/5.png\n"
	-"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/6.png\n"
	-"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/7.png\n"
	-"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/8.png\n"
	-"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/9.png\n"
	-"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/10.png\n"
	-"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/11.png\n"
	-"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/12.png\n"
	-"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/13.png\n"
	-"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/14.png\n"
	-"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/15.png\n"
	-"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/16.png\n"
	-"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/17.png\n"
	-"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/18.png\n"
	-"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/19.png\n"
	-"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/20.png\n"
	-"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/21.png\n"
	-"\n"
	-"URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../..\n"
	-"DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..\n"
	-"\n"
	-".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\""

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7771
	+#: book.translate.xml:7754
	msgid ""
	"Now the document structure is ready for the translator to begin translating "
	"with <command>make po</command>."
	@@ -10609,13 +10618,13 @@
	"現在文件結構已經準備好讓翻譯者執行 <command>make po</command> 開始翻譯。"

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:7779
	+#: book.translate.xml:7762
	msgid ""
	"Creating a French Translation of the <acronym>PGP</acronym> Keys Article"
	msgstr "建立 <acronym>PGP</acronym> 金鑰文章的法語翻譯。"

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7782
	+#: book.translate.xml:7765
	msgid ""
	"Create a new French translation of the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/"
	"doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys\"><acronym>PGP</acronym> Keys article</"
	@@ -10623,21 +10632,21 @@
	"articles/pgpkeys/</filename>."
	msgstr ""
	"建立 <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/"
	-"pgpkeys\"><acronym>PGP</acronym> 金鑰文章</link>的法文翻譯。原文是位於 "
	+"pgpkeys\"><acronym>PGP</acronym> 金鑰文章</link> 的法文翻譯。原文是位於 "
	"<filename>~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys/</filename> 的文章。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7789
	+#: book.translate.xml:7772
	msgid ""
	"The French language article directory <filename>~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/"
	"articles/</filename> already exists, so only a new subdirectory for the "
	"<acronym>PGP</acronym> Keys article is needed:"
	msgstr ""
	-"法文 article 目錄 <filename>~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/</filename> 已經"
	-"存在，所以只要建立 <acronym>PGP</acronym> 金鑰文章的子目錄："
	+"法文文章目錄 <filename>~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/</filename> 已經存在，"
	+"所以只要建立 <acronym>PGP</acronym> 金鑰文章的子目錄："

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:7793
	+#: book.translate.xml:7776
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/</userinput>\n"
	@@ -10649,12 +10658,12 @@
	"A pgpkeys"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7799
	+#: book.translate.xml:7782
	msgid "Copy the <filename>Makefile</filename> from the original article:"
	msgstr "從原始文件的目錄複製 <filename>Makefile</filename> ："

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:7802
	+#: book.translate.xml:7785
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys</userinput>\n"
	@@ -10666,7 +10675,7 @@
	"A Makefile"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7806
	+#: book.translate.xml:7789
	msgid ""
	"Check the contents of the <filename>Makefile</filename>. Because this is a "
	"simple article, in this case the <filename>Makefile</filename> can be used "
	@@ -10679,7 +10688,8 @@
	"literal> 版本字串將會在檔案提交時被版本控制系統替換掉。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:7813
	+#: book.translate.xml:7796
	+#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"#\n"
	"# $FreeBSD$\n"
	@@ -10703,30 +10713,9 @@
	"\n"
	".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\""
	msgstr ""
	-"#\n"
	-"# $FreeBSD$\n"
	-"#\n"
	-"# Article：PGP Keys\n"
	-"\n"
	-"DOC?= article\n"
	-"\n"
	-"FORMATS?= html\n"
	-"WITH_ARTICLE_TOC?= YES\n"
	-"\n"
	-"INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz\n"
	-"INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=\n"
	-"\n"
	-"SRCS= article.xml\n"
	-"\n"
	-"# To build with just key fingerprints, set FINGERPRINTS_ONLY。\n"
	-"\n"
	-"URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../..\n"
	-"DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..\n"
	-"\n"
	-".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\""

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7835
	+#: book.translate.xml:7818
	msgid ""
	"With the document structure complete, the <acronym>PO</acronym> file can be "
	"created with <command>make po</command>."
	@@ -10735,12 +10724,12 @@
	"<acronym>PO</acronym> 檔。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:7844
	+#: book.translate.xml:7827
	msgid "Translating"
	msgstr "翻譯"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7846
	+#: book.translate.xml:7829
	msgid ""
	"The <application>gettext</application> system greatly reduces the number of "
	"things that must be tracked by a translator. Strings to be translated are "
	@@ -10748,12 +10737,12 @@
	"a <acronym>PO</acronym> editor is used to enter the translated versions of "
	"each string."
	msgstr ""
	-"<application>gettext</application>系統大幅減少翻譯者要追蹤的事情。字串從原始"
	-"文件提取到<acronym>PO</acronym> 檔。再用 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔編輯器輸入字"
	-"串的翻譯。"
	+"<application>gettext</application> 系統大幅減少翻譯者要追蹤的事情。字串從原"
	+"始文件提取到 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔。再用 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔編輯器輸"
	+"入字串的翻譯。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7853
	+#: book.translate.xml:7836
	msgid ""
	"The FreeBSD <acronym>PO</acronym> translation system does not overwrite "
	"<acronym>PO</acronym> files, so the extraction step can be run at any time "
	@@ -10763,7 +10752,7 @@
	"以提取步驟可以在任何時候重複執行來更新 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7858
	+#: book.translate.xml:7841
	msgid ""
	"A <acronym>PO</acronym> editor is used to edit the file. <package role=\"port"
	"\">editors/poedit</package> is shown in these examples because it is simple "
	@@ -10774,28 +10763,28 @@
	msgstr ""
	"用 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔編輯器來編輯檔案。此例是用 <package role=\"port"
	"\">editors/poedit</package>，因為它很簡單而且系統需求低。其他的 <acronym>PO</"
	-"acronym> 檔編輯器提供一些特點，能使翻譯工作更輕鬆。Ports 裡有數個編輯器，包"
	-"括 <package role=\"port\">devel/gtranslator</package> 。"
	+"acronym> 檔編輯器提供一些特點，能使翻譯工作更輕鬆。Port 套件集裡有數個編輯"
	+"器，包括 <package role=\"port\">devel/gtranslator</package> 。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7866
	+#: book.translate.xml:7849
	msgid ""
	"It is important to preserve the <acronym>PO</acronym> file. It contains all "
	"of the work that translators have done."
	msgstr "保留 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔是很重要的。它包含所有的翻譯成果。"

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:7870
	+#: book.translate.xml:7853
	msgid "Translating the Porter's Handbook to Spanish"
	msgstr "翻譯 Porter 手冊到西班牙文"

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7872
	+#: book.translate.xml:7855
	msgid "Enter Spanish translations of the contents of the Porter's Handbook."
	msgstr "輸入 Porter 手冊的西班牙文內容"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7877
	+#: book.translate.xml:7860
	msgid ""
	"Change to the Spanish Porter's Handbook directory and update the "
	"<acronym>PO</acronym> file. The generated <acronym>PO</acronym> file is "
	@@ -10807,7 +10796,7 @@
	"> 所示，名叫 <filename>es_ES.po</filename> 。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:7883
	+#: book.translate.xml:7866
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook</userinput>\n"
	@@ -10817,144 +10806,143 @@
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make po</userinput>"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7888
	+#: book.translate.xml:7871
	msgid "Enter translations using a <acronym>PO</acronym> editor:"
	msgstr "使用 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔編輯器輸入翻譯："

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:7898
	+#: book.translate.xml:7881
	msgid "Tips for Translators"
	msgstr "給翻譯者的提示"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:7901 book.translate.xml:7907
	+#: book.translate.xml:7884 book.translate.xml:7890
	msgid "Preserving <acronym>XML</acronym> Tags"
	msgstr "保留 <acronym>XML</acronym> 標籤"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7903
	+#: book.translate.xml:7886
	msgid ""
	"Preserve <acronym>XML</acronym> tags that are shown in the English original."
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "保留在英文原文的 <acronym>XML</acronym> 標籤。"

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7909
	+#: book.translate.xml:7892
	msgid "English original:"
	msgstr "英文原文："

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:7911
	+#: book.translate.xml:7894
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "If <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>NTP<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> is not being used"
	msgstr "If <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>NTP<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> is not being used"

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7913
	+#: book.translate.xml:7896
	msgid "Spanish translation:"
	msgstr "西班牙文翻譯："

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:7915
	+#: book.translate.xml:7898
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "Si <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>NTP<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> no se utiliza"
	msgstr "Si <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>NTP<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> no se utiliza"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:7920
	+#: book.translate.xml:7903
	msgid "Preserving Spaces"
	msgstr "保留空白"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7922
	+#: book.translate.xml:7905
	msgid ""
	"Preserve existing spaces at the beginning and end of strings to be "
	"translated. The translated version must have these spaces also."
	-msgstr "保留要翻譯字串前後的空白。翻譯的版本也要有這些空白。"
	+msgstr "保留要翻譯字串前後的空白，翻譯過的版本也需要有這些空白。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:7928
	+#: book.translate.xml:7911
	msgid "Verbatim Tags"
	msgstr "不要翻譯的標籤"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7930
	+#: book.translate.xml:7913
	msgid "The contents of some tags should be copied verbatim, not translated:"
	msgstr "有些標籤的內容要一字不差地保留，不要翻譯。"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7935
	+#: book.translate.xml:7918
	msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">citerefentry</tag>"
	msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">citerefentry</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7939
	+#: book.translate.xml:7922
	msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">command</tag>"
	msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">command</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7943
	+#: book.translate.xml:7926
	msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>"
	msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7947
	+#: book.translate.xml:7930
	msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>"
	msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7951
	+#: book.translate.xml:7934
	msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">manvolnum</tag>"
	msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">manvolnum</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7955
	+#: book.translate.xml:7938
	msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">orgname</tag>"
	msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">orgname</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7959
	+#: book.translate.xml:7942
	msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">package</tag>"
	msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">package</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7963
	+#: book.translate.xml:7946
	msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">programlisting</tag>"
	msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">programlisting</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7967
	+#: book.translate.xml:7950
	msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">prompt</tag>"
	msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">prompt</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7971
	+#: book.translate.xml:7954
	msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">refentrytitle</tag>"
	msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">refentrytitle</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7975
	+#: book.translate.xml:7958
	msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag>"
	msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7979
	+#: book.translate.xml:7962
	msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>"
	msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7983
	+#: book.translate.xml:7966
	msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>"
	msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:7989
	+#: book.translate.xml:7972
	msgid "<literal>$FreeBSD$</literal> Strings"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "<literal>$FreeBSD$</literal> 字串"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:7992
	-#, fuzzy
	+#: book.translate.xml:7975
	msgid ""
	"The $FreeBSD$ version strings used in files require special handling. In "
	"examples like <xref linkend=\"po-translations-creating-example\"/>, these "
	@@ -10962,18 +10950,19 @@
	"<literal>&dollar;</literal> entities to avoid including actual literal "
	"dollar signs in the file:"
	msgstr ""
	-"檔案裡的 &dollar;FreeBSD&dollar; 版本字串需要特別處理。例如 <xref linkend=\"po-"
	-"translations-creating-example\"/> 裡，這些字串不是要被展開 (expanded)。英文文"
	-"件使用 <literal>&dollar;</literal> entities 來避免使用實際的金錢符號。"
	+"在檔案中使用到的 $FreeBSD$ 版本字串都需要特別處理，例如在 <xref linkend=\"po-"
	+"translations-creating-example\"/>，使用這些字串的用意並非要展開成版本。英文的"
	+"說明文件會使用 <literal>&dollar;</literal> Entity 來避免在檔案中用到錢字"
	+"符號："

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:7999 book.translate.xml:8017
	+#: book.translate.xml:7982 book.translate.xml:8000
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "&dollar;FreeBSD&dollar;"
	msgstr "&dollar;FreeBSD&dollar;"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8001
	+#: book.translate.xml:7984
	msgid ""
	"The <literal>&dollar;</literal> entities are not seen as dollar signs by "
	"the version control system and so the string is not expanded into a version "
	@@ -10983,34 +10972,34 @@
	"以不會把字串展開成版本字串。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8005
	+#: book.translate.xml:7988
	msgid ""
	"When a <acronym>PO</acronym> file is created, the <literal>&dollar;</"
	"literal> entities used in examples are replaced with actual dollar signs. "
	"The resulting literal <literal>$FreeBSD$</literal> string will be wrongly "
	"expanded by the version control system when the file is committed."
	msgstr ""
	-"當 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔建立後，範例中的 <literal>&dollar;</literal> "
	-"entities 被實際的金錢符號取代。當檔案提交時，產生的 <literal>$FreeBSD$</"
	-"literal> 將會被版本控制系統展開。"
	+"當 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔建立之後，在範例中使用到的 <literal>&dollar;</"
	+"literal> Entity 會被取代成實際的錢字符號，這會使的 <literal>$FreeBSD$</"
	+"literal> 字串在提交時錯誤的被版本控制系統展開成版本字串。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8012
	+#: book.translate.xml:7995
	msgid ""
	"The same technique as used in the English documents can be used in the "
	"translation. The <literal>&dollar;</literal> is used to replace the "
	"dollar sign in the translation entered into the <acronym>PO</acronym> editor:"
	msgstr ""
	-"英文文件用的相同技術可以被用在翻譯上。翻譯時用 <literal>&dollar;</"
	-"literal> 來取代金錢符號，輸入到 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔編輯器："
	+"在英文文件上使用的方法也可以用在翻譯上，翻譯時在 <acronym>PO</acronym> 編輯"
	+"器用 <literal>&dollar;</literal> 來取代金錢符號："

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:8060
	+#: book.translate.xml:8043
	msgid "Building a Translated Document"
	msgstr "編譯翻譯的文件"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8062
	+#: book.translate.xml:8045
	msgid ""
	"A translated version of the original document can be created at any time. "
	"Any untranslated portions of the original will be included in English in the "
	@@ -11024,28 +11013,28 @@
	"好的字串是否足夠來編譯最終的文件。"

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:8072
	+#: book.translate.xml:8055
	msgid "Building the Spanish Porter's Handbook"
	msgstr "編譯西班牙文 Porter 手冊"

	#. (itstool) path: example/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8074
	+#: book.translate.xml:8057
	msgid ""
	"Build and preview the Spanish version of the Porter's Handbook that was "
	"created in an earlier example."
	msgstr "編譯和預覽之前範例翻譯的西班牙文版 Porter 手冊"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8079
	+#: book.translate.xml:8062
	msgid ""
	"Build the translated document. Because the original is a book, the generated "
	"document is <filename>book.xml</filename>."
	msgstr ""
	-"編譯翻譯好的文件。因為原文是書籍，所以產生的文件是<filename>book.xml</"
	+"編譯翻譯好的文件。因為原文是書籍，所以產生的文件是 <filename>book.xml</"
	"filename>。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:8083
	+#: book.translate.xml:8066
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook</userinput>\n"
	@@ -11055,7 +11044,7 @@
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make tran</userinput>"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8088
	+#: book.translate.xml:8071
	msgid ""
	"Render the translated <filename>book.xml</filename> to <acronym>HTML</"
	"acronym> and view it with <application>Firefox</application>. This is the "
	@@ -11063,13 +11052,13 @@
	"<varname>FORMATS</varname> can be used here in the same way. See <xref "
	"linkend=\"doc-build-rendering-common-formats\"/>."
	msgstr ""
	-"轉換翻譯好的<filename>book.xml</filename>成<acronym>HTML</acronym>並用"
	-"<application>Firefox</application>來瀏覽。這和英文版是相同的步驟，其他 "
	-"<varname>FORMATS</varname> 也可以這樣做。請見<xref linkend=\"doc-build-"
	+"轉換翻譯好的 <filename>book.xml</filename> 成 <acronym>HTML</acronym> 並用 "
	+"<application>Firefox</application> 來瀏覽。這和英文版是相同的步驟，其他 "
	+"<varname>FORMATS</varname> 也可以這樣做。請見 <xref linkend=\"doc-build-"
	"rendering-common-formats\"/> 。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:8095
	+#: book.translate.xml:8078
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make FORMATS=html</userinput>\n"
	@@ -11079,12 +11068,12 @@
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>firefox book.html</userinput>"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:8103
	+#: book.translate.xml:8086
	msgid "Submitting the New Translation"
	msgstr "提交新翻譯"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8105
	+#: book.translate.xml:8088
	msgid ""
	"Prepare the new translation files for submission. This includes adding the "
	"files to the version control system, setting additional properties on them, "
	@@ -11094,7 +11083,7 @@
	"立 diff 來提交。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8110
	+#: book.translate.xml:8093
	msgid ""
	"The diff files created by these examples can be attached to a <link xlink:"
	"href=\"https://bugs.freebsd.org/bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi?product=Documentation"
	@@ -11102,30 +11091,30 @@
	"freebsd.org/\">code review</link>."
	msgstr ""
	"範例中產生的 diff 檔可以被附加到 <link xlink:href=\"https://bugs.freebsd.org/"
	-"bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi?product=Documentation\">documentation bug report</"
	-"link> 或 <link xlink:href=\"https://reviews.freebsd.org/\">code review</"
	-"link> 。"
	+"bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi?product=Documentation\">文件問題回報 (Documentation "
	+"bug report)</link> 或 <link xlink:href=\"https://reviews.freebsd.org/\">程式"
	+"碼審查 (Code review)</link> 。"

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:8116
	+#: book.translate.xml:8099
	msgid "Spanish Translation of the NanoBSD Article"
	msgstr "NanoBSD 文章的西班牙文翻譯"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8120 book.translate.xml:8187
	+#: book.translate.xml:8103 book.translate.xml:8170
	msgid ""
	"Add a FreeBSD version string comment as the first line of the <acronym>PO</"
	"acronym> file:"
	msgstr "增加 FreeBSD 版本字串註解到 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔的第一行："

	#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:8123 book.translate.xml:8190
	+#: book.translate.xml:8106 book.translate.xml:8173
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "#$FreeBSD$"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8127 book.translate.xml:8194
	+#: book.translate.xml:8110 book.translate.xml:8177
	msgid ""
	"Add the <filename>Makefile</filename>, the <acronym>PO</acronym> file, and "
	"the generated <acronym>XML</acronym> translation to version control:"
	@@ -11134,7 +11123,7 @@
	"<acronym>XML</acronym> 翻譯到版本控制系統："

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:8132
	+#: book.translate.xml:8115
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/</userinput>\n"
	@@ -11154,18 +11143,19 @@
	"A es_ES.po"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8142 book.translate.xml:8209
	+#: book.translate.xml:8125 book.translate.xml:8192
	msgid ""
	"Set the <application>Subversion</application> <literal>svn:keywords</"
	"literal> properties on these files to <literal>FreeBSD=%H</literal> so "
	"<literal>$FreeBSD$</literal> strings are expanded into the path, revision, "
	"date, and author when committed:"
	msgstr ""
	-"設定這些檔案的 <application>Subversion</application> <literal>svn:keywords</"
	-"literal> 屬性到 <literal>FreeBSD=%H</literal>，讓提交時 <literal>$FreeBSD$</literal> 字串可以被展開成路徑、版本、日期和作者。"
	+"在這些檔案設定 <application>Subversion</application> <literal>svn:keywords</"
	+"literal> 屬性為 <literal>FreeBSD=%H</literal> 讓 <literal>$FreeBSD$</"
	+"literal> 字串可以在提交時被展開成為路徑、修訂、日期以及作者："

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:8150
	+#: book.translate.xml:8133
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:keywords FreeBSD=%H Makefile article.xml es_ES.po</userinput>\n"
	@@ -11179,18 +11169,18 @@
	"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'es_ES.po'"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8157
	+#: book.translate.xml:8140
	msgid ""
	"Set the <acronym>MIME</acronym> types of the files. These are <literal>text/"
	"xml</literal> for books and articles, and <literal>text/x-gettext-"
	"translation</literal> for the <acronym>PO</acronym> file."
	msgstr ""
	-"設定檔案的<acronym>MIME</acronym> 類型。書籍和文章是 <literal>text/xml</"
	+"設定檔案的 <acronym>MIME</acronym> 類型。書籍和文章是 <literal>text/xml</"
	"literal> ，<acronym>PO</acronym> 檔是 <literal>text/x-gettext-translation</"
	"literal> 。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:8163
	+#: book.translate.xml:8146
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:mime-type text/x-gettext-translation es_ES.po</userinput>\n"
	@@ -11204,7 +11194,7 @@
	"property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'article.xml'"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8170
	+#: book.translate.xml:8153
	msgid ""
	"Create a diff of the new files from the <filename>~/doc/</filename> base "
	"directory so the full path is shown with the filenames. This helps "
	@@ -11214,7 +11204,7 @@
	"這可以幫助提交者辨識目標語系目錄。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:8175
	+#: book.translate.xml:8158
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc</userinput>\n"
	@@ -11224,13 +11214,13 @@
	"<userinput>svn diff es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/ > /tmp/es_nanobsd.diff</userinput>"

	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:8182
	+#: book.translate.xml:8165
	msgid ""
	"Korean <acronym>UTF-8</acronym> Translation of the Explaining-BSD Article"
	msgstr "Explaining-BSD 文章的韓文 <acronym>UTF-8</acronym> 翻譯"

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:8199
	+#: book.translate.xml:8182
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/ko_KR.UTF-8/articles/explaining-bsd/</userinput>\n"
	@@ -11250,7 +11240,7 @@
	"A ko_KR.po"

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:8216
	+#: book.translate.xml:8199
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:keywords FreeBSD=%H Makefile article.xml ko_KR.po</userinput>\n"
	@@ -11264,7 +11254,7 @@
	"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'ko_KR.po'"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8223
	+#: book.translate.xml:8206
	msgid ""
	"Set the <acronym>MIME</acronym> types of the files. Because these files use "
	"the <acronym>UTF-8</acronym> character set, that is also specified. To "
	@@ -11276,7 +11266,7 @@
	"料，<literal>fbsd:notbinary</literal> 屬性也需要設定。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:8230
	+#: book.translate.xml:8213
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:mime-type 'text/x-gettext-translation; charset=UTF-8' ko_KR.po</userinput>\n"
	@@ -11298,14 +11288,14 @@
	"property 'fbsd:notbinary' set on 'article.xml'"

	#. (itstool) path: step/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8241
	+#: book.translate.xml:8224
	msgid ""
	"Create a diff of these new files from the <filename>~/doc/</filename> base "
	"directory:"
	msgstr "從 <filename>~/doc/</filename> 建立這些新檔案的 diff。"

	#. (itstool) path: step/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:8244
	+#: book.translate.xml:8227
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc</userinput>\n"
	@@ -11315,17 +11305,17 @@
	"<userinput>svn diff ko_KR.UTF-8/articles/explaining-bsd > /tmp/ko-explaining.diff</userinput>"

	#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:8285
	+#: book.translate.xml:8268
	msgid "Writing Style"
	msgstr "寫作風格"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:8288
	+#: book.translate.xml:8271
	msgid "Tips"
	msgstr "叮嚀"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8290
	+#: book.translate.xml:8273
	msgid ""
	"Technical documentation can be improved by consistent use of several "
	"principles. Most of these can be classified into three goals: <emphasis>be "
	@@ -11335,12 +11325,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:8299
	+#: book.translate.xml:8282
	msgid "Be Clear"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "要明瞭"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8301
	+#: book.translate.xml:8284
	msgid ""
	"Clarity is extremely important. The reader may be a novice, or reading the "
	"document in a second language. Strive for simple, uncomplicated text that "
	@@ -11348,7 +11338,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8306
	+#: book.translate.xml:8289
	msgid ""
	"Avoid flowery or embellished speech, jokes, or colloquial expressions. Write "
	"as simply and clearly as possible. Simple text is easier to understand and "
	@@ -11356,7 +11346,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8310
	+#: book.translate.xml:8293
	msgid ""
	"Keep explanations as short, simple, and clear as possible. Avoid empty "
	"phrases like <quote>in order to</quote>, which usually just means <quote>to</"
	@@ -11366,7 +11356,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8318
	+#: book.translate.xml:8301
	msgid ""
	"Write in a formal style. Avoid addressing the reader as <quote>you</quote>. "
	"For example, say <quote>copy the file to <filename>/tmp</filename></quote> "
	@@ -11375,7 +11365,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8324
	+#: book.translate.xml:8307
	msgid ""
	"Give clear, correct, <emphasis>tested</emphasis> examples. A trivial example "
	"is better than no example. A good example is better yet. Do not give bad "
	@@ -11387,7 +11377,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8333
	+#: book.translate.xml:8316
	msgid ""
	"Avoid <emphasis>weasel words</emphasis> like <quote>should</quote>, "
	"<quote>might</quote>, <quote>try</quote>, or <quote>could</quote>. These "
	@@ -11396,19 +11386,19 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8339
	+#: book.translate.xml:8322
	msgid ""
	"Similarly, give instructions as imperative commands: not <quote>you should "
	"do this</quote>, but merely <quote>do this</quote>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:8345
	+#: book.translate.xml:8328
	msgid "Be Complete"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "要完整"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8347
	+#: book.translate.xml:8330
	msgid ""
	"Do not make assumptions about the reader's abilities or skill level. Tell "
	"them what they need to know. Give links to other documents to provide "
	@@ -11417,12 +11407,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:8356
	+#: book.translate.xml:8339
	msgid "Be Concise"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "要簡潔"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8358
	+#: book.translate.xml:8341
	msgid ""
	"While features should be documented completely, sometimes there is so much "
	"information that the reader cannot easily find the specific detail needed. "
	@@ -11433,24 +11423,24 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:8369
	+#: book.translate.xml:8352
	msgid "Guidelines"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "準則"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8371
	+#: book.translate.xml:8354
	msgid ""
	"To promote consistency between the myriad authors of the FreeBSD "
	"documentation, some guidelines have been drawn up for authors to follow."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
	-#: book.translate.xml:8377
	+#: book.translate.xml:8360
	msgid "Use American English Spelling"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "使用美式英語拼寫"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8380
	+#: book.translate.xml:8363
	msgid ""
	"There are several variants of English, with different spellings for the same "
	"word. Where spellings differ, use the American English variant. "
	@@ -11459,7 +11449,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: note/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8387
	+#: book.translate.xml:8370
	msgid ""
	"The use of British English may be accepted in the case of a contributed "
	"article, however the spelling must be consistent within the whole document. "
	@@ -11468,31 +11458,31 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
	-#: book.translate.xml:8397
	+#: book.translate.xml:8380
	msgid "Do not use contractions"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "不要使用縮寫式"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8400
	+#: book.translate.xml:8383
	msgid ""
	"Do not use contractions. Always spell the phrase out in full. <quote>Don't "
	"use contractions</quote> is wrong."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8404
	+#: book.translate.xml:8387
	msgid ""
	"Avoiding contractions makes for a more formal tone, is more precise, and is "
	"slightly easier for translators."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
	-#: book.translate.xml:8411
	+#: book.translate.xml:8394
	msgid "Use the serial comma"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "使用逗號串行"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8414
	+#: book.translate.xml:8397
	msgid ""
	"In a list of items within a paragraph, separate each item from the others "
	"with a comma. Separate the last item from the others with a comma and the "
	@@ -11500,17 +11490,17 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8419
	+#: book.translate.xml:8402
	msgid "For example:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8422
	+#: book.translate.xml:8405
	msgid "This is a list of one, two and three items."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8425
	+#: book.translate.xml:8408
	msgid ""
	"Is this a list of three items, <quote>one</quote>, <quote>two</quote>, and "
	"<quote>three</quote>, or a list of two items, <quote>one</quote> and "
	@@ -11518,90 +11508,90 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8430
	+#: book.translate.xml:8413
	msgid "It is better to be explicit and include a serial comma:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8434
	+#: book.translate.xml:8417
	msgid "This is a list of one, two, and three items."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
	-#: book.translate.xml:8440
	+#: book.translate.xml:8423
	msgid "Avoid redundant phrases"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "避免多餘的語句"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8443
	+#: book.translate.xml:8426
	msgid ""
	"Do not use redundant phrases. In particular, <quote>the command</quote>, "
	"<quote>the file</quote>, and <quote>man command</quote> are often redundant."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8447
	+#: book.translate.xml:8430
	msgid "For example, commands:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8450
	+#: book.translate.xml:8433
	msgid "Wrong: Use the <command>svn</command> command to update sources."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8455
	+#: book.translate.xml:8438
	msgid "Right: Use <command>svn</command> to update sources."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8459
	+#: book.translate.xml:8442
	msgid "Filenames:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8462
	+#: book.translate.xml:8445
	msgid "Wrong: … in the filename <filename>/etc/rc.local</filename>…"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8467
	+#: book.translate.xml:8450
	msgid "Right: … in <filename>/etc/rc.local</filename>…"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8471
	+#: book.translate.xml:8454
	msgid ""
	"Manual page references (the second example uses <tag>citerefentry</tag> with "
	"the <literal>&man.csh.1;</literal> entity):."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8476
	+#: book.translate.xml:8459
	msgid "Wrong: See <command>man csh</command> for more information."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8481
	+#: book.translate.xml:8464
	msgid ""
	"Right: See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
	"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
	-#: book.translate.xml:8487
	+#: book.translate.xml:8470
	msgid "Two spaces between sentences"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "在句子之間空兩個空白"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8490
	+#: book.translate.xml:8473
	msgid ""
	"Always use two spaces between sentences, as it improves readability and "
	"eases use of tools such as <application>Emacs</application>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8494
	+#: book.translate.xml:8477
	msgid ""
	"A period and spaces followed by a capital letter does not always mark a new "
	"sentence, especially in names. <quote>Jordan K. Hubbard</quote> is a good "
	@@ -11610,33 +11600,33 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8503
	+#: book.translate.xml:8486
	msgid ""
	"For more information about writing style, see <link xlink:href=\"http://www."
	"bartleby.com/141/\">Elements of Style</link>, by William Strunk."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:8508
	+#: book.translate.xml:8491
	msgid "Style Guide"
	msgstr "風格指南"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8510
	+#: book.translate.xml:8493
	msgid ""
	"To keep the source for the documentation consistent when many different "
	"people are editing it, please follow these style conventions."
	msgstr ""
	-"由於文件是由眾多作者所維護，為了保持寫作風格的一貫性，請遵守下列撰寫風格慣"
	-"例。"
	+"由於說明文件是由眾多作者所維護，為了保持寫作風格的一貫性，請遵守下列撰寫風格"
	+"慣例。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:8515
	+#: book.translate.xml:8498
	msgid "Letter Case"
	msgstr "大小寫"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8517
	+#: book.translate.xml:8500
	msgid ""
	"Tags are entered in lower case, <tag>para</tag>, <emphasis>not</emphasis> "
	"<tag>PARA</tag>."
	@@ -11645,7 +11635,7 @@
	"emphasis><tag>PARA</tag>。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8520
	+#: book.translate.xml:8503
	msgid ""
	"Text that appears in SGML contexts is generally written in upper case, "
	"<literal><!ENTITY…></literal>, and <literal><!DOCTYPE…></"
	@@ -11657,7 +11647,7 @@
	"<literal><!entity…></literal> 及 <literal><!doctype…></literal>。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8531
	+#: book.translate.xml:8514
	msgid ""
	"Acronyms should be defined the first time they appear in a document, as in: "
	"<quote>Network Time Protocol (<acronym>NTP</acronym>)</quote>. After the "
	@@ -11672,17 +11662,17 @@
	"每章第一次提到時又列出完整詞彙。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8539
	+#: book.translate.xml:8522
	msgid "All acronyms should be enclosed in <tag>acronym</tag> tags."
	msgstr "所有縮寫要包在<tag>acronym</tag>標籤內。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:8544
	+#: book.translate.xml:8527
	msgid "Indentation"
	msgstr "縮排"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8546
	+#: book.translate.xml:8529
	msgid ""
	"The first line in each file starts with no indentation, "
	"<emphasis>regardless</emphasis> of the indentation level of the file which "
	@@ -11690,7 +11680,7 @@
	msgstr "<emphasis>無論</emphasis>檔案縮排設定為何，每個檔案的第一行都不縮排。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8550
	+#: book.translate.xml:8533
	msgid ""
	"Opening tags increase the indentation level by two spaces. Closing tags "
	"decrease the indentation level by two spaces. Blocks of eight spaces at the "
	@@ -11704,12 +11694,12 @@
	"面加上空白。每個 tag 的內文若超過一行的話，則接下來的就多兩個空白以做縮排。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8558
	+#: book.translate.xml:8541
	msgid "For example, the source for this section looks like this:"
	msgstr "舉個例子，這節所用的寫法大致是下面這樣："

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:8561
	+#: book.translate.xml:8544
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
	@@ -11749,7 +11739,7 @@
	"<tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8579
	+#: book.translate.xml:8562
	msgid ""
	"Tags containing long attributes follow the same rules. Following the "
	"indentation rules in this case helps editors and writers see which content "
	@@ -11759,7 +11749,7 @@
	"在標籤內："

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:8584
	+#: book.translate.xml:8567
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>See the <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
	@@ -11787,7 +11777,7 @@
	" instructions.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8596
	+#: book.translate.xml:8579
	msgid ""
	"When an element is too long to fit on the remainder of a line without "
	"wrapping, moving the start tag to the next line can make the source easier "
	@@ -11796,7 +11786,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:8602
	+#: book.translate.xml:8585
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>With file flags, even\n"
	@@ -11808,32 +11798,32 @@
	" prevented from removing or altering files。<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8606
	+#: book.translate.xml:8589
	msgid ""
	"Configurations to help various text editors conform to these guidelines can "
	"be found in <xref linkend=\"editor-config\"/>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:8612
	+#: book.translate.xml:8595
	msgid "Tag Style"
	msgstr "標籤風格"

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:8615
	+#: book.translate.xml:8598
	msgid "Tag Spacing"
	-msgstr "標籤空行"
	+msgstr "標籤間距"

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8617
	+#: book.translate.xml:8600
	msgid ""
	"Tags that start at the same indent as a previous tag should be separated by "
	"a blank line, and those that are not at the same indent as a previous tag "
	"should not:"
	-msgstr "同一縮排等級的標籤要以空一行來做區隔，而不同縮排等級的則不必。比如："
	+msgstr "同一縮排階層的標籤要以空一行來做區隔，而不同縮排階層的則不必。比如："

	#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:8622
	+#: book.translate.xml:8605
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">article lang='en'</tag>\n"
	@@ -11889,12 +11879,12 @@
	"<tag class=\"endtag\">article</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:8651
	+#: book.translate.xml:8634
	msgid "Separating Tags"
	-msgstr "標籤的分行"
	+msgstr "分隔標籤"

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8653
	+#: book.translate.xml:8636
	msgid ""
	"Tags like <tag>itemizedlist</tag> which will always have further tags inside "
	"them, and in fact do not take character data themselves, are always on a "
	@@ -11904,7 +11894,7 @@
	"他標籤來補充內文。這類的標籤會獨用一整行。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8658
	+#: book.translate.xml:8641
	msgid ""
	"Tags like <tag>para</tag> and <tag>term</tag> do not need other tags to "
	"contain normal character data, and their contents begin immediately after "
	@@ -11915,17 +11905,17 @@
	"些內文。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8663
	+#: book.translate.xml:8646
	msgid "The same applies to when these two types of tags close."
	msgstr "當然，這兩類的標籤結尾時也是跟上面道理相同。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8666
	+#: book.translate.xml:8649
	msgid "This leads to an obvious problem when mixing these tags."
	msgstr "不過，當上述這兩種標籤混用時，會有很明顯的困擾。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8669
	+#: book.translate.xml:8652
	msgid ""
	"When a starting tag which cannot contain character data directly follows a "
	"tag of the type that requires other tags within it to use character data, "
	@@ -11935,38 +11925,37 @@
	"標籤的段落，也是需要做適當縮排調整。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8674
	+#: book.translate.xml:8657
	msgid ""
	"When a tag which can contain character data closes directly after a tag "
	"which cannot contain character data closes, they co-exist on the same line."
	msgstr "而第二類標籤結尾時，可以與第一類標籤的結尾放在同一行。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:8681
	+#: book.translate.xml:8664
	msgid "Whitespace Changes"
	-msgstr "空白的更改"
	+msgstr "空白變更"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8683
	+#: book.translate.xml:8666
	msgid ""
	"<emphasis>Do not commit changes to content at the same time as changes to "
	"formatting</emphasis>."
	msgstr ""
	-"<emphasis>在提交修改時，請別在修改內容的同時，也一起更改編排格式。</"
	-"emphasis>。"
	+"<emphasis>在提交修改時，請別在修改內容的同時也一起更改編排格式</emphasis>。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8687
	+#: book.translate.xml:8670
	msgid ""
	"When content and whitespace changes are kept separate, translation teams can "
	"easily see whether a change was content that must be translated or only "
	"whitespace."
	msgstr ""
	-"如此一來，像是 Handbook 翻譯團隊才能迅速找出你改了哪些內容，而不用費心思去判"
	-"斷該行的改變，是由於格式重排或者內容異動。"
	+"如此一來，像是翻譯團隊才能迅速找出你改了哪些內容，而不用費心思去判斷該行的改"
	+"變，是由於格式重排或者內容異動。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8691
	+#: book.translate.xml:8674
	msgid ""
	"For example, if two sentences have been added to a paragraph so that the "
	"line lengths now go over 80 columns, first commit the change with the too-"
	@@ -11980,12 +11969,12 @@
	"此一來，翻譯團隊就可以忽略第二次 commit 了。"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:8701
	+#: book.translate.xml:8684
	msgid "Non-Breaking Space"
	-msgstr "Nonbreaking space"
	+msgstr "不斷行空白"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8703
	+#: book.translate.xml:8686
	msgid ""
	"Avoid line breaks in places where they look ugly or make it difficult to "
	"follow a sentence. Line breaks depend on the width of the chosen output "
	@@ -11993,11 +11982,11 @@
	"can lead to badly formatted paragraphs like the next one:"
	msgstr ""
	"請避免一些情況下的斷行：造成版面醜醜的、或是須連貫表達的同一句子。斷行的情況"
	-"會隨所閱讀的工具不同而有所不同。尤其是透過純文字瀏覽器來看 HTML 時會更明顯看"
	-"到類似下面這樣不好的編排段落："
	+"會隨所閱讀的工具不同而有所不同。尤其是透過純文字瀏覽器來看 HTML 說明文件時會"
	+"更明顯看到類似下面這樣不好的編排段落："

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/literallayout
	-#: book.translate.xml:8709
	+#: book.translate.xml:8692
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"Data capacity ranges from 40 MB to 15\n"
	@@ -12007,60 +11996,60 @@
	"GB。 Hardware compression …"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8712
	+#: book.translate.xml:8695
	msgid ""
	"The general entity <literal>&nbsp;</literal> prohibits line breaks "
	"between parts belonging together. Use non-breaking spaces in the following "
	"places:"
	msgstr ""
	"請使用 <literal>&nbsp;</literal> 以避免同句子之間的斷行，以下示範如何使"
	-"用 nonbreaking spaces："
	+"用不斷行空白："

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8718
	+#: book.translate.xml:8701
	msgid "between numbers and units:"
	msgstr "在數字與單位之間："

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:8719
	+#: book.translate.xml:8702
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "57600&nbsp;bps"
	msgstr "57600&nbsp;bps"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8723
	+#: book.translate.xml:8706
	msgid "between program names and version numbers:"
	msgstr "在程式名稱與版號之間："

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:8724
	+#: book.translate.xml:8707
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "&os;&nbsp;9.2"
	msgstr "&os;&nbsp;9.2"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8728
	+#: book.translate.xml:8711
	msgid ""
	"between multiword names (use with caution when applying this to more than "
	"3-4 word names like <quote>The FreeBSD Brazilian Portuguese Documentation "
	"Project</quote>):"
	msgstr ""
	-"multiword 之間 (使用時請小心，像是 <quote>The FreeBSD Brazilian Portuguese "
	-"Documentation Project</quote> 這類由三到四個字所組成的，則不用加。)："
	+"多個單字的名稱之間 (在套用到如 <quote>The FreeBSD Brazilian Portuguese "
	+"Documentation Project</quote> 這種由三到四個字所組成的名稱時請小心)："

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:8732
	+#: book.translate.xml:8715
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "Sun&nbsp;Microsystems"
	msgstr "Sun&nbsp;Microsystems"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:8739
	+#: book.translate.xml:8722
	msgid "Word List"
	msgstr "詞彙表"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8741
	+#: book.translate.xml:8724
	msgid ""
	"This list of words shows the correct spelling and capitalization when used "
	"in FreeBSD documentation. If a word is not on this list, ask about it on the "
	@@ -12072,27 +12061,27 @@
	"\">FreeBSD documentation project mailing list</link> 。"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8749
	+#: book.translate.xml:8732
	msgid "Word"
	-msgstr "Word"
	+msgstr "字詞"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8750
	+#: book.translate.xml:8733
	msgid "XML Code"
	-msgstr "XML Code"
	+msgstr "XML 程式碼"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8751
	+#: book.translate.xml:8734
	msgid "Notes"
	-msgstr "Notes"
	+msgstr "備註"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8757
	+#: book.translate.xml:8740
	msgid "CD-ROM"
	msgstr "CD-ROM"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8759
	+#: book.translate.xml:8742
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag><literal>CD-ROM</literal><tag class="
	"\"endtag\">acronym</tag>"
	@@ -12101,12 +12090,12 @@
	"\"endtag\">acronym</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8763
	+#: book.translate.xml:8746
	msgid "DoS (Denial of Service)"
	msgstr "DoS (Denial of Service)"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8764
	+#: book.translate.xml:8747
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag><literal>DoS</literal><tag class="
	"\"endtag\">acronym</tag>"
	@@ -12115,74 +12104,74 @@
	"\"endtag\">acronym</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8768
	+#: book.translate.xml:8751
	msgid "email"
	msgstr "email"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8772
	+#: book.translate.xml:8755
	msgid "file system"
	msgstr "file system"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8776
	+#: book.translate.xml:8759
	msgid "IPsec"
	msgstr "IPsec"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8780
	+#: book.translate.xml:8763
	msgid "Internet"
	msgstr "Internet"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8784
	+#: book.translate.xml:8767
	msgid "manual page"
	msgstr "manual page"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8788
	+#: book.translate.xml:8771
	msgid "mail server"
	msgstr "mail server"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8792
	+#: book.translate.xml:8775
	msgid "name server"
	msgstr "name server"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8796
	+#: book.translate.xml:8779
	msgid "Ports Collection"
	msgstr "Ports Collection"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8800
	+#: book.translate.xml:8783
	msgid "read-only"
	msgstr "read-only"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8804
	+#: book.translate.xml:8787
	msgid "Soft Updates"
	msgstr "Soft Updates"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8808
	+#: book.translate.xml:8791
	msgid "stdin"
	msgstr "stdin"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8809
	+#: book.translate.xml:8792
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>stdin<tag class=\"endtag\">varname</tag>"
	msgstr ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>stdin<tag class=\"endtag\">varname</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8813
	+#: book.translate.xml:8796
	msgid "stdout"
	msgstr "stdout"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8814
	+#: book.translate.xml:8797
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>stdout<tag class=\"endtag\">varname</"
	"tag>"
	@@ -12191,12 +12180,12 @@
	"tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8818
	+#: book.translate.xml:8801
	msgid "stderr"
	msgstr "stderr"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8819
	+#: book.translate.xml:8802
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>stderr<tag class=\"endtag\">varname</"
	"tag>"
	@@ -12205,12 +12194,12 @@
	"tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8823
	+#: book.translate.xml:8806
	msgid "Subversion"
	msgstr "Subversion"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8825
	+#: book.translate.xml:8808
	msgid ""
	"<tag class=\"starttag\">application</tag><literal>Subversion</literal><tag "
	"class=\"endtag\">application</tag>"
	@@ -12219,38 +12208,38 @@
	"class=\"endtag\">application</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8826
	+#: book.translate.xml:8809
	msgid ""
	"Do not refer to the Subversion application as <literal>SVN</literal> in "
	"upper case. To refer to the command, use <tag class=\"starttag\">command</"
	"tag><literal>svn</literal><tag class=\"endtag\">command</tag>."
	msgstr ""
	-"不要用大寫<literal>SVN</literal>來表示 Subversion應用程式。以<tag class="
	-"\"starttag\">command</tag><literal>svn</literal><tag class=\"endtag"
	-"\">command</tag>來表示指令。"
	+"不要用大寫 <literal>SVN</literal> 來表示 Subversion 應用程式。若要表示指令，"
	+"請使用 <tag class=\"starttag\">command</tag><literal>svn</literal><tag class="
	+"\"endtag\">command</tag>。"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8837
	+#: book.translate.xml:8820
	msgid "userland"
	msgstr "userland"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8839
	+#: book.translate.xml:8822
	msgid "things that apply to user space, not the kernel"
	-msgstr "指user space，不是核心。"
	+msgstr "指那些要會用在使用者空間 (User space) 而非核心的東西。"

	#. (itstool) path: row/entry
	-#: book.translate.xml:8844
	+#: book.translate.xml:8827
	msgid "web server"
	msgstr "web server"

	#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:8883
	+#: book.translate.xml:8866
	msgid "Editor Configuration"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "編輯器設定"

	#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8885
	+#: book.translate.xml:8868
	msgid ""
	"Adjusting text editor configuration can make working on document files "
	"quicker and easier, and help documents conform to <acronym>FDP</acronym> "
	@@ -12258,12 +12247,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:8890
	+#: book.translate.xml:8873
	msgid "<application>Vim</application>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8892
	+#: book.translate.xml:8875
	msgid ""
	"Install from <package>editors/vim</package> or <package>editors/vim-lite</"
	"package>, then follow the configuration instructions in <xref linkend="
	@@ -12271,12 +12260,12 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:8898 book.translate.xml:9002
	+#: book.translate.xml:8881 book.translate.xml:9060
	msgid "Use"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "使用"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8900
	+#: book.translate.xml:8883
	msgid ""
	"Press <keycap>P</keycap> to reformat paragraphs or text that has been "
	"selected in Visual mode. Press <keycap>T</keycap> to replace groups of eight "
	@@ -12284,19 +12273,19 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:8906 book.translate.xml:8973
	+#: book.translate.xml:8890 book.translate.xml:9031
	msgid "Configuration"
	-msgstr ""
	+msgstr "設置"

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8908
	+#: book.translate.xml:8892
	msgid ""
	"Edit <filename>~/.vimrc</filename>, adding these lines to the end of the "
	"file:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:8911
	+#: book.translate.xml:8895
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"if has(\"autocmd\")\n"
	@@ -12340,60 +12329,174 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:8953
	+#: book.translate.xml:8937
	msgid "<application>Emacs</application>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8955
	+#: book.translate.xml:8939
	msgid ""
	-"Install from <package>editors/emacs</package> or <package>editors/xemacs</"
	-"package>."
	+"Install from <package>editors/emacs</package> or <package>editors/emacs-"
	+"devel</package>."
	msgstr ""

	-#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8959
	-msgid "Edit <filename>~/.emacs</filename>, adding this line:"
	+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	+#: book.translate.xml:8943
	+msgid "Validation"
	+msgstr "檢驗"
	+
	+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	+#: book.translate.xml:8945
	+msgid ""
	+"Emacs's nxml-mode uses compact relax NG schemas for validating XML. A "
	+"compact relax NG schema for FreeBSD's extension to DocBook 5.0 is included "
	+"in the documentation repository. To configure nxml-mode to validate using "
	+"this schema, create <filename>~/.emacs.d/schema/schemas.xml</filename> and "
	+"add these lines to the file:"
	msgstr ""

	-#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:8962
	+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
	+#: book.translate.xml:8953
	#, no-wrap
	-msgid "(add-hook 'nxml-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-fill)"
	+msgid ""
	+"<tag class=\"starttag\">locatingRules xmlns=\"http://thaiopensource.com/ns/locating-rules/1.0\"</tag>\n"
	+" <tag class=\"starttag\">documentElement localName=\"section\" typeId=\"DocBook\"</tag>\n"
	+" <tag class=\"starttag\">documentElement localName=\"chapter\" typeId=\"DocBook\"</tag>\n"
	+" <tag class=\"starttag\">documentElement localName=\"article\" typeId=\"DocBook\"</tag>\n"
	+" <tag class=\"starttag\">documentElement localName=\"book\" typeId=\"DocBook\"</tag>\n"
	+" <tag class=\"starttag\">typeId id=\"DocBook\" uri=\"/usr/local/share/xml/docbook/5.0/rng/docbook.rnc\"</tag>\n"
	+"<tag class=\"endtag\">locatingRules</tag>"
	msgstr ""

	-#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	+#: book.translate.xml:8964
	+msgid "Automated Proofreading with Flycheck and Igor"
	+msgstr "使用 Flycheck 和 Igor 自動化校對"
	+
	+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	#: book.translate.xml:8966
	+msgid ""
	+"The Flycheck package is available from Milkypostman's Emacs Lisp Package "
	+"Archive (<acronym>MELPA</acronym>). If <acronym>MELPA</acronym> is not "
	+"already in Emacs's packages-archives, it can be added by evaluating"
	+msgstr ""
	+
	+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
	+#: book.translate.xml:8971
	+#, no-wrap
	+msgid "(add-to-list 'package-archives '(\"melpa\" . \"http://stable.melpa.org/packages/\") t)"
	+msgstr ""
	+
	+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	+#: book.translate.xml:8973
	+msgid ""
	+"Add the line to Emacs's initialization file (one of <filename>~/.emacs</"
	+"filename>, <filename>~/.emacs.el</filename>, or <filename>~.emacs.d/init.el</"
	+"filename>) to make this change permanent."
	+msgstr ""
	+
	+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	+#: book.translate.xml:8979
	+msgid "To install Flycheck, evaluate"
	+msgstr ""
	+
	+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
	+#: book.translate.xml:8981
	+#, no-wrap
	+msgid "(package-install 'flycheck)"
	+msgstr ""
	+
	+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	+#: book.translate.xml:8983
	+msgid ""
	+"Create a Flycheck checker for <package>textproc/igor</package> by evaluating"
	+msgstr ""
	+
	+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
	+#: book.translate.xml:8986
	+#, no-wrap
	+msgid ""
	+"(flycheck-define-checker igor\n"
	+" \"FreeBSD Documentation Project sanity checker.\n"
	+"\n"
	+"See URLs http://www.freebsd.org/docproj/ and\n"
	+"http://www.freshports.org/textproc/igor/.\"\n"
	+" :command (\"igor\" \"-X\" source-inplace)\n"
	+" :error-parser flycheck-parse-checkstyle\n"
	+" :modes (nxml-mode)\n"
	+" :standard-input t)\n"
	+"\n"
	+" (add-to-list 'flycheck-checkers 'igor 'append)"
	+msgstr ""
	+
	+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	+#: book.translate.xml:8998
	+msgid ""
	+"Again, add these lines to Emacs's initialization file to make the changes "
	+"permanent."
	+msgstr ""
	+
	+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
	+#: book.translate.xml:9003
	+msgid "FreeBSD Documentation Specific Settings"
	+msgstr "FreeBSD 說明文件特定的設定"
	+
	+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	+#: book.translate.xml:9005
	+msgid ""
	+"To apply settings specific to the FreeBSD documentation project, create "
	+"<filename>.dir-locals.el</filename> in the root directory of the "
	+"documentation repository and add these lines to the file:"
	+msgstr ""
	+
	+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
	+#: book.translate.xml:9010
	+#, no-wrap
	+msgid ""
	+";;; Directory Local Variables\n"
	+";;; For more information see (info \"(emacs) Directory Variables\")\n"
	+"\n"
	+"((nxml-mode\n"
	+" (eval . (turn-on-auto-fill))\n"
	+" (fill-column . 70)\n"
	+" (eval . (require 'flycheck))\n"
	+" (eval . (flycheck-mode 1))\n"
	+" (flycheck-checker . igor)\n"
	+" (eval . (add-to-list 'rng-schema-locating-files \"~/.emacs.d/schema/schemas.xml\"))))"
	+msgstr ""
	+
	+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	+#: book.translate.xml:9024
	msgid "<application>nano</application>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8968
	+#: book.translate.xml:9026
	msgid ""
	"Install from <package>editors/nano</package> or <package>editors/nano-devel</"
	"package>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8975
	+#: book.translate.xml:9033
	msgid ""
	"Copy the sample <acronym>XML</acronym> syntax highlight file to the user's "
	"home directory:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:8978
	+#: book.translate.xml:9036
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cp /usr/local/share/nano/xml.nanorc ~/.nanorc</userinput>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8980
	+#: book.translate.xml:9038
	msgid "Add these lines to the new <filename>~/.nanorc</filename>."
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:8983
	+#: book.translate.xml:9041
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"syntax \"xml\" \"\\.([jrs]html?\|xml\|xslt?)$\"\n"
	@@ -12411,29 +12514,29 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:8996
	+#: book.translate.xml:9054
	msgid "Process the file to create embedded tabs:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:8998
	+#: book.translate.xml:9056
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>perl -i'' -pe 's/TAB/\\t/g' ~/.nanorc</userinput>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:9004
	+#: book.translate.xml:9062
	msgid "Specify additional helpful options when running the editor:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:9007
	+#: book.translate.xml:9065
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>nano -AKipwz -r 70 -T8 <replaceable>chapter.xml</replaceable></userinput>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:9009
	+#: book.translate.xml:9067
	msgid ""
	"Users of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
	"manvolnum></citerefentry> can define an alias in <filename>~/.cshrc</"
	@@ -12441,29 +12544,29 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:9013
	+#: book.translate.xml:9071
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "alias nano \"nano -AKipwz -r 70 -T8\""
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:9015
	+#: book.translate.xml:9073
	msgid "After the alias is defined, the options will be added automatically:"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
	-#: book.translate.xml:9018
	+#: book.translate.xml:9076
	#, no-wrap
	msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>nano <replaceable>chapter.xml</replaceable></userinput>"
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:9056
	+#: book.translate.xml:9114
	msgid "See Also"
	msgstr "他山之石"

	#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:9058
	+#: book.translate.xml:9116
	msgid ""
	"This document is deliberately not an exhaustive discussion of XML, the DTDs "
	"listed, and the FreeBSD Documentation Project. For more information about "
	@@ -12471,21 +12574,21 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:9064
	+#: book.translate.xml:9122
	msgid "The FreeBSD Documentation Project"
	-msgstr "FreeBSD 文件計劃"
	+msgstr "FreeBSD 說明文件計劃"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:9068
	+#: book.translate.xml:9126
	msgid ""
	"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/docproj/index.html\">The FreeBSD "
	"Documentation Project web pages</link>"
	msgstr ""
	-"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/docproj/index.html\">FreeBSD 文件計劃網"
	-"頁</link>"
	+"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/docproj/index.html\">FreeBSD 說明文件計"
	+"劃網頁</link>"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:9073
	+#: book.translate.xml:9131
	msgid ""
	"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/"
	"index.html\">The FreeBSD Handbook</link>"
	@@ -12494,12 +12597,12 @@
	"index.html\">FreeBSD 使用手冊</link>"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:9080
	+#: book.translate.xml:9138
	msgid "XML"
	msgstr "XML"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:9084
	+#: book.translate.xml:9142
	msgid ""
	"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.w3.org/XML/\">W3C's XML page SGML/XML web "
	"page</link>"
	@@ -12508,18 +12611,18 @@
	"link>"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:9091
	+#: book.translate.xml:9149
	msgid "HTML"
	msgstr "HTML"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:9095
	+#: book.translate.xml:9153
	msgid ""
	"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.w3.org/\">The World Wide Web Consortium</link>"
	msgstr "<link xlink:href=\"http://www.w3.org/\">全球資訊網協會</link>"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:9100
	+#: book.translate.xml:9158
	msgid ""
	"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/\">The HTML 4.0 "
	"specification</link>"
	@@ -12528,12 +12631,12 @@
	"link>"

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:9107
	+#: book.translate.xml:9165
	msgid "DocBook"
	msgstr "DocBook"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:9111
	+#: book.translate.xml:9169
	msgid ""
	"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/\">The DocBook "
	"Technical Committee</link>, maintainers of the DocBook DTD"
	@@ -12542,16 +12645,16 @@
	"會</link>， DocBook DTD的維護者"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:9117
	+#: book.translate.xml:9175
	msgid ""
	"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.docbook.org/\">DocBook: The Definitive Guide</"
	"link>, the online documentation for the DocBook DTD"
	msgstr ""
	"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.docbook.org/\">DocBook：The Definitive Guide</"
	-"link>， DocBook DTD的線上文件。"
	+"link>， DocBook DTD 的線上說明文件。"

	#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:9123
	+#: book.translate.xml:9181
	msgid ""
	"<link xlink:href=\"http://docbook.sourceforge.net/\">The DocBook Open "
	"Repository</link> contains DSSSL stylesheets and other resources for people "
	@@ -12559,7 +12662,7 @@
	msgstr ""

	#. (itstool) path: appendix/para
	-#: book.translate.xml:9169
	+#: book.translate.xml:9227
	msgid ""
	"These examples are not exhaustive—they do not contain all the elements that "
	"might be desirable to use, particularly in a document's front matter. For "
	@@ -12572,12 +12675,12 @@

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:9178 book.translate.xml:9181
	+#: book.translate.xml:9236 book.translate.xml:9239
	msgid "DocBook <tag>book</tag>"
	msgstr "DocBook <tag>book</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:9183
	+#: book.translate.xml:9241
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook XML V5.0-Based Extension//EN\"\n"
	@@ -12688,12 +12791,12 @@

	#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
	#. (itstool) path: example/title
	-#: book.translate.xml:9239 book.translate.xml:9242
	+#: book.translate.xml:9297 book.translate.xml:9300
	msgid "DocBook <tag>article</tag>"
	msgstr "DocBook <tag>article</tag>"

	#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
	-#: book.translate.xml:9244
	+#: book.translate.xml:9302
	#, no-wrap
	msgid ""
	"<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook XML V5.0-Based Extension//EN\"\n"
	@@ -12789,11 +12892,468 @@
	"<tag class=\"endtag\">article</tag>"

	#~ msgid ""
	-#~ "<literal>$FreeBSD: head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/zh_TW.po 48972 "
	-#~ "2016-06-21 01:19:43Z kevlo $</literal> Strings"
	+#~ "$FreeBSD: head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/zh_TW.po 49764 2016-12-26 "
	+#~ "08:47:50Z rcyu $"
	+#~ msgstr ""
	+#~ "$FreeBSD: head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/zh_TW.po 49764 2016-12-26 "
	+#~ "08:47:50Z rcyu $"
	+
	+#~ msgid ""
	+#~ "Several environment variables control which parts of the the web site are "
	+#~ "built or installed, and to which directories."
	+#~ msgstr "有些環境變數控制網站的建構或安裝，和裝到哪個目錄"
	+
	+#~ msgid "<acronym>XML</acronym> Generic Comment"
	+#~ msgstr "<acronym>XML</acronym> 通用註解"
	+
	+#~ msgid "Erroneous <acronym>XML</acronym> Comments"
	+#~ msgstr "錯誤的 <acronym>XML</acronym> 註解"
	+
	+#~ msgid ""
	+#~ "<tag class=\"starttag\">book</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">info</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag><replaceable>Your Title Here</"
	+#~ "replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">author</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">personname</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">firstname</tag><replaceable>Your first "
	+#~ "name</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">firstname</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">surname</tag><replaceable>Your surname</"
	+#~ "replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">surname</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">personname</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\t<tag class=\"starttag\">address</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag><replaceable>Your email "
	+#~ "address</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">email</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\t<tag class=\"endtag\">address</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">author</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">copyright</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">year</tag><replaceable>1998</"
	+#~ "replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">year</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">holder role=\"mailto:<replaceable>your "
	+#~ "email address</replaceable>\"</tag><replaceable>Your name</"
	+#~ "replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">holder</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">copyright</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">releaseinfo</tag>$FreeBSD: head/zh_TW.UTF-8/"
	+#~ "books/fdp-primer/zh_TW.po 49764 2016-12-26 08:47:50Z rcyu $<tag class="
	+#~ "\"endtag\">releaseinfo</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><replaceable>Include an abstract "
	+#~ "of the book's contents here.</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">para</"
	+#~ "tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">info</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " …\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "<tag class=\"endtag\">book</tag>"
	#~ msgstr ""
	-#~ "<literal>$FreeBSD: head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/zh_TW.po 48972 "
	-#~ "2016-06-21 01:19:43Z kevlo $</literal> 字串"
	+#~ "<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook XML V5.0-Based "
	+#~ "Extension//EN\"\n"
	+#~ "\t\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/XML/share/xml/freebsd50.dtd\">\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "<tag class=\"starttag\">article xmlns=\"http://docbook.org/ns/docbook\"\n"
	+#~ " xmlns:xlink=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink\" version=\"5.0\"\n"
	+#~ " xml:lang=\"en\"</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">info</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example Article<tag class="
	+#~ "\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">author</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">personname</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">firstname</tag>Your first name<tag class="
	+#~ "\"endtag\">firstname</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">surname</tag>Your surname<tag class="
	+#~ "\"endtag\">surname</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">personname</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\t<tag class=\"starttag\">address</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\t <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag>foo@example.com<tag class=\"endtag"
	+#~ "\">email</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\t<tag class=\"endtag\">address</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">author</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">copyright</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">year</tag>2000<tag class=\"endtag\">year</"
	+#~ "tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">holder</tag>Copyright string here<tag class="
	+#~ "\"endtag\">holder</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">copyright</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>If your article has an abstract "
	+#~ "then it should go here。<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">info</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>My First Section<tag class=\"endtag"
	+#~ "\">title</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first section in my "
	+#~ "article。<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">sect2</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>My First Sub-Section<tag class="
	+#~ "\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first sub-section in "
	+#~ "my article。<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">sect2</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
	+#~ "<tag class=\"endtag\">article</tag>"

	-#~ msgid "#$FreeBSD$"
	-#~ msgstr "#$FreeBSD$"
	+#~ msgid ""
	+#~ "<tag class=\"starttag\">article</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">info</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag><replaceable>Your title here</"
	+#~ "replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">author</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">personname</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\t<tag class=\"starttag\">firstname</tag><replaceable>Your first name</"
	+#~ "replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">firstname</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\t<tag class=\"starttag\">surname</tag><replaceable>Your surname</"
	+#~ "replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">surname</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">personname</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\t<tag class=\"starttag\">address</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\t <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag><replaceable>Your email address</"
	+#~ "replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">email</tag><tag class=\"endtag"
	+#~ "\">address</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\t<tag class=\"endtag\">address</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">author</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">copyright</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">year</tag><replaceable>1998</"
	+#~ "replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">year</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">holder role=\"mailto:<replaceable>your "
	+#~ "email address</replaceable>\"</tag><replaceable>Your name</"
	+#~ "replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">holder</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">copyright</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">releaseinfo</tag>$FreeBSD: head/zh_TW.UTF-8/"
	+#~ "books/fdp-primer/zh_TW.po 49764 2016-12-26 08:47:50Z rcyu $<tag class="
	+#~ "\"endtag\">releaseinfo</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><replaceable>Include an abstract "
	+#~ "of the article's contents here.</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">para</"
	+#~ "tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">info</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " …\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "<tag class=\"endtag\">article</tag>"
	+#~ msgstr ""
	+#~ "<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook XML V5.0-Based "
	+#~ "Extension//EN\"\n"
	+#~ "\t\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/XML/share/xml/freebsd50.dtd\">\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "<tag class=\"starttag\">article xmlns=\"http://docbook.org/ns/docbook\"\n"
	+#~ " xmlns:xlink=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink\" version=\"5.0\"\n"
	+#~ " xml:lang=\"en\"</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">info</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example Article<tag class="
	+#~ "\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">author</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">personname</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">firstname</tag>Your first name<tag class="
	+#~ "\"endtag\">firstname</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">surname</tag>Your surname<tag class="
	+#~ "\"endtag\">surname</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">personname</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\t<tag class=\"starttag\">address</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\t <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag>foo@example.com<tag class=\"endtag"
	+#~ "\">email</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\t<tag class=\"endtag\">address</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">author</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">copyright</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">year</tag>2000<tag class=\"endtag\">year</"
	+#~ "tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">holder</tag>Copyright string here<tag class="
	+#~ "\"endtag\">holder</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">copyright</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>If your article has an abstract "
	+#~ "then it should go here。<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">info</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>My First Section<tag class=\"endtag"
	+#~ "\">title</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first section in my "
	+#~ "article。<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">sect2</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>My First Sub-Section<tag class="
	+#~ "\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first sub-section in "
	+#~ "my article。<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">sect2</tag>\n"
	+#~ " <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
	+#~ "<tag class=\"endtag\">article</tag>"
	+
	+#~ msgid ""
	+#~ "<!--\n"
	+#~ " The FreeBSD Documentation Project\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " $FreeBSD: head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/zh_TW.po 49764 "
	+#~ "2016-12-26 08:47:50Z rcyu $\n"
	+#~ "-->"
	+#~ msgstr ""
	+#~ "<!--\n"
	+#~ " The FreeBSD Documentation Project\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " $FreeBSD: head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/zh_TW.po 49764 "
	+#~ "2016-12-26 08:47:50Z rcyu $\n"
	+#~ "-->"
	+
	+#~ msgid ""
	+#~ "The exact boilerplate may change, but it will always include a $FreeBSD: "
	+#~ "head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/zh_TW.po 49764 2016-12-26 08:47:50Z "
	+#~ "rcyu $ line and the phrase <literal>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</"
	+#~ "literal>. Note that the $FreeBSD: head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/zh_TW."
	+#~ "po 49764 2016-12-26 08:47:50Z rcyu $ part is expanded automatically by "
	+#~ "Subversion, so it should be empty (just <literal>$FreeBSD: head/zh_TW."
	+#~ "UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/zh_TW.po 49764 2016-12-26 08:47:50Z rcyu $</"
	+#~ "literal>) for new files."
	+#~ msgstr ""
	+#~ "實際上的內容可能稍有不同，但每份原稿都會附上 &dollar;FreeBSD&dollar; 這一"
	+#~ "行以及<literal>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</literal> 宣告。請注意："
	+#~ "&dollar;FreeBSD&dollar; 開頭的這行是會由 Subversion 隨著每次異動而自動更改"
	+#~ "的，所以，新檔案的話請保持原狀(也就是只要寫 &dollar;FreeBSD&dollar; 就好"
	+#~ "了)。"
	+
	+#~ msgid ""
	+#~ "Your translated documents should include their own $FreeBSD: head/zh_TW."
	+#~ "UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/zh_TW.po 49764 2016-12-26 08:47:50Z rcyu $ line, "
	+#~ "and change the <literal>FreeBSD Documentation Project</literal> line to "
	+#~ "<literal>The FreeBSD <replaceable>language</replaceable> Documentation "
	+#~ "Project</literal>."
	+#~ msgstr ""
	+#~ "翻譯文件中，必須都要有 $FreeBSD: head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/zh_TW."
	+#~ "po 49764 2016-12-26 08:47:50Z rcyu $ 這行，並且把 <literal>FreeBSD "
	+#~ "Documentation Project</literal> 這行改為 <literal>The FreeBSD "
	+#~ "<replaceable>language</replaceable> Documentation Project</literal>。"
	+
	+#~ msgid ""
	+#~ "<!--\n"
	+#~ " The FreeBSD Spanish Documentation Project\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " $FreeBSD: head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/zh_TW.po 49764 "
	+#~ "2016-12-26 08:47:50Z rcyu $\n"
	+#~ " Original revision: r38674\n"
	+#~ "-->"
	+#~ msgstr ""
	+#~ "<!--\n"
	+#~ " The FreeBSD Spanish Documentation Project\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ " $FreeBSD: head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/zh_TW.po 49764 "
	+#~ "2016-12-26 08:47:50Z rcyu $\n"
	+#~ " Original revision: r38674\n"
	+#~ "-->"
	+
	+#~ msgid ""
	+#~ "#\n"
	+#~ "# $FreeBSD: head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/zh_TW.po 49764 2016-12-26 "
	+#~ "08:47:50Z rcyu $\n"
	+#~ "#\n"
	+#~ "# Build the FreeBSD Porter's Handbook.\n"
	+#~ "#\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "MAINTAINER=doc@FreeBSD.org\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "DOC?= book\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "FORMATS?= html-split\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz\n"
	+#~ "INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "# XML content\n"
	+#~ "SRCS= book.xml\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "# Images from the cross-document image library\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/1.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/2.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/3.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/4.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/5.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/6.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/7.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/8.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/9.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/10.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/11.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/12.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/13.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/14.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/15.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/16.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/17.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/18.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/19.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/20.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/21.png\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../..\n"
	+#~ "DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ ".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\""
	+#~ msgstr ""
	+#~ "#\n"
	+#~ "# $FreeBSD: head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/zh_TW.po 49764 2016-12-26 "
	+#~ "08:47:50Z rcyu $\n"
	+#~ "#\n"
	+#~ "# Build the FreeBSD Porter's Handbook。\n"
	+#~ "#\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "MAINTAINER=doc@FreeBSD.org\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "DOC?= book\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "FORMATS?= html-split\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz\n"
	+#~ "INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "# XML content\n"
	+#~ "SRCS= book.xml\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "# Images from the cross-document image library\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/1.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/2.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/3.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/4.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/5.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/6.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/7.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/8.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/9.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/10.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/11.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/12.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/13.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/14.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/15.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/16.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/17.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/18.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/19.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/20.png\n"
	+#~ "IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/21.png\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../..\n"
	+#~ "DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ ".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\""
	+
	+#~ msgid ""
	+#~ "#\n"
	+#~ "# $FreeBSD: head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/zh_TW.po 49764 2016-12-26 "
	+#~ "08:47:50Z rcyu $\n"
	+#~ "#\n"
	+#~ "# Article: PGP Keys\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "DOC?= article\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "FORMATS?= html\n"
	+#~ "WITH_ARTICLE_TOC?= YES\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz\n"
	+#~ "INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "SRCS= article.xml\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "# To build with just key fingerprints, set FINGERPRINTS_ONLY.\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../..\n"
	+#~ "DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ ".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\""
	+#~ msgstr ""
	+#~ "#\n"
	+#~ "# $FreeBSD: head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/zh_TW.po 49764 2016-12-26 "
	+#~ "08:47:50Z rcyu $\n"
	+#~ "#\n"
	+#~ "# Article：PGP Keys\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "DOC?= article\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "FORMATS?= html\n"
	+#~ "WITH_ARTICLE_TOC?= YES\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz\n"
	+#~ "INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "SRCS= article.xml\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "# To build with just key fingerprints, set FINGERPRINTS_ONLY。\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ "URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../..\n"
	+#~ "DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..\n"
	+#~ "\n"
	+#~ ".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\""
	+
	+#, fuzzy
	+#~ msgid ""
	+#~ "The $FreeBSD: head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/zh_TW.po 49764 2016-12-26 "
	+#~ "08:47:50Z rcyu $ version strings used in files require special handling. "
	+#~ "In examples like <xref linkend=\"po-translations-creating-example\"/>, "
	+#~ "these strings are not meant to be expanded. The English documents use "
	+#~ "<literal>&dollar;</literal> entities to avoid including actual "
	+#~ "literal dollar signs in the file:"
	+#~ msgstr ""
	+#~ "檔案裡的 &dollar;FreeBSD&dollar; 版本字串需要特別處理。例如 <xref linkend="
	+#~ "\"po-translations-creating-example\"/> 裡，這些字串不是要被展開 "
	+#~ "(expanded)。英文文件使用 <literal>&dollar;</literal> entities 來避免使"
	+#~ "用實際的金錢符號。"
	+
	+#~ msgid ""
	+#~ "When a <acronym>PO</acronym> file is created, the <literal>&dollar;</"
	+#~ "literal> entities used in examples are replaced with actual dollar signs. "
	+#~ "The resulting literal <literal>$FreeBSD: head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-"
	+#~ "primer/zh_TW.po 49764 2016-12-26 08:47:50Z rcyu $</literal> string will "
	+#~ "be wrongly expanded by the version control system when the file is "
	+#~ "committed."
	+#~ msgstr ""
	+#~ "當 <acronym>PO</acronym> 檔建立後，範例中的 <literal>&dollar;</"
	+#~ "literal> entities 被實際的金錢符號取代。當檔案提交時，產生的 <literal>"
	+#~ "$FreeBSD: head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/zh_TW.po 49764 2016-12-26 "
	+#~ "08:47:50Z rcyu $</literal> 將會被版本控制系統展開。"
	+
	+#~ msgid ""
	+#~ "Set the <application>Subversion</application> <literal>svn:keywords</"
	+#~ "literal> properties on these files to <literal>FreeBSD=%H</literal> so "
	+#~ "<literal>$FreeBSD: head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/zh_TW.po 49764 "
	+#~ "2016-12-26 08:47:50Z rcyu $</literal> strings are expanded into the path, "
	+#~ "revision, date, and author when committed:"
	+#~ msgstr ""
	+#~ "設定這些檔案的 <application>Subversion</application> <literal>svn:"
	+#~ "keywords</literal> 屬性到 <literal>FreeBSD=%H</literal>，讓提交時 "
	+#~ "<literal>$FreeBSD: head/zh_TW.UTF-8/books/fdp-primer/zh_TW.po 49764 "
	+#~ "2016-12-26 08:47:50Z rcyu $</literal> 字串可以被展開成路徑、版本、日期和作"
	+#~ "者。"

File Metadata

Mime Type: text/plain
Expires: Thu, Apr 23, 1:06 AM (12 h, 39 m)
Storage Engine: blob
Storage Format: Raw Data
Storage Handle: 32005707
Default Alt Text: D10132.diff (552 KB)

D10132.diffNo OneTemporaryActions

D10132.diffView Options

File Metadata

Event Timeline

D10132.diff
No OneTemporary
Actions

D10132.diff
View Options